GENERAL BEARING CORP
S-1, 1996-11-04
Previous: BCM INSTITUTIONAL FUNDS INC, N-1A EL, 1996-11-04
Next: WARBURG PINCUS SMALL CO GROWTH FUND INC, N-8A, 1996-11-04











               AS FILED WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION ON 
                                   NOVEMBER 4, 1996
                                                        REGISTRATION NO. 333    
     =================================================================
                          SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
                               WASHINGTON, D.C.  20549
                        -------------------------------------
                                       FORM S-1
                                REGISTRATION STATEMENT
                                        UNDER
                              THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933
                        -------------------------------------
                             GENERAL BEARING CORPORATION
                (Exact Name of Registrant as Specified in its Charter)
            Delaware                3562              13-2796245
           ---------              --------           ------------

        (State or other      (Primary Standard     (I.R.S. Employer
        jurisdiction of          Industrial         Identification
        incorporation or    Classification Code         Number)
         organization)            Number)

                                    44 High Street
                              West Nyack, New York 10994
                                    (914) 358-6000
            (Address, including zip code, and telephone number, including
               area code, of Registrant's principal executive offices)
          -----------------------------------------------------------------

                                   DAVID L. GUSSACK
                                      President
                             General Bearing Corporation
                                    44 High Street
                              West Nyack, New York 10994
                                    (914) 358-6000
              (Name, address, including zip code, and telephone number,
                      including area code, of agent for service)
          -----------------------------------------------------------------
                   Please address a copy of all communications to:

            STEVEN L. WASSERMAN,                    JAMES M. JENKINS, ESQ.
                    ESQ.                            Harter, Secrest & Emery
             Reid & Priest LLP                         700 Midtown Tower
            40 West 57th Street                      Rochester, New York 
            New York, New York                               14604
                   10019                                (716) 232-6500
               (212) 603-2000

          -----------------------------------------------------------------
          Approximate date of commencement of proposed sale to the public:  as
     soon as practicable after this Registration Statement becomes effective.

          If any of the securities being registered on this Form are to be
     offered on a delayed or continuous basis pursuant to Rule 415 under the
     Securities Act of 1933, check the following box. 
                 ----------------------------------------------------
                           CALCULATION OF REGISTRATION FEE

                                            PROPOSED    PROPOSED
       TITLE OF EACH CLASS                  MAXIMUM      MAXIMUM
               OF             AMOUNT TO     OFFERING    AGGREGATE    AMOUNT OF
        SECURITIES TO BE         BE          PRICE      OFFERING   REGISTRATION
           REGISTERED       REGISTERED(1) PER SHARE(2)  PRICE(2)        FEE
     Common Stock, par        1,150,000      $10.00    $11,500,000    $3,485
     value $.01 per share  

     (1)  Includes 150,000 shares of Common Stock which the Underwriters have
          the option to purchase to cover over-allotments, if any.  See
          "Underwriting."

     (2)  Estimated pursuant to Rule 457(a) solely for the purpose of
          calculating the registration fee.

          The  Registrant hereby amends this Registration Statement on such date
     or  dates  as may  be  necessary  to delay  its  effective  date until  the
     Registrant shall  file a further  amendment which specifically  states that
     this Registration Statement shall thereafter become effective in accordance
     with Section 8(a) of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or until  this
     Registration  Statement   shall  become  effective  on  such  date  as  the
     Securities and Exchange  Commission, acting pursuant to  said Section 8(a),
     may determine.
     ===========================================================================

<PAGE> 


     PROSPECTUS                 Subject to Completion
                    Preliminary Prospectus dated November   , 1996

                                   1,000,000 Shares
                             GENERAL BEARING CORPORATION
                                     COMMON STOCK

          All of the  shares of Common Stock, par value  $.01 per share, offered
     hereby  are  being  sold  by   General  Bearing  Corporation,  a   Delaware
     corporation (the  "Company").   Prior  to this  offering (the  "Offering"),
     there has been no  public market for the  Common Stock of the Company,  and
     there can  be  no assurance  that an  active market  will develop.   It  is
     currently  estimated that the initial public offering price will be between
     $8.00 and  $10.00 per  share of Common  Stock.  The  offering price  of the
     Common Stock will be determined by negotiation between the Company and H.J.
     Meyers & Co.,  Inc., the  representative ("Representative") of  the several
     underwriters  ("Underwriters"),  and  is  not necessarily  related  to  the
     Company's asset value or any other established criterion of value.  For the
     method  of  determining the  initial public  offering  price of  the Common
     Stock, see "Risk Factors" and "Underwriting."  The Company has applied  for
     listing of the  Common Stock on the NASDAQ SmallCap  Market and The Pacific
     Stock Exchange under the symbol "GENB."
                          ---------------------------------

       THESE SECURITIES INVOLVE A HIGH DEGREE OF RISK AND SHOULD BE CONSIDERED
               ONLY BY PERSONS WHO CAN AFFORD THE LOSS OF THEIR ENTIRE
                 INVESTMENT.  SEE "RISK FACTORS" BEGINNING ON PAGE 7.

                           --------------------------------

     THESE  SECURITIES HAVE NOT BEEN  APPROVED OR DISAPPROVED  BY THE SECURITIES
     AND  EXCHANGE COMMISSION  OR ANY  STATE SECURITIES  COMMISSION NOR  HAS THE
     SECURITIES  AND  EXCHANGE COMMISSION  OR  ANY  STATE SECURITIES  COMMISSION
     PASSED  UPON  THE   ACCURACY  OR   ADEQUACY  OF  THIS   PROSPECTUS.     ANY
     REPRESENTATION TO THE CONTRARY IS A CRIMINAL OFFENSE.

                                           UNDERWRITING
                               PRICE TO   DISCOUNTS AND   PROCEEDS TO
                                PUBLIC    COMMISSIONS(1)  COMPANY(2)

      Per Share . . . . . .      $             $             $   

      Total(3)  . . . . . .   $             $             $         

     (1)  Does  not include  additional  compensation  to  be  received  by  the
          Representative in the form  of (i) a non-accountable expense allowance
          of $         (or $         if the Underwriters'  over-allotment option
          described in footnote (3) is  exercised in full); and (ii) warrants to
          purchase up to 100,000 shares of Common Stock at $     per share (that
          being 120% of  the initial public offering price),  exercisable over a
          period  of four  years,  commencing one  year  from the  date of  this
          Prospectus  (the  "Representative's  Warrants").    In  addition,  the
          Company has agreed to indemnify the Underwriters against certain civil
          liabilities under the Securities Act  of 1933, as amended (the "Act").
          See "Underwriting."

     (2)  Before  deducting expenses  of  the Offering  payable by  the Company,
          estimated at $        , including the Representative's non-accountable
          expense allowance.

     (3)  The Company has granted the Underwriters an option, exercisable within
          45 business days  of the date  of this Prospectus,  to purchase up  to
          150,000  additional shares  of  Common  Stock on  the  same terms  and
          conditions as  set forth above to  cover over-allotments, if  any.  If
          all such  additional shares of  Common Stock are purchased,  the total
          price to  public, underwriting discounts and  commissions and proceeds
          to Company will be increased  to $         , $        and $          ,
          respectively.  See "Underwriting."

          The shares of Common Stock are offered on a "firm commitment" basis by
     the  Underwriters  when,  as  and  if delivered  to  and  accepted  by  the
     Underwriters, and subject to prior  sale, withdrawal or cancellation of the
     offer  without notice.   It is expected  that delivery of  the certificates
     representing the shares of Common Stock will be made at the offices of H.J.
     Meyers & Co., Inc., 1895 Mt.  Hope Avenue, Rochester, New York 14620  on or
     about            , 1996.
                               ------------------------
     H.J. MEYERS & CO., INC.
     The date of this Prospectus is November __, 1996

     IN CONNECTION WITH THIS OFFERING, THE UNDERWRITERS MAY OVER-ALLOT OR EFFECT
     TRANSACTIONS WHICH STABILIZE OR  MAINTAIN THE MARKET PRICE OF  COMMON STOCK
     OF THE COMPANY AT A  LEVEL ABOVE THAT WHICH MIGHT OTHERWISE PREVAIL  IN THE
     OPEN MARKET.  SUCH  STABILIZING, IF COMMENCED,  MAY BE DISCONTINUED AT  ANY
     TIME.

     The General is a trademark  of, and Hyatt is  a trademark licensed to,  the
     Company.  This Prospectus also includes names, tradenames and trademarks of
     other companies.

<PAGE> 

                                  PROSPECTUS SUMMARY

     The following summary is qualified in its entirety by, and  must be read in
     conjunction with,  the more detailed information  and financial statements,
     including  the  notes  thereto,  appearing elsewhere  in  this  Prospectus.
     Investors should consider  carefully the information set  forth under "Risk
     Factors."  Unless  otherwise indicated,  (i) the information  set forth  in
     this  Prospectus assumes  no exercise  of the  Underwriters' over-allotment
     option and (ii) all  share and per share data gives effect  to a 3,000-for-
     one  stock  split  effective  as  of October  10,  1996.    Certain  of the
     information  contained  in this  Prospectus Summary  and elsewhere  in this
     Prospectus, including information with regard to the Company's strategy for
     expanding operations  and market share and  related financing requirements,
     are forward looking statements.  For a discussion of important factors that
     could  affect such  matters, see  "Risk Factors."    All references  to the
     Company's  operations for a particular fiscal year  refer to the 52-53 week
     period ending on the last Saturday in  December of such year.  The 26  week
     periods ending June  30, 1995 and June  29, 1996 are referred  to herein as
     the "1995 Interim Period" and the "1996 Interim Period," respectively.


                                     THE COMPANY

          General  Bearing Corporation  (the  "Company") manufactures,  sources,
     assembles and  distributes  a variety  of  bearing components  and  bearing
     products, including  ball  bearings,  tapered  roller  bearings,  spherical
     roller  bearings and cylindrical roller  bearings under the  Hyatt  and The
     General trademarks.  The  Company supplies original equipment manufacturers
     ("OEMs") and the  industrial aftermarket principally  in the United  States
     ("U.S.") and Canada.  The  Company's products are used in a broad  range of
     applications,  including automobiles,  railroad cars,  locomotives, trucks,
     office equipment, machinery and appliances.

          The  Company  operates  in  two  divisions:  the  OEM  Division, which
     supplies  OEMs, and  the Distribution  Division, which  serves distributors
     that supply the repair and maintenance aftermarket and small OEMs.  Current
     OEM  Division  customers include  automotive  and  locomotive divisions  of
     General Motors Corporation ("GM"), Gunite  Corporation, Strick Corporation,
     Trinity  Industries,  Burlington  Northern  and  Xerox  Corporation.    The
     Distribution Division has  customers ranging in size from Motion Industries
     and Bearings, Inc., each of which has more than 400 outlets, to independent
     single outlet operations.  The Distribution Division's individual shipments
     are typically smaller in volume but have higher gross margins.

          Through  flexibility  in  manufacturing   and  sourcing,  as  well  as
     attentive  customer  service,  the  Company  strives   to  be  a  reliable,
     innovative  and cost effective provider of  bearing components and products
     to  the  approximately $5  billion  per  year  U.S.  bearing market.    The
     Company's strategy to accomplish this objective includes the following:

          *  PROVIDE HIGH  QUALITY PRODUCTS AND SUPERIOR CUSTOMER  SERVICE.  The
          Company maintains  a detailed and extensive  Quality Assurance Program
          and has  been certified to the  M 1003 standard by the  Association of
          American  Railroads ("AAR")  and the  MIL-I-45208 standard  by General
          Dynamics,  a  military contractor.   The  Company currently  is taking
          steps   to  obtain  ISO  9001  and  QS  9000  registrations  from  the
          International  Standards  Organization  ("ISO").    The  Company  also
          requires that  both its affiliated and  unaffiliated suppliers conform
          to Company and customer quality and engineering standards.  Certain of
          the  Company's products also  have been specifically  certified by the
          AAR for use  in locomotives and  railroad cars.  In  addition, leading
          automobile and  truck trailer manufacturers and  national distributors
          of  bearings have  qualified the  Company as  an authorized  supplier.
          These certifications and qualifications,  which often take significant
          time to obtain because  of testing and other requirements,  enable the
          Company to supply large  markets currently served by a  limited number
          of  competitors and  to which  the Company's  access had  been limited
          previously.

          * PRESENCE IN  CHINA.  In  1987, the Company  formed a joint  venture,
          Shanghai General Bearing Co.  Ltd. ("SGBC"), in the People's  Republic
          of  China ("PRC") to establish  a low cost,  quality controlled source
          for bearings and  bearing components.   The Company  has formed  other
          joint  ventures  in the  PRC, and  it  continues to  investigate joint
          venture opportunities.  The  Company believes that potential customers
          in the U.S. intending  to establish or expand manufacturing  and other
          facilities in the PRC have, and will continue to have, an incentive to
          purchase  bearings  from  the  Company  in  order to  satisfy  Chinese
          counterpurchasing and  local content  requirements.  In  addition, the
          U.S.  Department of  Commerce ("Commerce")  has granted  a preliminary
          order with  respect to  SGBC revoking  the applicability  to it  of an
          antidumping order covering tapered  roller bearings ("TRBs") issued in
          1987.   A  final determination  revoking the  antidumping order  as it
          applies to  SGBC would result in  a direct benefit to  the Company and
          SGBC by  eliminating costs associated with  antidumping duties, yearly
          antidumping investigations  and other  compliance  requirements.   The
          Company knows of no  such revocations pending for other  companies and
          believes  its own  revocation,  if granted,  will  provide it  with  a
          competitive advantage.

          * MANUFACTURING AND SOURCING FLEXIBILITY.  The Company operates on the
          principle that  a flexible method  of combining product  and component
          purchasing with  its own  manufacturing and assembly  capabilities can
          provide customers with high quality products and cost advantages.  The
          Company uses  its manufacturing, engineering and  purchasing expertise
          to  determine the highest quality  and most cost  effective methods of
          production.   The  Company  currently sources  bearing components  and
          products from approximately 24 factories outside the U.S.  In order to
          maintain the  Company's flexibility to change  within the marketplace,
          the Company typically limits the  term of its supply contracts  to not
          more than one year.

          * NICHE MARKET  PRODUCTS.   Since 1992, the  Company increasingly  has
          emphasized the sale  of special  and niche market  bearings.   Special
          bearings are manufactured according to the design  specifications of a
          particular  customer,  often   in  cooperation   with  the   Company's
          engineering  staff.   Niche  market  bearings  are  used  in  specific
          industries served by a  limited number of manufacturers and  are often
          sold  at higher  profit  margins than  standard  bearings.   Sales  of
          special and niche  market bearings  by the Company  have increased  by
          approximately 40% from fiscal 1993 to fiscal 1995.

          * IMPROVED FINANCIAL  POSITION AND CUSTOMER CONFIDENCE.   In September
          1991, the Company filed for  bankruptcy protection as a result of  its
          inability to meet its obligations under a loan it incurred  to acquire
          the assets of Hyatt Clark Industries ("Hyatt"), formerly a division of
          GM.  In connection with the Company's reorganization, the Company took
          significant steps to improve its operations and financial position and
          reestablish  the  well-known  Hyatt  brand.    As  a  result of  these
          efforts,  the Company  increased  its sales  from approximately  $27.3
          million in fiscal 1993, the last year in which the Company operated in
          bankruptcy,  to  approximately  $42.1  million  in  fiscal  1995,  and
          reported operating  income  of $354,000  for  fiscal 1995  despite  an
          approximately  $2.2  million charge  due  to  customer damage  claims,
          compared to an operating loss of $387,000 for fiscal 1993.  During the
          1996  Interim  Period,  the   Company  recorded  operating  income  of
          approximately $1.5 million.   During the bankruptcy, the  Company lost
          its status as an  approved vendor to certain distributors  of bearings
          and bearing  products.  The Company  believes that as a  result of the
          Offering it may  be redesignated as an  approved vendor by certain  of
          such distributors,  enabling the Company to  increase its distribution
          sales.    The Company  also believes  that  the Offering  will enhance
          customer  confidence in  the Company's  ability to  undertake projects
          requiring greater capital commitments by the Company.


          As   a  result   of  the   Company's  improved   financial  condition,
     certifications and  qualifications, a favorable  operating environment  for
     its Chinese joint  ventures, its manufacturing  and sourcing expertise  and
     focus  on niche  markets, the  Company believes  it is  well positioned  to
     increase sales and profitability.

          The  Company was  incorporated  in 1958  by  Seymour I.  Gussack,  its
     current  Chairman of  the  Board of  Directors.   The  Company's  principal
     executive  offices are  located at  44 High  Street, West  Nyack,  New York
     10994, and its telephone number is (914) 358-6000.


<PAGE> 


                                SUMMARY FINANCIAL DATA
                   (in thousands, except per share and share data)
                            52-53 Week Period Ended       26 Week Period Ended
                        December   December    December     June        June 
                           25,        31,        30,         30,         29,
                          1993       1994        1995        1995       1996
                                                                 
                        --------    -------    -------
                                                           -------    --------
     STATEMENT OF
     OPERATIONS DATA:
     Sales. . . . . .   $27,254   $37,032    $42,070       $22,853     $21,007


     Gross profit  . .    6,529     8,548     10,001         5,540       5,261

     Provision for
     customer damage
     claims  . . . . .       --        --      2,152(2)    2,152(2)         --


     Operating income
     (loss)  . . .         (387)      874        354          (444)      1,509

     Income (loss)
     before
       extraordinary
     income  . . . . .     (365)      255     (1,729)       (2,265)        517

     Extraordinary
     item  . . . . . .   15,836(1)    108          -             -           -


     Net income
     (loss). . . . . .   15,471       363     (1,729)       (2,265)        517

     Net income (loss)
     per share . . . .       .67      .12       (.58)        (.76)         .17


     Shares used in
     calculating net
       income (loss)
     per share(3). . .
                     23,125,000   3,000,0003,000,000     3,000,000   3,000,000

                                                  JUNE 29, 1996
                                             -----------------------------------
     -
     BALANCE SHEET DATA:                     ACTUAL    AS ADJUSTED(4)
                                             -----------------------------------
     -

     Working capital . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  $03,359        $      
     Total assets  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24,401               
     Current liabilities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17,226               
     Long-term debt (less current maturities)  . . . . . .  4,717               
     Stockholders' equity  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  2,458               

     (1)  In December 1993, the Company emerged from a bankruptcy reorganization
          which commenced  in September 1991.   In  connection with its  Plan of
          Reorganization,  the   Company  issued  to   World  Machinery  Company
          ("World"),  which prior  to the  Offering owned  all of  the Company's
          Common  Stock,  (i) a  6% Secured  Promissory  Note  due  1998 in  the
          original principal amount of $2.5 million (the "Secured Note"), (ii) a
          non-interest  bearing, Unsecured  Promissory  Note  in  the  principal
          amount  of  $750,142  payable   in  annual  installments  of  $125,000
          commencing  December 1993  (the  "Installment  Note") and  (iii) 1,000
          shares  of  Common  Stock, in  exchange  for a  note  in  the original
          principal  amount of  $12.0  million, together  with accrued  interest
          thereon  in the  amount of  $2,701,416 (the  "Discharged Obligation").
          World  acquired  the  Discharged  Obligation  from  Wells  Fargo  Bank
          N.A.("Wells  Fargo"),  which  provided  financing  for  the  Company's
          purchase  of Hyatt  in  March  1987  and for  working  capital.    The
          difference  between the  amount of  the Discharged Obligation  and the
          principal amounts of  the notes and the value attributed to the Common
          Stock  issued  to World  in  exchange for  the  Discharged Obligation,
          $11,451,174, has been  recorded as "Extraordinary  Income   settlement
          of debts  at a discount."   In  addition, unsecured  creditors of  the
          Company   were  offered  a  cash  settlement  equal  to  5%  of  their
          outstanding pre-petition  claims or, in  the alternative, 10%  of such
          claims,  payable 2%  per year  for five  years, which  resulted  in an
          additional reduction in obligations of $3,974,480.  See "Risk  Factors
              Bankruptcy   Reorganization,"  "Company   History,"  "Management's
          Discussion  and  Analysis  of  Results  of  Operations  and  Financial
          Condition" and Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.
     (2)  In April  1995, three  railroads reported to  the AAR problems  with a
          total of eight bearings which had  overheated due to friction that was
          attributed  to  misplaced  seals  on  the  Company's  tapered  journal
          bearings.  The  Company agreed with the AAR to  recall and replace all
          Company  tapered  journal  bearings  that   had  been  shipped.     In
          anticipation of the expenses related to the reimbursement, recall  and
          rework, the  Company accrued a  one-time charge of  approximately $2.2
          million in fiscal 1995.  See "Risk Factors   Product Recall."
     (3)  For an  explanation  of the  number of  shares used  to calculate  net
          income  (loss) per  share,  see "Consolidated  Financial Statements   
          Summary of significant accounting policies."
     (4)  Adjusted to reflect the  application of the estimated net  proceeds of
          this  Offering, after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions
          and  estimated   Offering  expenses.    See  "Use   of  Proceeds"  and
          "Capitalization."


<PAGE> 


                                     THE OFFERING
     Common Stock Offered by
     the Company . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1,000,000 shares
     Common Stock to be Outstanding
     after the Offering(1) . . . . . . . . 4,000,000 shares

                                           Expansion of manufacturing capacity,
                                           working capital and general corporate
     Use of Proceeds . . . . . . . . . . . purposes
     Proposed NASDAQ SmallCap and
     Pacific Stock Exchange Symbol . . . . "GENB"

     ----------------------------------

     (1)  Excludes  (i) 500,000  shares reserved  for issuance  pursuant to  the
          Company's 1996 Stock Option  and Performance Award Plan  ("1996 Option
          Plan"), of which options to purchase 257,500 shares of Common Stock at
          the price  offered to  the public  in the  Offering have been  granted
          subject to certain  vesting periods, and (ii) 100,000 shares of Common
          Stock issuable upon exercise of the Representative's Warrants.



<PAGE> 


                                     RISK FACTORS

             An investment in the Common Stock offered hereby involves a high
        degree of risk and should not be made by persons who cannot afford the
        loss of their entire investment.  Prospective investors, prior to
        making an investment decision, should consider carefully, in addition
        to the other information contained in this Prospectus (including the
        financial statements and notes thereto), the following factors.  This
        Prospectus contains, in addition to historical information, forward-
        looking statements that involve risks and uncertainties.  The
        Company's actual results could differ materially.  Factors that could
        cause or contribute to such differences include, but are not limited
        to, those discussed below, as well as those discussed elsewhere in
        this Prospectus.


        BANKRUPTCY REORGANIZATION

             In 1987, the Company purchased the assets of Hyatt, a
        manufacturer of TRBs for automotive OEM and railway markets and
        cylindrical roller bearings for locomotive applications.  In order to
        finance the purchase and related working capital requirements, the
        Company borrowed $12.0 million from Wells Fargo.  As a result of a
        number of factors, including litigation between local residents and
        the Town of Orangetown, New York challenging the establishment of a
        Company production facility, the Company was delayed in reestablishing
        the production of Hyatt products.  During the litigation, the Company
        continued to maintain the Hyatt assets and related executive,
        maintenance and production staff at the facility in New Jersey at
        which they had been located.  However, the Company could not operate
        the facilities without potentially incurring liability as an operator
        under applicable environmental laws.  The expenses incurred to
        maintain the assets and staff before production commenced materially
        and adversely affected the Company's financial position.  In addition,
        the delays adversely affected the Company's efforts to regain Hyatt's
        market share for journal boxes (locomotive axle bearings), traction
        motor bearings (part of the drive motor of a locomotive) and TRBs
        (automobiles).  Sales of journal boxes and traction motor bearings by
        the Company were limited to $776,000 in 1987 and approximately $2.0
        million in 1988, compared to sales by Hyatt of approximately $11.0
        million in 1986.  In addition, Hyatt sales of TRBs aggregated
        approximately $70.3 million in 1985 and the Company did not have any
        sales of such Hyatt products for 1987 or 1988.  As a result of a lack
        of sales, the Company became unable to meet its obligations under its
        loan agreement with Wells Fargo, and filed for protection under
        Chapter 11 of the U.S. Bankruptcy Code in September 1991.  In
        connection with its reorganization in bankruptcy, the Company took
        significant steps to improve its operations and financial position,
        leading to profitability in 1994.  The Company's long-term viability,
        however, will depend upon its ability to sustain profitable results of
        operations.  There can be no assurance that such results can or will
        be sustained.  See "Company History."

        PRODUCT RECALL

             In January 1995, the Company initiated shipments of Hyatt tapered
        journal bearings (a type of TRB), which are used in the manufacture
        and maintenance of railroad freight cars.  Through April 1995, the
        Company shipped approximately 10,000 tapered journal bearings to five
        railroad car manufacturing customers:  Trinity Industries, Inc.
        ("Trinity"), National Steel Car Company, Thrall Car Manufacturing, TTX
        Company and American Allied Railway Equipment Company.  During
        April 1995, three railroads, CSX, Burlington Northern and Southern
        Pacific, reported to the AAR problems with a total of eight bearings,
        which had overheated due to friction that was attributed to misplaced
        seals.  The AAR and the Company investigated the reports and the AAR
        issued a warning notice to all railroads.  The Company agreed with the
        AAR to recall and replace all Company bearings which had been shipped. 
        Claims were submitted to the Company by railroad car manufacturers and
        railroads for replacement bearings and damages, including incidental
        damages, related to the recall.  In anticipation of the expenses
        related to the reimbursement, recall and rework, the Company accrued a
        one-time charge of approximately $2.2 million in fiscal 1995, which
        resulted in the Company incurring a net loss of approximately $1.8
        million for fiscal 1995.  As of June 29, 1996, the Company had
        replaced all recalled tapered journal bearings and had paid more than
        90% of the claims.  The Company satisfied approximately 83% of the
        claims by shipping new tapered journal bearings.  The Company's
        liability insurance carrier agreed to reimburse the Company
        approximately $440,000 for certain claims attributable to incidental
        damages, of which approximately $395,000 has been received by the
        Company through September 1996.  After completing its investigation,
        in September 1995, the AAR approved the Company's tapered journal
        bearings for use in railroad freight cars, conditioned upon the
        Company providing information to the AAR about the number of bearings
        returned from service, submitting a written proposal for further
        handling of roller bearing components that were returned and making
        arrangements for an AAR representative to witness the teardown of a
        sample of the recalled roller bearings.  The Company satisfied these
        conditions and, in addition to shipping bearings to replace those
        removed from railroad freight cars, has received orders for new
        tapered journal bearings from various customers.  The Company believes
        that its Quality Assurance Program (as described herein) has reduced
        the possibility of future recalls.  However, any additional recalls
        could have a material adverse effect on the Company's reputation,
        business, results of operations and financial condition.  See
        "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Results of Operations and
        Financial Condition" and "Business."

        LOSS OF CERTIFICATIONS AND QUALIFICATIONS

             In order to supply certain OEMs, particularly automotive
        manufacturers and manufacturers of railroad freight cars and
        locomotives, the Company is required to qualify with such customers
        and may have to obtain certifications and registrations from the ISO,
        as well as other certifying organizations.  There can be no assurance
        that the Company will be successful in maintaining its certifications
        or qualifications in the future.  From time to time, the Company also
        may be subject to requirements by customers to obtain certifications
        and qualifications which it does not currently possess.  GM has
        requested that the Company meet by December 1997 the QS 9000 standard,
        a standard jointly developed by GM, Ford Motor Company and Chrysler
        Corporation that has all the basic systems of ISO 9000 with additional
        requirements specific to the automotive industry.  The Company is
        unable to anticipate or predict changes in the requirements to
        maintain existing certifications or qualifications, or to obtain
        additional ones.  A failure to meet existing or additional
        certifications or qualifications requirements may have a material
        adverse effect on the business and results of operations of the
        Company.  See "Business   Quality and Customer Service Programs."

        OPERATING RESULTS

             The Company's industry is characterized by relatively narrow
        profit margins and the Company's earnings depend significantly on its
        ability to manufacture and distribute products efficiently and to
        source products and components on favorable terms.  Operating results
        between 1987 and 1991 were adversely affected by the Company's
        inability to service debt incurred in connection with its acquisition
        of Hyatt, resulting in the Company's filing in 1991 for protection
        under the federal bankruptcy laws.  However, the Company's performance
        has been, and future performance will, be subject to a number of
        factors, including those beyond its control.  Such factors include,
        but are not limited to, economic downturns, increased competition and
        price increases of components, raw materials and finished products
        that the Company distributes.  During periods of economic expansion,
        when industrial production is increasing, the demand for bearings
        normally increases.  Likewise, during recessionary times, the bearing
        industry is affected adversely by declines in demand and possible
        increases in delinquent accounts receivable.  In addition, operating
        results may be adversely affected by losses incurred at Company joint
        ventures, for which the Company accounts using the equity method.  See
        "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Results of Operations and
        Financial Condition" and "Consolidated financial statements Summary of
        significant accounting policies."

        RELIANCE ON BORROWINGS UNDER REVOLVING CREDIT FACILITY; SUBSTANTIAL
        INDEBTEDNESS

             The Company has incurred substantial indebtedness to finance its
        needs for working capital in the form of a $15.0 million revolving
        credit facility ("the Revolving Credit Facility") from the Bank of New
        York Commercial Corporation ("BNYCC").  At September 11, 1996, the
        Company had indebtedness under the Revolving Credit Facility of
        approximately $10,751,000, representing approximately 437% of
        stockholders' equity as of June 29, 1996.  Borrowings under the
        Revolving Credit Facility are secured by the Company's accounts
        receivable, inventory and various other assets, based on certain
        acceptable coverage ratios.  The Revolving Credit Facility contains
        covenants which, among other things, limit the Company's ability to
        incur additional indebtedness and require the Company to maintain
        certain levels of working capital and satisfy other financial tests. 
        The Company has obtained several amendments to the Revolving Credit
        Facility to increase the maximum amount permitted to be borrowed and
        to increase the percentage of receivables or inventory used to
        determine the amount available to be borrowed at any time.  Since the
        beginning of fiscal 1994, BNYCC has agreed on two occasions to
        increase the amount available to be borrowed from the amount otherwise
        permitted by the applicable percentages of receivables and inventory
        (the "Overadvances").  In each case, the increase in availability was
        based, in part, upon the agreement of David L. Gussack, the Company's
        President, to personally guarantee payment of the Overadvances.  In
        addition, BNYCC may require the establishment of such reserves as it
        may reasonably deem proper and necessary from time to time, thus
        reducing the amounts that may otherwise be borrowed under the
        Revolving Credit Facility.  There can be no assurances that BNYCC will
        agree to any future Overadvances, that David L. Gussack will provide,
        if needed, additional personal guarantees or that BNYCC not require
        additional reserves.  As a result of the effects of the recall of
        tapered journal bearings, as of December 31, 1995, the Company was not
        in compliance with covenants requiring the maintenance of minimum
        tangible net worth and of fixed charge coverage rates.  BNYCC agreed
        to waive such noncompliance and amended such covenants.  There can be
        no assurances, however, that BNYCC will grant any such waivers or
        amendments in the future.  As of June 29, 1996, the Company was in
        compliance with all covenants under the Revolving Credit Facility and
        all Overadvances due had been repaid.  The Revolving Credit Facility
        expires in June 1998.  Based upon the Company's performance and 20
        year relationship with BNYCC, the Company intends to request and
        believes it may be able to obtain more favorable terms on the
        Revolving Credit Facility upon the completion of the Offering,
        although there can be no assurances it will be able to do so.  The
        Company's high level of indebtedness has the following important
        consequences:  (i) significant interest expense resulting in
        substantial annual fixed charges; (ii) significant limitations on the
        Company's ability to obtain financing, fund working capital
        requirements, make capital expenditures and acquisitions and take
        advantage of other significant business opportunities that may arise;
        and (iii) increased vulnerability to adverse general economic and
        industry conditions.  See "Management's Discussion and Analysis of
        Results of Operations and Financial Condition."

        COMPETITION

             The ball and roller bearing industry is highly competitive.  The
        Company believes that competition in the industry is based principally
        on engineering, experience, quality, price and the ability to meet
        customer delivery requirements.  Price competition in the industry
        affects the Company's ability to increase prices on certain products
        and, in some cases, subjects the Company to pressure from its
        customers to reduce prices.  While efforts to improve its
        manufacturing and assembly processes have permitted the Company to
        reduce costs through operating efficiencies, thereby improving
        profitability, there can be no assurance that continued pricing
        pressure will not have a material adverse effect on the Company's
        operations.  Additionally, many of the Company's competitors have
        greater financial resources than the Company and there can be no
        assurance that the Company will continue to be able to compete
        efficiently with these larger manufacturers.  The Company's ability to
        compete with foreign based competitors also may be adversely affected
        by an increase in the value of the U.S. dollar relative to foreign
        currencies.  See "Business   Competition."

        RELIANCE ON UNAFFILIATED MANUFACTURERS

             The Company produces approximately 37% of the bearings that it
        sells and obtains another 24% of components and finished products from
        joint ventures in which it participates.  The Company currently relies
        on approximately 82 unaffiliated manufacturers to produce the
        remaining 39% of the bearings that it distributes.  The Company
        maintains long term relationships with its unaffiliated manufacturing
        sources, but does not have long term supply contracts with any of
        them.  In the event any of the Company's key unaffiliated
        manufacturers become unable or unwilling to continue to manufacture
        the Company's products, the Company would have to rely on other
        current manufacturing sources or identify and qualify new unaffiliated
        manufacturers.  In such event, there can be no assurance that the
        Company would be able to qualify such manufacturers for existing or
        new products in a timely manner or that such manufacturers would
        allocate sufficient capacity to the Company in order to meet the
        Company's requirements.  Any significant delay in the Company's
        ability to obtain adequate supplies of its products from its current
        or alternative sources could materially and adversely affect the
        Company's business and results of operations.  Additionally, although
        the Company believes that it has good relationships with its
        unaffiliated manufacturers and maintains good control with respect to
        product specifications and quality, there can be no assurance that
        these manufacturers will continue to produce products that are
        consistent with the Company's quality and performance standards.  In
        this regard, the Company has occasionally received, and may in the
        future continue to receive, shipments of product from unaffiliated
        manufacturers that fail to conform to the Company's quality control
        standards.  In such event, unless the Company is able to obtain
        replacement products in a timely manner, the Company risks the loss of
        revenue resulting from the sale of such products.  The failure of any
        key unaffiliated manufacturer to supply products that conform to the
        Company's standards could materially and adversely affect the
        Company's results of operations and its reputation in the marketplace. 
        Furthermore, if the Company experiences significant increased demand,
        which cannot be assured, or if an existing unaffiliated manufacturer
        needs to be replaced, the Company may need to significantly expand its
        manufacturing capacity, both from current and new manufacturing
        sources.  There can be no assurance that such additional manufacturing
        capacity will be available when required on terms that are acceptable
        to the Company.  See "Business Sourcing and Manufacturing."

        INTERNATIONAL OPERATIONS

             The Company imports over half of its raw materials, components
        and finished products from manufacturers, including joint ventures in
        which the Company participates, located outside of the U.S., primarily
        in the PRC.  As a result, the Company's business is subject to the
        risks generally associated with doing business abroad, such as foreign
        governmental regulations, political unrest, disruptions or delays in
        shipments and changes in economic conditions in countries in which the
        Company's manufacturing sources, including both joint ventures and
        unaffiliated manufacturers are located.  These factors, among others,
        could influence the Company's ability to manufacture its products or
        procure certain materials.  If any such factors were to render the
        conduct of business in a particular country, including through joint
        ventures in which the Company participates, undesirable or
        impractical, there could be a material adverse effect on the Company's
        results of operations and financial condition.  The Company's
        inventory purchases from manufacturers in the PRC, including both
        joint venture partners and unaffiliated manufacturers, generally are
        denominated in U.S. dollars.  Unanticipated changes in the value of
        the U.S. dollar relative to the value of certain foreign currencies
        could have a material adverse effect on the Company's results of
        operations and financial condition.  Additionally, the Company's
        business is subject to the risks associated with the imposition of
        additional U.S. legislation and regulations relating to the
        manufacture and importation of foreign manufactured products,
        including duties, tariffs, taxes and other charges or restrictions. 
        The Company cannot predict whether additional U.S. duties, tariffs,
        taxes or other charges or restrictions will be imposed upon the
        importation of its products in the future, or what effect any such
        actions would have on its business, financial condition and results of
        operations.  A significant portion of the Company's products is
        produced in the PRC.  From time to time, the U.S. government has
        considered imposing punitive tariffs on certain exports from the PRC. 
        Such sanctions, if implemented, could have a material adverse effect
        on the Company's results of operations and financial condition.  In
        addition, the Company obtains approximately 24% of the bearings that
        it sells from joint ventures in which it participates.  Although the
        Company believes that its participation in joint ventures improves its
        ability to monitor and control production and quality, the Company
        does not exercise complete control over any such joint venture and may
        be limited from exercising such control by local law.  Moreover,
        changes in foreign government regulations, political unrest or other
        disruptions could threaten or result in the forfeiture of the
        Company's investments in joint ventures or further limit the Company's
        involvement in their governance or access to their products.  See
        "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Results of Operation and
        Financial Condition" and "Business   Sourcing and Manufacturing."

        EFFECT OF ANTIDUMPING CLAIMS

             In May 1987, Commerce found that TRBs from certain countries,
        including the PRC, were being sold in the U.S. at less than fair
        value.  Commerce subsequently issued antidumping orders imposing
        duties on the unfairly traded TRBs equal to the percentage difference
        between the selling prices in the U.S. and the foreign market value of
        the imported TRBs during specified review periods.  The order applied
        to the Company's joint venture, SGBC, as a result of its exports to
        the Company from the PRC, although SGBC has never itself been found to
        have dumped any bearings or had imposed upon it any antidumping margin
        in any final determination by Commerce.  In June 1995, SGBC requested
        a revocation of the order imposing antidumping duties with respect to
        its products.  Commerce issued a preliminary order granting such
        revocation based upon, among other factors, SGBC not having sold TRBs
        at less than foreign market value for three consecutive years.   A
        final determination revoking the antidumping order as it applies to
        SGBC would result in a direct benefit to the Company and SGBC by
        eliminating costs associated with antidumping duties, yearly
        antidumping investigations and other compliance requirements. 
        However, there can be no assurance that there will be a final
        determination revoking the antidumping order as it applies to SGBC or
        that the Company or any of its sources and affiliated manufacturers
        will not be subject to future antidumping claims.  See "Business  
        Manufacturing and Sourcing."

        PENDING LEGAL PROCEEDINGS

4             In February 1995, the Company and its indirect 50% subsidiary,
        WMW Machinery, Inc. ("WMW"), commenced an action in the U.S. District
        Court for the Southern District of New York against
        Werkzeugmaschinenhandel GmbH im Aufbau ("WEMEX"), Werner P. Muender,
        Treuhandanstalt and Bundesanstalt fur Vereinigungsbedingte
        Sonderaufgaben (collectively, the "Defendants") alleging, among other
        things, that:  (i) WEMEX, the successor in liquidation to a former
        East German export agency, breached a joint venture agreement with the
        Company and a commercial sales agency agreement with WMW and violated
        its duties to the Company and WMW arising under such agreements; (ii)
        the Company relied to its detriment upon promises made by WEMEX to
        support WMW's marketing efforts; and (iii) Werner P. Muender, the
        liquidator of WEMEX, wrongfully converted property of WMW to his
        benefit.  WMW also is seeking a declaratory judgment that any
        indebtedness it may owe to WEMEX be extinguished or diminished to the
        extent of existing value of machine tools purchased by WMW from or
        through WEMEX.  Defendants answered the complaint, denying the
        allegations therein, and WEMEX asserted counterclaims against: (i) WMW
        for goods sold and delivered in the amount of $9,507,337; (ii) Seymour
        I. Gussack and WMW Machinery Company, Inc. ("WMW Machinery Co.") in
        the amount of $9,507,337, alleging that Seymour I. Gussack improperly
        caused the sale of WMW's assets to WMW Machinery Co.; and (iii) the
        Company in the amount of $9,507,337, alleging that the Company
        breached its fiduciary duty to WEMEX by failing to provide the working
        capital requirements of WMW.  WMW, the Company, WMW Machinery Co. and
        Seymour I. Gussack have denied any liability to WEMEX and believe its
        counterclaims to be without merit.  However, there can be no assurance
        the case will be resolved in a timely manner or settled to the
        satisfaction of the Company.  Furthermore, the enforcement of an award
        favorable to the Company may be subject to further review by German
        courts.  Defendants have also moved to dismiss the action based on
        various grounds including, among others, the Foreign Sovereign
        Immunities Act of 1976, the Act of State Doctrine, forum non
        conveniens, legal insufficiency of certain claims and improper venue. 
        WMW, the Company, WMW Machinery Co. and Seymour I. Gussack have
        opposed Defendants' motion for dismissal, arguing that, if the Court
        dismisses the Company's claims, it should also dismiss the Defendants'
        counterclaims.  There can be no assurance, however, that if the court
        dismisses the action in its entirety, the Defendants will not
        institute an action in Germany, which may be a less favorable forum
        for the Company.  In addition, if the Defendants prevail in their
        counterclaim against the Company for the amount claimed and the
        Company is unsuccessful in its claims against the Defendants, there
        would be a material adverse effect on the Company's financial
        condition.  See "Business Legal Proceedings."

        ENVIRONMENTAL COMPLIANCE

             The Company's operations involve the handling and use of
        substances, such as various cleaning fluids used to remove grease from
        metal, that are subject to federal, state and local environmental laws
        and regulations that impose limitations on the discharge of pollutants
        into the soil, air and water and establish standards for their storage
        and disposal.  Based on information compiled to date, management
        believes that the Company's current operations are in material
        compliance with applicable environmental laws and regulations, the
        violation of which would have a material adverse effect on the
        Company.  There can be no assurance, however, that currently unknown
        matters, new laws and regulations, or stricter interpretations of
        existing laws and regulations will not materially affect the Company's
        business or operations in the future.  See "Business   Environmental
        Compliance."

        DEPENDENCE ON EXISTING MANAGEMENT AND KEY PERSONNEL

             Seymour I. Gussack, Chairman of the Board of Directors of the
        Company, has been instrumental in the development and implementation
        of the Company's business strategy since the Company's inception in
        1958.  David L. Gussack, the Company's President, has been responsible
        for the daily operations of the Company since 1991 and has
        participated in the development of the Company's business strategy
        since 1987.  Seymour I. Gussack currently devotes his time and
        attention primarily to matters of business strategy rather than to the
        daily operations of the Company.  The loss or interruption of the
        continued services of either Seymour I. Gussack or David L. Gussack
        could have a material adverse effect on the Company.  The Company does
        not have employment agreements with, or key man life insurance on, any
        of its directors, officers or employees, including Seymour I. Gussack
        and David L. Gussack.  See "Management."

        BROAD DISCRETION IN USE OF PROCEEDS

             Approximately $5.5 million (  %) of the estimated $   million of
        net proceeds from this Offering (along with any net proceeds derived
        from the exercise of the Underwriters' over-allotment option) will be
        used by the Company for working capital and applied to general
        corporate purposes.  Accordingly, the Company's management will have
        broad discretion as to the application of such proceeds.  See "Use of
        Proceeds."

        TAX LOSS CARRYFORWARD

             At December 30, 1995, the Company had net operating loss carry
        forwards ("NOLs") aggregating approximately $13.2 million, which
        expire in various years through 2010.  Under Section 382 of the
        Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, (the "Code"), the amount of
        NOLs that can be used in any year is subject to restriction if an
        ownership change occurs.  Under Section 382 of the Code, an "ownership
        change" occurs if the percentage of stock of the corporation owned
        actually or constructively by one or more "5-percent Shareholders"
        increases by more than 50 percentage points relative to the lowest
        percentage of stock of the corporation owned by such 5-percent
        Shareholders at any time during the statutory "testing period"
        (generally, the past three years).  An ownership change will not occur
        as a result of this Offering.  A "5-percent Shareholder" is a person
        who, at any time during the testing period, owns at least five percent
        of the stock of the corporation (not including certain nonvoting,
        nonparticipating preferred stock), and all stock owned by shareholders
        who are not 5-percent Shareholders is generally treated as being owned
        by one 5-percent Shareholder.  Accordingly, future equity offerings by
        the Company or sales by its principal stockholder could limit the use
        of NOLs.  See "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Results of
        Operations and Financial Condition."

        CONTROL BY EXISTING STOCKHOLDERS

             Upon completion of the Offering, World will hold approximately
        75% of the Common Stock of the Company.  World's two directors are
        Seymour I. Gussack and David L. Gussack, who own 19.6% and 17.6%,
        respectively, of the Common Stock of World.  In addition, two other
        directors of the Company are stockholders of World.  As a result,
        World will be in a position to control the management and policies of
        the Company, including, but not limited to, electing or removing the
        Company's Board of Directors, changing the core business of the
        Company, causing or restricting the sale of the Company, causing the
        Company to engage in transactions with affiliated companies and
        controlling the Company's dividend policy.  See "Principal
        Stockholder."
         
        EFFECT OF CERTAIN ANTITAKEOVER PROVISIONS

             It is possible that the ability of the Company to issue Preferred
        Stock and certain provisions of the General Corporation Law of the
        State of Delaware may discourage other persons from making a tender
        offer for or acquiring substantial amounts of the Company's Common
        Stock.  This could have the incidental effect of inhibiting changes in
        management and also may prevent temporary fluctuations in the market
        price for the Common Stock which can result from actual or rumored
        takeover attempts.  In addition, the limited liability and
        indemnification provisions of the Company's Certificate of
        Incorporation and By-laws may discourage stockholders from bringing a
        lawsuit against directors for breaches of fiduciary duty and may also
        have the effect of reducing the likelihood of derivative litigation
        against directors and officers even though such action, if successful,
        might otherwise have benefitted the Company and its stockholders. 
        Furthermore, a stockholder's investment in the Company may be
        adversely affected to the extent that costs of settlement and damage
        awards against the Company's directors and officers are paid by the
        Company pursuant to the indemnification provisions of its Certificate
        of Incorporation or the indemnity provisions described above.  See
        "Description of Capital Stock."

        EFFECT OF BLANK CHECK PREFERRED STOCK

             The authorized capital stock of the Company includes 1,000,000
        shares of preferred stock, par value $.01 per share (the "Preferred
        Stock").  The Board of Directors is authorized to fix the rights,
        preferences, privileges and restrictions of any series of Preferred
        Stock, including the dividend rights, original issue price, conversion
        rights, voting rights, terms of redemption, liquidation preferences
        and sinking fund terms thereof, and the number of shares constituting
        any such series and the designation thereof and to increase or
        decrease the number of shares of such series subsequent to the
        issuance of shares of such series (but not below the number of shares
        of such series then outstanding).  Because the terms of the Preferred
        Stock can be fixed by the Board of Directors without stockholder
        action, the Preferred Stock could be issued quickly with terms
        calculated to defeat a proposed takeover of the Company or to make the
        removal of management more difficult.  The Board of Directors, without
        stockholder approval, could issue Preferred Stock with dividend,
        voting and conversion rights which could adversely affect the rights
        of the holders of Common Stock.  See "Description of Securities."

        DILUTION

             This Offering involves immediate and substantial dilution between
        the net tangible book value per share of Common Stock after the
        Offering and the per share public offering price.  See "Dilution."

        DIVIDEND POLICY

             The Company's management expects that all of the Company's future
        earnings, if any, will be retained for expansion or development of the
        Company's business and that no dividends will be declared or paid for
        the foreseeable future.  See "Dividend Policy."

        ABSENCE OF PRIOR PUBLIC MARKET; DETERMINATION OF OFFERING PRICE

             Prior to the Offering, there was no public market for the Common
        Stock.  The Company has applied for inclusion of the Common Stock in
        the Nasdaq SmallCap Market and on the Pacific Stock Exchange.  There
        can be no assurance, however, that an active trading market will
        develop in the Common Stock or that purchasers of the shares of Common
        Stock will be able to resell their shares at prices equal to or
        greater than the initial public offering price.  The market for the
        Common Stock will depend upon, among other things, the number of
        holders thereof, the interest of securities dealers in maintaining a
        market for the Common Stock and other factors beyond the control of
        the Company.  The initial public offering price will be determined by
        negotiation between the Company and the Representative and may not
        reflect the market price of the Common Stock after the Offering.  See
        "Underwriting" for factors considered in determining the initial
        public offering price.  The trading price of the Common Stock could be
        subject to significant fluctuations in response to variations in
        quarterly operating results, general trends in the Company's industry
        and other factors.

        SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE

               The Company is unable to predict the effect that sales made
        under Rule 144 under the Act (as defined below) or otherwise may have
        on the market price of the Common Stock, but such sales could have a
        depressive effect in the public market price of the Common Stock
        offered hereby and may impair the Company's ability to raise
        additional capital by the sale of its equity securities.  See "Shares
        of Common Stock Eligible for Future Sale."


        EXERCISE OF REPRESENTATIVE'S WARRANTS

             The Company has sold warrants for the purchase of Common Stock to
        the Representative for nominal consideration as compensation for its
        services in this Offering.  The Representative's Warrants are
        exercisable only upon the one-year anniversary of the closing of this
        Offering and will continue to be exercisable until the five-year
        anniversary of the closing of this offering, at a purchase price equal
        to 120% of the initial public offering price of the Common Stock.  The
        Representative's Warrants may have certain dilutive effects because
        the holders thereof will be given the opportunity to profit from a
        rise in the market price of the underlying shares of Common Stock with
        a resulting dilution in the interest of the Company's other
        stockholders.  The terms on which the Company could obtain additional
        capital during the life of the Representative's Warrants may be
        adversely affected because the holders of the Representative's
        Warrants may exercise them at a time when the Company would otherwise
        be able to obtain comparable additional capital in a new offering of
        securities at a price per share greater than the exercise price of the
        Representative's Warrants.

             The Company has agreed that, at the request of the holders of the
        Representative's Warrants under certain circumstances, it will
        register under federal and state securities laws the Representative's
        Warrants and the shares of Common Stock issuable thereunder.  Exercise
        of these registration rights could involve substantial expense to the
        Company at a time when the Company may not be able to afford such
        expenditures and may adversely affect both the terms upon which the
        Company may obtain additional funding and the market price of the
        Common Stock.  In addition, no prediction can be made as to the
        effect, if any, that sales of shares of Common Stock or the
        availability of such shares of Common Stock for sale will have on the
        market prices prevailing from time to time.  Nevertheless, the
        possibility that substantial amounts of Common Stock may be sold in
        the public market upon the exercise of the Representative's Warrants
        may adversely affect prevailing market prices for the Common Stock and
        could impair the Company's ability to raise capital through the sale
        of its equity securities.  See "Underwriting."


                                   COMPANY HISTORY

             The Company was founded in 1958 by Seymour I. Gussack, currently
        the Chairman of the Board of Directors, as an engineering-oriented
        supplier which designed bearings for a variety of special industrial
        applications.  In 1965, using its established sales force, the Company
        began marketing standard precision bearings to OEMs.  Product was
        manufactured by the Company and also sourced from a network of
        overseas producers.  In 1975, the Company formed its Distribution
        Division, which sold the Company's full line of products, both
        manufactured and imported, to industrial distributors throughout the
        U.S.  In 1969, the Company built a manufacturing facility in North
        Carolina and moved its domestic manufacturing operations there. 
        Bearings and bearing components produced at this facility were sold
        primarily to the automotive industry.  Sales of such products exceeded
        $18.0 million per year by 1985, when the Company sold the facility and
        executed a non-competition agreement that expired in December 1991. 
        In 1992, the Company initiated a marketing campaign to the automotive
        industry, which yielded orders from GM beginning in 1995.

             In October 1987, the Company purchased the assets of Hyatt, which
        was then in bankruptcy proceedings.  Hyatt was primarily a
        manufacturer of TRBs for the automotive and railroad industries.  The
        Company borrowed $12.0 million from Wells Fargo to finance the
        transaction and to provide the Company with working capital.  The
        transaction presented to the Company the opportunity to:  (i) acquire
        a large amount of equipment to establish new domestic manufacturing
        capabilities and to form a manufacturing joint venture in the PRC;
        (ii) utilize the well-recognized Hyatt  trademark and other
        intellectual property; (iii) gain entry into the TRB market; and (iv)
        have access to the railroad market for locomotive bearings.  In 1985,
        Hyatt's last full year of production prior to filing for bankruptcy
        protection, its sales were approximately $70.3 million, of which
        approximately $11.0 million represented railroad product sales.  In
        1987, portions of the assets acquired from Hyatt were used to
        establish a new TRB manufacturing facility in Union, New Jersey.

             In 1987, the Company also established a joint venture, SGBC, in
        Shanghai, PRC.  The joint venture agreement provided for SGBC to
        manufacture bearing and bearing components.  The Company's initial
        contribution to the joint venture was the TRB production equipment
        acquired from Hyatt in 1986, including hot and cold forming equipment,
        heat treating, machining, grinding and roller manufacturing equipment
        to be used in a 100,000 square foot manufacturing facility in
        Shanghai, PRC.  Until 1994, the facility operated as a captive supply
        source to the Company, exporting its production solely to the Company
        for sales in the U.S. to Company customers.  In 1994, SGBC was
        certified as a supplier of bearings to Shanghai Volkswagen. 
        Nonetheless, for the term of the joint venture SGBC still may only
        sell in the U.S. to the Company.  See "Business."

             As a result of a number factors, including litigation that
        precluded the Company from establishing a production facility in New
        York adjacent to a Company distribution facility, the Company was
        delayed in starting production of the Hyatt product lines, which,
        combined with the requirements of establishing SGBC, adversely
        affected the Company's liquidity.  In September 1991, as a result of
        its continuing inability to meet interest payments and related
        obligations under its loan agreements, principally its loan agreement
        with Wells Fargo, the Company filed for protection under Chapter 11 of
        the U.S. Bankruptcy Code.  In connection with its reorganization in
        bankruptcy, the Company took significant steps to improve its
        operations and financial position.  These steps included consolidating
        operations and facilities, reducing general, administrative and
        production costs, improving inventory management and refocusing the
        Company on certain core businesses, including the sale of higher
        margin TRBs.  Partially as a result of these efforts, the Company
        increased sales from approximately $27.3 million for fiscal 1993, the
        last year in which the Company operated in bankruptcy, to
        approximately $37.0 million and $42.1 million for fiscal 1994 and
        fiscal 1995, respectively, and had operating income of $874,000 for
        fiscal 1994 and of $354,000 for fiscal 1995, despite an approximately
        $2.2 million charge in fiscal 1995 due to customer damage claims,
        compared to an operating loss of $387,000 for fiscal 1993.  During the
        1996 Interim Period, The Company recorded operating income of
        approximately $1.5 million.  In connection with the bankruptcy
        reorganization, the Company also used proceeds from the liquidation of
        excess inventory to substantially reduce its obligations under its
        Revolving Credit Facility.  In December 1992, World, a corporation
        controlled by Seymour I. Gussack and members of his family, including
        David L. Gussack, currently the Company's President and Chief
        Executive Officer, purchased the Discharged Obligation from Wells
        Fargo.  The Company's Plan of Reorganization was confirmed by the U.S.
        Bankruptcy Court for the Southern District of New York in November
        1993.  In connection with the Plan of Reorganization, the Company
        issued to World, in exchange for the Discharged Obligation, the
        Secured Note, the Installment Note and 1,000 shares of Common Stock,
        representing all of the Company's issued and outstanding shares of
        capital stock.  See "Certain Relationships and Related Transactions."


                                       DILUTION

             At June 29, 1996, the net tangible book value of the Company was
        approximately $2.5 million, or $0.82 per share.  Net tangible book
        value per share represents the Company's total tangible assets less
        total liabilities divided by the total number of shares of Common
        Stock outstanding.  Net tangible book value dilution per share
        represents the difference between the amount per share paid by the
        purchasers of Common Stock in the Offering and the pro forma net
        tangible book value per share of Common Stock immediately after
        completion of the Offering.  After giving effect to the sale by the
        Company of the 1,000,000 shares of Common Stock offered hereby, at an
        assumed initial public offering price of $9.00 per share, and receipt
        by the Company of the estimated net proceeds therefrom, the pro forma
        net tangible book value of the Company at June 29, 1996, would have
        been approximately $10.1 million, or $2.53 per share.  This represents
        an immediate increase in net tangible book value of $1.71 per share to
        existing holders of Common Stock and an immediate dilution of $6.47
        per share to purchasers of shares of Common Stock in the Offering, as
        illustrated by the following:

        Assumed initial public offering price
          per share (1) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .            $9.00
             Net tangible book value per share
               at June 29, 1996   . . . . . . . . . .  $0.82

             Increase per share attributable to        $1.71
               the Offering . . . . . . . . . . . . .  -----

        Pro forma net tangible book value per                    $2.53
          share after the Offering  . . . . . . . . .            ------
                                                                 $6.47
        Dilution per share to new investors(2)  . . .            =====
        _________
        (1)  Before deducting the estimated underwriting discounts,
             commissions and expenses of this Offering.
        (2)  Excludes (i) 500,000 shares reserved for issuance under the 1996
             Option Plan, of which options to purchase 257,500 shares of
             Common Stock at the price to the public in this Offering have
             been granted subject to certain vesting periods, and (ii) 100,000
             shares of Common Stock issuable upon exercise of the
             Representative's Warrants.  See Management   1996 Stock Option
             and Performance Award Plan.

             The following table summarizes, on a pro forma basis as of June
        29, 1996, the difference between the number of shares of Common Stock
        purchased from the Company, the total consideration paid and the
        average price per share paid by the existing stockholders and by new
        public investors purchasing shares in this Offering (at an assumed
        initial public offering price of $9.00 per share and before deduction
        of estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and offering
        expenses payable by the Company):





                                                                   Average
                          SHARES PURCHASED   TOTAL CONSIDERATION
                                                                    Price
                          -----------------    --------------
                                                                     Per
                          Number    Percent       Amount  Percent   Share
                          -------    ------     --------   ------ --------
        Existing                                             -        -
        stockholders  .   3,000,000   75.0%       $1 (1)
        New public
        investors . . .   1,000,000   25.0%   $9,000,000   100.0%  $9.00
                          ---------  ------  -----------  -------
          Total . . . .   4,000,000  100.0%   $9,000,001   100.0%
                          =========  ======  ===========  =======
        _________

        (1)  In December 1993, the Company emerged from a bankruptcy
             reorganization which commenced in September 1991.  In connection
             with its Plan of Reorganization, the Company issued to World,
             which prior to the Offering owned all of the Company's Common
             Stock, (i) the Secured Note in the original principal amount of
             $2.5 million, (ii) the Installment Note in the principal amount
             of $750,142 and (iii) 1,000 shares of Common Stock, in exchange
             for a note in the original principal amount of $12.0 million,
             together with accrued interest thereon in the amount of
             $2,701,416.  World acquired the Discharged Obligation from Wells
             Fargo, which provided financing for the Company's purchase of
             Hyatt in March 1987 and for working capital.

                                   USE OF PROCEEDS

             The net proceeds to the Company from the sale of the 1,000,000
        shares of Common Stock being offered by the Company hereby, at an
        assumed initial public offering price of $9.00 per share, after
        deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and
        expenses of the Offering payable by the Company, are estimated to be
        approximately $_______ ($_____ if the Underwriter's over-allotment
        option is exercised in full).  The Company anticipates using
        approximately $2.0 million to expand its manufacturing capacity,
        particularly for the production of tapered roller bearings and ball
        bearings supplied to the automotive industry, including possible
        investments in joint ventures abroad or by providing equipment to
        vendors for use at their facilities under the guidelines of certain
        supply agreements.  As of the date hereof, the Company has not
        committed to enter into any joint venture or other arrangement with
        vendors that would be funded with the proceeds of the Offering.  Of
        the remaining net proceeds, the Company anticipates using
        approximately $1.0 million for expanded marketing and research and
        development and approximately $5.5 million for working capital,
        general corporate purposes and possibly the acquisition of the
        business or assets of other bearings manufacturers.  However, the
        Company at the present time has not identified any acquisition
        candidates.  Pending the application of the net proceeds for such
        purposes, the Company intends to use such proceeds to repay
        outstanding borrowings under the Revolving Credit Facility.  As of
        September 11, 1996, the Company had outstanding borrowings under the
        Revolving Credit Facility of $10,751,000.  The Revolving Credit
        Facility currently terminates in June 1998 and will remain available
        through that date, with or without payment of outstanding borrowings
        with the proceeds of the Offering.  The Revolving Credit Facility
        allows for borrowings, from time to time, not to exceed the lesser of
        $15.0 million or an amount equal to the sum of (i) 85% of eligible
        receivables, as defined, (ii) 50% of eligible inventory, as defined,
        consisting of raw materials, (iii) 50% of eligible inventory, as
        defined, consisting of finished goods, and (iv) 50% of eligible
        inventory, as defined, in transit under letters of credit less the sum
        of (i) the aggregate amount of outstanding letters of credit and (ii)
        such reserves as the lender may reasonably deem proper and necessary
        from time to time.  Based upon such formula, as of Sept. 11, 1996, the
        maximum amount the Company could borrow under the Revolving Credit
        Facility was $11.4 million.  Amounts outstanding under the Revolving
        Credit Facility bear interest at the bank's base rate (8.25% per annum
        at August 15, 1996) plus 2.0%.  Based upon the Company's performance
        and 20 year relationship with BNYCC, the Company intends to seek and
        believes it may be able to obtain more favorable terms on the
        Revolving Credit Facility upon the completion of the Offering,
        although there can be no assurance it will be able to do so.  See
        "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Results of Operations and
        Financial Condition."  The foregoing represents the Company's best
        estimate of the allocation of the net proceeds of the Offering based
        upon current economic and industry conditions and the current state of
        its business operations and plans.  The application of proceeds for
        any particular purpose will depend on a number of factors, including
        the timing of expenditures, other business and acquisition
        opportunities, the availability of funds from operations or other
        sources.  As a result, the Company may find it desirable, and reserves
        the right, to change the allocation of funds.



                                   DIVIDEND POLICY

             The Company currently expects that it will retain all future
        earnings for use in the operation and expansion of its business and
        does not anticipate paying any cash dividends in the foreseeable
        future.  In addition, the Company is subject to restrictions against
        the payment of dividends under the terms of the Revolving Credit
        Facility.  See "Risk Factors   Reliance on Borrowings under Revolving
        Credit Facility, Substantial Indebtedness."


   <PAGE> 




                                    CAPITALIZATION

             The following table sets forth the capitalization of the Company
        at June 29, 1996 and as adjusted to give effect to (i) the sale by the
        Company of 1,000,000 shares of Common Stock at the assumed public
        offering price of $9.00 per share, less estimated underwriting
        discounts and commissions and expenses of the Offering payable by the
        Company, and (ii) the application of the estimated net proceeds of
        this Offering.  See "Use of Proceeds."

                                                    Actual       As Adjusted
                                                    -------      -----------
        Note payable bank and current maturities
        of long-term debt . . . . . . . . . . . .   $10,595,148  $
                                                    ===========  ===========
        Long-term debt (less current maturities)    $4,717,374   $
                                                    ----------   ----------
        Stockholders' equity:
             Preferred Stock, par value $.01 per
             share, 1,000,000 shares authorized;
             none issued                                               

             Common Stock, par value $.01 per
             share, 19,000,000 shares
              authorized; 3,000,000 shares issued
             and outstanding;                            30,000     40,000
              4,000,000 shares issued and
             outstanding, as adjusted (1) . . . .

             Additional paid-in capital . . . . .    12,203,250

             Accumulated deficit  . . . . . . . .   (9,775,705)   ________
                                                    -----------
             Total stockholders' equity . . . . .     2,457,545
                                                    -----------   --------
                  Total capitalization  . . . . .    $7,397,759    $         
                                                     ==========  ==========  
                                                                             
                                                                             
        _____________

        (1)  Excludes (i) 500,000 shares of Common Stock reserved for issuance
             under the 1996 Option Plan, of which options to purchase 257,500
             shares of Common Stock at the price offered to the public in the
             Offering have been granted subject to certain vesting periods,
             and (ii) 100,000 shares of Common Stock issuable upon exercise of
             the Representative's Warrants.



   <PAGE> 


                               SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA

                  The following selected financial data should be read in
        conjunction with "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Results of
        Operations and Financial Condition" and the financial statements and
        notes thereto that appear elsewhere herein.  The statement of
        operations balance sheet data for the 1991, 1992, 1993, 1994 and 1995
        fiscal years have been derived from the financial statements of the
        Company, which financial statements have been compiled with respect to
        the 1991 and 1992 fiscal years, and audited with respect to the 1993
        and 1994 fiscal years by Ferro, Berdon & Company, L.L.P. independent
        public accountants, as indicated in their report included elsewhere
        herein.  The financial statements as of and for the 1995 fiscal year
        have been audited by BDO Seidman, LLP, independent public accountants,
        as indicated in their report included elsewhere herein.  The selected
        financial data as of and for the 1995 and 1996 Interim Periods have
        been derived without audit from the Company's interim financial
        statements.  In the opinion of Management, the unaudited financial
        statements include all adjustments, consisting of only normal,
        recurring adjustments, necessary for a fair presentation of the
        results of operations for the periods.  The results for the 1996
        Interim Period are not necessarily indicative of the results that may
        be expected for 1996 fiscal year or in any other future period.


                                          52-53 WEEK PERIOD ENDED
      IN THOUSANDS EXCEPT
                           DECEMBER 28,  DECEMBER 26, DECEMBER 25, DECEMBER 31,
      FOR SHARE AND            1991          1992         1993         1994
      PER SHARE DATA          ------        ------       ------        -----

           Statement of
        Operations Data:
      Sales                      $32,146       $27,155     $27,254      $37,032
                                  24,289        20,738      20,724       28,484
      Cost of sales              -------       -------     -------      -------
                                   7,859         6,417       6,529        8,548
        Gross profit             -------       -------     -------      -------
      Selling, general and
      administrative
      expenses                     8,806         6,762       6,916        7,674

      Provision for  
      Customer Damage                -                                         
      Claims                       -----         -----       -----        -----


      Operating income             (949)         (345)       (387)          874
      (loss)                      ------        ------     -------        -----
      Interest expense           (2,517)         (671)       (513)        (990)
      Equity in income 
      (loss) of affiliate          (390)         (662)       (183)          403

      Other (expense)                 12         (350)         717         (32)
      income                     -------       -------      ------       ------

      Income (loss) before
        reduction of 
        carrying value of
        assets, income tax
        (benefit) and            (3,844)       (2,028)       (365)          255
        extraordinary item       -------      --------    --------       ------
      Reduction of
        carrying value
        of assets                (1,451)       (7,441)                     

                                    --                                         
      Income tax (benefit)       -------       -------    --------      -------
      Income (loss)
        before
        extraordinary
        item                     (5,295)    (9,469)(1)       (365)          255

      Extraordinary                    -             -   15,836(2)          108
        item                   ---------     ---------  ----------    ---------

                              $  (5,295)      $(9,469)     $15,471         $363
      Net income (Loss)         ========     =========   =========     ========

      Net income (Loss)           $(.22)        $(.39)        $.67         $.12
        per share               ========     =========   =========      =======

      Shares used in
        calculating net       24,000,000    24,000,000  23,125,000    3,000,000
        income per share        ========     =========   =========     ========
                                     DECEMBER 30,    JUNE 30,       JUNE 29,
      OR SHARE AND                       1995          1995           1996
      PER SHARE DATA                    -----         -----          -----
           Statement of
           Operations Data:
      Sales                                $42,070      $22,853         $21,007
                                            32,069       17,314          15,746
      Cost of sales                       --------      -------         -------
                                            10,001        5,540           5,261
        Gross profit                      --------      -------         -------
      Selling, general and 
        administrative expenses              7,495        3,831           3,751



      Provision for Customer              2,152(3)     2,152(3)                
        Damage Claims                    ---------     --------         -------
                                               354        (444)           1,509
      Operating income (loss)              -------     --------         -------
      Interest expense                     (1,428)        (696)           (675)
      Equity in income (loss) of
        affiliate                               78          (7)                
                                           (1,233)      (1,118)                
      Other (expense) income              --------    ---------         -------

      Income (loss) before
        reduction of carrying
        value of assets,
        income tax (benefit)               (2,229)      (2,265)             835
        and extraordinary item            --------     --------         -------

      Reduction of
        carrying value
        of assets                                                              
                                             (500)                          318
      Income tax (benefit)                --------      -------        --------
      Income (loss) before
        extraordinary item                 (1,729)      (2,265)             517

                                                                              -
      Extraordinary item                ----------   ----------       ---------
                                          $(1,729)     $(2,265)            $517
      Net income (Loss)                   ========      =======         =======
      Net income (Loss)                     $(.58)       $(.76)            $.17
        per share                           ======      =======         =======

                                                                      3,000,000
      Shares used in calculating         3,000,000    3,000,000         =======
        net income per share              ========    =========

                                   52-53 WEEK PERIOD ENDED
                           DECEMBER 28, DECEMBER 26,  DECEMBER 25,
     IN THOUSANDS EXCEPT       1991         1992          1993
     FOR PER SHARE DATA        ----         -----        -----
     BALANCE SHEET DATA:
     Working capital         $3,353       $3,091        $3,842
     Total assets            28,319       15,913        17,618
     Long-term debt
       (excluding current 
       portion)              14,850       14,920         4,512

     Stockholders' equity    (5,969)     (15,265)        3,306


                                                            26 WEEK PERIOD
                               52-53 WEEK PERIOD ENDED          ENDED
                             DECEMBER 31,   DECEMBER 30,       JUNE 29,
     IN THOUSANDS EXCEPT         1994           1995             1996
     FOR PER SHARE DATA        --------        -----            -----

     BALANCE SHEET DATA:
     Working capital            $4,686        $2,793            $3,359
     Total assets               24,143        27,086            24,401
     Long-term debt
       (excluding current
        portion)                 5,218         4,817             4,717
     Stockholders' equity        3,670         1,941             2,458


     (1)  On  September 16,  1991, the  Company filed for  bankruptcy protection
          under  Chapter  11 of  the  U.S.  Bankruptcy Code.    As  part of  its
          bankruptcy  reorganization, the  Company incurred  losses on:  (a) the
          liquidation of inventory of approximately $4.9 million; (b) the write-
          down of plant and equipment of approximately $3.0 million; and (c) the
          write  down of intangible  assets of $1.0  million in  fiscal 1991 and
          1992.   Additionally, the  Company incurred approximately  $360,000 of
          bankruptcy related costs in 1991 and 1992 which are reflected in other
          income (expense).

     (2)  In December 1993, the Company emerged from a bankruptcy reorganization
          which commenced  in September 1991.   In connection  with the  Plan of
          Reorganization, the  Company  issued  to  World, which  prior  to  the
          Offering  owned all of the  Company's Common Stock,  the Secured Note,
          the Installment Note and  1,000 shares of Common Stock in exchange for
          the Discharged  Obligation.  World acquired  the Discharged Obligation
          from Wells Fargo, which provided financing for  the Company's purchase
          of  Hyatt  in March  1987  and for  working  capital.   The difference
          between the  amount of  the Discharged  Obligation  and the  principal
          amounts  of the  notes and  the value  attributed to the  Common Stock
          issued   to  World   in  exchange   for  the   Discharged  Obligation,
          $11,451,174,  has been recorded  as "Extraordinary Income   settlement
          of  debts at  a  discount."   In  addition, unsecured  creditors  were
          offered  a cash  settlement  equal to  5%  of their  outstanding  pre-
          petition claims or, in the alternative, 10% of such claims, payable 2%
          per  year for  five years resulting  in a reduction  in obligations of
          $3,974,480.  See "Risk  Factors   Bankruptcy Reorganization," "Company
          History,"  "Management's  Discussion   and  Analysis  of   Results  of
          Operations  and   Financial  Condition"   and  Note 14  of   Notes  to
          Consolidated Financial Statements.

     (3)  In April  1995, three  railroads reported to  the AAR problems  with a
          total of eight bearing assemblies which had overheated due to friction
          that  was attributed  to  misplaced  seals  on the  Company's  tapered
          journal  bearings.  The Company agreed  with AAR to recall and replace
          all  Company tapered  journal  bearings that  had  been shipped.    In
          anticipation of the expenses related to  the reimbursement, recall and
          rework, the  Company accrued a  one-time charge of  approximately $2.2
          million in fiscal 1995.  See "Risk Factors   Product Recall."



<PAGE> 


                  MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF RESULTS OF
                          OPERATIONS AND FINANCIAL CONDITION

               The following discussion  should be read in conjunction with, and
     is qualified  in its entirety  by, the  Financial Statements and  the Notes
     thereto and Selected Financial Data included elsewhere  in this Prospectus.
     Historical operating results and percentage relationships among any amounts
     included in  the Financial  Statements are  not  necessarily indicative  of
     trends in operating results.

     RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

               The  following table  sets forth  for the  periods  indicated the
     percentage of the Company's sales represented by each income statement line
     item presented.
                                        As a Percentage of Sales
                                       --------------------------
                                    Six Months       Years Ended
                                      Ended          ------------
                                  -------------
                                       ---
                                   June   June    Dec.   Dec.   Dec.
                                   30,    29,     25,     31,    30,
                                   1995   1996    1993   1994   1995
                                  ------ ------ ------- ------ -------
                                    --             -       -

     Net sales . . . . . . . . . 
                                100.0% 100.0%   100.0% 100.0% 100.0%
     Cost of products sold . . . 75.8   75.0     76.0   76.9   76.2

          Gross profit . . . . . 24.2   25.0     24.0   23.1   23.8
     Selling, general and
     administrative expenses . . 16.8   17.9     25.4   20.7   17.8
     Operating income (loss) . . (1.9)   7.2     (1.4)   2.4    0.8
     Other (income) expense  . .  8.0    3.2     (0.1)   1.7    6.1
     Income (loss) before
     extraordinary income  . . . (9.9)   2.5     (1.3)   0.7   (4.1)
                                 (9.9)   2.5     56.8    1.0   (4.1)
     Net income (loss) . . . . . 
                                =====  =====    =====  ===== ======

     1996 INTERIM PERIOD COMPARED TO 1995 INTERIM PERIOD (UNAUDITED)

     Sales.  
     -------
          The  Company's sales decreased 8% from approximately $22.9 million for
     the 1995 Interim Period to approximately $21.0 million for the 1996 Interim
     Period.    Sales  of  the  OEM  Division   and  the  Distribution  Division
     represented  65%  and  35%  of   total  sales  for  1996  Interim   Period,
     respectively, as  compared to  67%  and 33%  of total  sales  for the  1995
     Interim Period.  The decrease in  sales between the two periods reflected a
     28% to 30% decline in the production of truck trailers, which resulted in a
     reduction  of truck  trailer bearing  sales of  approximately $2.5 million,
     despite an increase  in the Company's market share for  such bearings.  The
     Company expects  that  sales of  bearings for  truck  trailers will  remain
     stable or  increase gradually for the  remainder of fiscal 1996.   However,
     there  can  be no  assurance  in  this regard.    In  addition, a  $300,000
     reduction in sales of OEM ball bearings  for various commodity applications
     was  attributable to the  Company's strategy  to de-emphasize sales  of low
     margin commodity bearings.  These decreases in  sales were partially offset
     by an  increase of approximately $1.1  million in sales of  tapered journal
     bearings used in railroad freight cars.

     Cost of Sales.  
     ---------------
          The Company's cost of  sales as a percentage  of sales decreased  from
     75.8% for the 1995 Interim Period to 75% for the 1996 Interim Period.   The
     decrease was  partially  the result  of the  commencement of  a program  to
     increase  efficiency  in  plant  operations.    This  program  entails  the
     consolidation of  operations between  the Company's  Union, New  Jersey and
     West Nyack, New York facilities, which will simplify tooling, personnel and
     quality control functions.   The decrease of cost of  sales as a percentage
     of sales also reflects the Company's strategy  to de-emphasize sales of low
     margin commodity bearings.

     Selling, General and Administrative Expenses.  
     ---------------------------------------------
          Selling,  general  and administrative  expenses  remained  constant at
     approximately $3.8 million for each  of the 1995 and 1996 Interim  Periods,
     although, as  a percentage of sales, such  expenses increased from 16.8% to
     17.9%, respectively, due to a decrease in sales.

     Provision for Customer Damage Claims.  
     --------------------------------------
     In April 1995, three railroads  reported to the AAR problems with  eight of
     the Company's  bearings  that were  attributed  to  misplaced seals.    The
     Company agreed to recall approximately 10,000 tapered journal bearings.  As
     a  result, the Company recorded  a special provision  of approximately $2.2
     million during the 1995 Interim Period representing estimated liability for
     rework  costs  and  customer damage  claims.    See  "Risk Factors  Product
     Recall."

     Operating Income.  
     -------------------
          Operating income increased to approximately  $1.5 million for the 1996
     Interim Period  from an  operating loss  on $444,000  for the  1995 Interim
     Period, which was  the result of a  customer damage claim of  approximately
     $2.2 million recorded in fiscal 1995.

     Other Income (Expense). 
     -----------------------
          Other  expenses decreased by  63% from approximately  $1.8 million for
     the 1995 Interim Period to $675,000 for the  1996 Interim Period, primarily
     as  a  result of  the  resolution of  certain  goodwill and  certain equity
     investments treatment.

     Net Income (Loss).  
     -------------------
     As  a result  of  the factors  discussed  above,  net income  increased  to
     $517,000 for the 1996 Interim Period  from a net loss of approximately $2.3
     million for the 1995 Interim Period.

     FISCAL 1995 COMPARED TO FISCAL 1994

     Sales.  
     -------
          The Company's sales increased 13.6%  to approximately $42.1 million in
     fiscal 1995 from approximately $37.0 million in fiscal 1994.  This increase
     in sales was attributable  to increased penetration into the  truck trailer
     bearing  market, as  well as  the market  for special  bearings, locomotive
     journal boxes and ball bearings.  Sales of the OEM Division increased 16.5%
     from  approximately $23.8  million in  fiscal 1994  to approximately  $27.7
     million in fiscal 1995 and represented 66% of total sales in fiscal 1995 as
     compared to 64% of total  sales in fiscal 1994.  Sales of  the Distribution
     Division  increased 8.5% to approximately $14.4 million in fiscal 1995 from
     approximately $13.3 million in fiscal 1994 and represented 34% of  sales in
     fiscal 1995 as compared to 36% of sales in fiscal 1994.

     Cost of Sales.  
     --------------
     Cost  of sales increased by 12.6%  to approximately $32.1 million in fiscal
     1995 from approximately $28.5 million in fiscal  1994, reflecting increased
     sales.  However, cost of  sales as a percentage of net  sales declined from
     76.9% in fiscal 1994 to 76.2% in fiscal 1995.

     Selling, General and Administrative Expenses.  
     ---------------------------------------------
     Selling,   general  and   administrative   expenses  remained   stable   at
     approximately $7.5 million  in fiscal 1995  compared to approximately  $7.7
     million in fiscal  1994.  However, such expenses decreased  as a percentage
     of sales to 17.8% in fiscal 1995 from 20.7%  in fiscal 1994, reflecting the
     increase   in  sales   and  measures  to   control  selling,   general  and
     administrative expenses.

     Provision for Customer Damage Claims.  
     --------------------------------------
     In April 1995, three railroads  reported to the AAR problems with  eight of
     the  Company's bearings  that  were attributed  to  misplaced seals.    The
     Company agreed to recall approximately 10,000 tapered journal bearings.  As
     a  result, the Company recorded  a special provision  of approximately $2.2
     million in fiscal  1995 representing estimated  liability for rework  costs
     and customer damage claims.  See "Risk Factors Product Recall."

     Operating Income.  
     -----------------
     As  a result  of the  factors described  above, operating  income decreased
     59.5% to approximately  $354,000 in fiscal 1995 from approximately $874,000
     in fiscal 1994.

     Other Income (Expense).  
     -----------------------
          Other expenses increased 317% to  approximately $2.6 million in fiscal
     1995  from  approximately  $0.6 million  in  fiscal  1994.   This  increase
     reflected a 44.2% increase  in interest expense  to $1.4 million in  fiscal
     1995 from $1.0 million in fiscal 1994, primarily as a result of an increase
     in average borrowings under  the Company's credit facility to  fund working
     capital  requirements related to the  increase in sales.   Interest expense
     during  fiscal 1995 also included $180,000 of interest accrued with respect
     to  the  Secured Note  and  6% loans  due  December 1995  in  the aggregate
     principal amount of $1,000,000 owed to  World.  In fiscal 1995, the Company
     had equity in income of an  affiliate of approximately $79,000 compared  to
     equity  in the income of affiliates of approximately $403,000 during fiscal
     1994.  During fiscal  1995 the Company had other expenses  of approximately
     $1.2  million compared to other expenses of approximately $32,000 in fiscal
     1994 due to the write down of an investment in its Alurop subsidiary.

     Net Income (Loss).  
     ------------------
     Due to the  provision for customer damage  claims and the write  down of an
     investment in a  subsidiary, the Company had a  net loss in fiscal  1995 of
     approximately $1.7 million.  For fiscal 1994, the Company had net income of
     $363,237.   For fiscal 1995,  the Company did not need  to apply a tax loss
     carryforward because the Company had a net loss.

     FISCAL 1994 COMPARED TO FISCAL 1993

     Sales.  
     ------
     The Company's sales increased  by 35.9% to approximately $37.0  million for
     fiscal 1994 from approximately $27.3 million for fiscal 1993.  The increase
     was attributable  to overall increases  in orders from  existing customers,
     particularly sales  in the  Truck Trailer market,  following the  Company's
     emergence from bankruptcy proceedings.  Sales of the OEM Division increased
     59.7%  to approximately  $23.8 million  in fiscal  1994 from  approximately
     $14.9 million in fiscal 1993  and represented 64% of total sales  in fiscal
     1994 compared to 55% of total sales in fiscal 1993.  This increase included
     increased  ball bearings  sales  of approximately  $2.3 million,  increased
     tapered roller bearings sales  of approximately $4.9 million, and increased
     bearing  component  sales  of approximately  $1.4 million.    Sales of  the
     Distribution  Division increased  6.7%  to approximately  $13.3 million  in
     fiscal 1994 from approximately $12.4 million in fiscal 1993 and represented
     36% of total sales in fiscal 1994 compared to  45% of total sales in fiscal
     1993.

     Cost of Sales.  
     --------------
          Cost  of sales increased by  37.4% to approximately  $28.5 million for
     fiscal 1994  from approximately  $20.7 million  for fiscal 1993.   Cost  of
     sales as a percentage of sales increased to 76.9% in fiscal 1994 from 76.0%
     in  fiscal 1993  due  to  cost increases  from  certain  component and  raw
     material  vendors, which the Company  could not completely  pass through to
     customers.

     Selling, General and Administrative Expenses.  
     --------------------------------------------
     Selling,  general   and  administrative   expenses  increased  by   11%  to
     approximately $7.7 million from approximately $6.9  million in fiscal 1993.
     However,  such expenses  decreased as  a  percentage of  sales to  20.7% in
     fiscal  1994 from  25.4%  in  fiscal 1993  due  to increasing  sales  while
     controlling costs.

     Operating Income.  
     -----------------
          As  a  result of  the factors  discussed  above, operating  income was
     approximately  $874,000 for fiscal 1994,  compared to an  operating loss of
     approximately $387,000 for fiscal 1993.

     Other income (expense).  
     ----------------------
          Other  expense increased  to  approximately $619,000  for fiscal  1994
     compared to other  income of  approximately $22,000 for  fiscal 1993.   The
     increase reflected a  93.0% increase in  interest expense to  approximately
     $1.0  million, for fiscal 1994  from approximately $513,000  primarily as a
     result  of increased  borrowings required  to finance  increases in  sales,
     offset  in part  by decreased  average interest  rates during  fiscal 1994.
     Interest expense  during fiscal 1994  also included  $210,000 accrued  with
     respect to the Secured Note and 6% loans due December 1995 in the aggregate
     principal amount  of $1.0  million  owed to  World.   In  fiscal 1994,  the
     Company  also  recognized  equity   in  the  income  of  an   affiliate  of
     approximately $403,000 compared  to equity in the loss  of an affiliate and
     other unconsolidated subsidiaries  of approximately $183,000  during fiscal
     1993.    During  fiscal  1994,  the  Company  also  had  other  expense  of
     approximately  $32,000 as  described  above, compared  to  other income  of
     $717,355 during fiscal 1993 due, in part, to a recovery  of legal fees from
     a settled  lawsuit, management fees  and the refund  of a cash  deposit and
     interest thereon from the U.S. Customs Service.

     Net income.  
     ------------

          The  Company had net income of approximately $363,000 for fiscal 1994,
     reflecting  increased  sales  and  operating income,  partially  offset  by
     increased interest expense.  For fiscal 1993, the Company had net income of
     approximately  $15.5 million as a  result of extraordinary  income of $15.8
     resulting from  the  settlement of  debts at  a discount  in the  Company's
     bankruptcy reorganization.   Before  giving effect to  extraordinary income
     and  minority  interest,  the  Company  had  a  loss  for  fiscal  1993  of
     approximately $365,000.

     LIQUIDITY AND CAPITAL RESOURCES

          During the three years ended  December 31, 1995, the Company's primary
     sources of capital  have been  net cash provided  by operating  activities,
     bank   borrowings  and   financing  from   affiliates.     Working  capital
     requirements also  have been financed through  revolving credit borrowings.
     The primary demands on the  Company's capital resources have been the  need
     to  fund  inventory  and  receivables growth  created  in  normal  business
     expansion.  In 1996 there was an additional requirement for capital to fund
     expenses associated with the tapered journal bearing recall.  These demands
     have been met through cash from operations and revolving debt.

          The Company's arrangements with its North American customers typically
     provide that  payments are  due within  30 days following  the date  of the
     Company's  shipment of goods, while arrangements with foreign customers are
     generally on a letter of credit basis.   Due to the continuing expansion of
     the Company's sales, management believes that the Company's working capital
     requirements will increase.  The Company expects to  fulfill this need with
     a portion of the proceeds of the Offering.

          At  December 31,  1994, December 30,  1995,  and  June 29,  1996,  the
     Company had working capital of approximately $4.7 million, $2.8 million and
     $3.4  million,  respectively.   Cash  flow  from  operations  for 1995  was
     $194,000 as  compared to cash  outflow of ($4.7 million) during  1994.  The
     improvement  in the Company's cash  flow from operations primarily reflects
     an increase in results of operations in 1995, offset by the tapered journal
     bearing recall.

          Historically, the Company has used cash provided by operations to fund
     a  portion of  its operating  requirements and  capital expenditures.   The
     Company also has  relied on  borrowings under  its $15.0 million  Revolving
     Credit Facility to  fund operations.  As of September 11, 1996, $10,751,000
     was outstanding under the Revolving Credit Facility, which sums are secured
     by  the Company's accounts receivable,  inventory and various other assets.
     The  Revolving Credit Facility currently  terminates in June  1998 and will
     remain  available through that date, with or without payment of outstanding
     borrowings  with  the  proceeds of  the  Offering.    The Revolving  Credit
     Facility allows for borrowings, from time to time, not to exceed the lesser
     of $15.0  million or  an amount equal  to the  sum of  (i) 85% of  eligible
     receivables,  as  defined,  (ii) 50%  of  eligible  inventory, as  defined,
     consisting of raw materials,  (iii) 50% of eligible inventory,  as defined,
     consisting  of finished  goods,  and (iv)  50%  of eligible  inventory,  as
     defined,  in transit under  letters of credit  less the sum  of the (i) the
     aggregate amount of outstanding letters of credit and (ii) such reserves as
     the lender may  reasonably deem  proper and  necessary from  time to  time.
     Amounts outstanding under  the Revolving Credit  Facility bear interest  at
     the  bank's base rate  from time  to time  (8.25% per  annum at  August 15,
     1996),  plus  2.0%.   Based  upon  the  Company's performance  and  20 year
     relationship with BNYCC, The Company intends to request and believes it may
     be  able to obtain  more favorable terms  on the  Revolving Credit Facility
     upon completion of  the Offering, although  there can be  no assurances  it
     will be  able to do so.   The Revolving Credit  Facility contains covenants
     that, among other things,  limit the Company's ability to  incur additional
     indebtedness and requires the Company to maintain certain levels of working
     capital and  satisfy other  financial  tests.   As of  June  29, 1996,  the
     Company was in  compliance with  all covenants under  the Revolving  Credit
     Facility.

          The  Company anticipates  that  capital expenditures  for the  current
     fiscal  year and the foreseeable  future will be  approximately $750,000 to
     $1.0 million  per year.    However, the  Company, from  time  to time,  may
     consider the  implementation of  programs to  expand its  operations, which
     could increase capital expenditures above such level.

          In  June 1995,  the Company  obtained $1.56 million in  term financing
     from BNYCC,  bearing interest at  the bank's  base rate from  time to  time
     (8.25%  at August  15, 1996)  plus 2.0%.   The  term loan  provides  for 35
     consecutive monthly  payments  of  principal  of $18,570,  with  the  final
     payment due on July 1, 1998.  Proceeds of the term loan were primarily used
     to reduce debt owed to World.

          In  connection  with  the  Company's  bankruptcy  reorganization,  the
     Company issued the  Secured Note and  the Installment Note  to World.   The
     Installment  Note does  not bear  interest.  Interest  on the  Secured Note
     accrues annually on the initial principal amount but only is payable to the
     extent of  net income  in  excess of  $400,000.   The  Company has  accrued
     $375,000 in  unpaid interest under  the Secured Note  as of June  29, 1996.
     The Secured Note is subordinated in right of payment to all other creditors
     of the Company  but is  secured by a  second lien  on certain machines  and
     equipment  of the  Company with  an aggregate  value of  approximately $1.4
     million.  See "Certain Relationships and Related Transactions."

          The Company believes that  funds generated from continuing operations,
     the net proceeds of this Offering and borrowings under the Revolving Credit
     Facility will be  sufficient to finance  the Company's anticipated  working
     capital needs and capital expenditure requirements for the next 24 months.

     INFLATION

          The effect of inflation on the Company has not been significant during
     the last two fiscal years. 




<PAGE> 

                                       BUSINESS

          The Company manufactures, sources, assembles and distributes a variety
     of  bearing  components  and  bearing products,  including  ball  bearings,
     tapered roller  bearings, spherical roller bearings  and cylindrical roller
     bearings  under  the  Hyatt  and  The  General   trademarks.   The  Company
     supplies  OEMs and the industrial  aftermarket principally in  the U.S. and
     Canada.   The Company's products are used in a broad range of applications,
     including  automobiles, railroad cars,  locomotives, trucks,  machinery and
     appliances.

          The  Company  operates  in  two  divisions:  the  OEM  Division, which
     supplies  OEMs, and  the Distribution  Division, which  serves distributors
     that supply the repair and maintenance aftermarket and small OEMs.  Current
     OEM Division customers include  automotive and locomotive divisions  of GM,
     Gunite  Corporation,  Strick  Corporation, Trinity  Industries,  Burlington
     Northern  and Xerox Corporation.   The Distribution  Division has customers
     ranging  in size from  Motion Industries and Bearings,  Inc., each of which
     has  over  400  outlets, to  independent  single  outlet  operations.   The
     Distribution Division's  individual  shipments  are  typically  smaller  in
     volume but have higher gross margins.

          Through  flexibility  in  manufacturing   and  sourcing,  as  well  as
     attentive  customer  service,  the  Company  strives   to  be  a  reliable,
     innovative and cost effective provider of bearing component products to the
     approximately  $5  billion per  year U.S.  bearing  market.   The Company's
     strategy to accomplish this objective includes the following:

          *  PROVIDE HIGH QUALITY PRODUCTS  AND SUPERIOR CUSTOMER  SERVICE.  The
          Company maintains  a detailed and extensive  Quality Assurance Program
          and  has been certified to the M 1003 standard by the AAR and the MIL-
          I-45208  standard by  General Dynamics,  a military  contractor.   The
          Company  currently is  taking steps  to obtain  IS0 9001  and QS  9000
          registrations from the ISO.   The Company also requires that  both its
          affiliated and unaffiliated suppliers  conform to Company and customer
          quality and engineering  standards.  Certain of the Company's products
          also   have  been  specifically  certified  by  the  AAR  for  use  in
          locomotives  and railroad cars.   In addition,  leading automobile and
          truck trailer manufacturers and national distributors of bearings also
          have  qualified   the  Company  as  an  authorized  supplier.    These
          certifications  and  qualifications, which  take  significant time  to
          obtain because of testing  and other requirements, enable  the Company
          to  supply large  markets  currently served  by  a limited  number  of
          competitors and  to  which  the  Company's  access  had  been  limited
          previously.

          *  PRESENCE IN CHINA.   In 1987,  the Company formed  a joint venture,
          SGBC, in  the PRC to establish  a low cost,  quality controlled source
          for bearings and  bearing components.   The Company  has formed  other
          joint  ventures  in the  PRC, and  it  continues to  investigate joint
          venture opportunities.  The  Company believes that potential customers
          in the U.S. intending  to establish or expand manufacturing  and other
          facilities in the PRC have, and will continue to have, an incentive to
          purchase  bearings  from the  Company  in  order  to  satisfy  Chinese
          counterpurchasing  and  local  content  requirements.    In  addition,
          Commerce has granted a preliminary order with respect to SGBC revoking
          the applicability to it  of an antidumping order covering  TRBs issued
          in 1987.  A final  determination revoking the antidumping order  as it
          applies to  SGBC would result in  a direct benefit to  the Company and
          SGBC by  eliminating costs associated with  antidumping duties, yearly
          antidumping  investigations  and other  compliance requirements.   The
          Company knows of no  such revocations pending for other  companies and
          believes  its own  revocation,  if granted,  will  provide it  with  a
          competitive advantage.

          * MANUFACTURING AND SOURCING FLEXIBILITY.  The Company operates on the
          principle that  a flexible method  of combining product  and component
          purchasing with  its own  manufacturing and assembly  capabilities can
          provide customers with high quality products and cost advantages.  The
          Company  uses its manufacturing,  engineering and purchasing expertise
          to  determine the highest quality  and most cost  effective methods of
          production.   The  Company  currently sources  bearing components  and
          products from approximately 24 factories outside the U.S.  In order to
          maintain the Company's flexibility to change with the marketplace, the
          Company typically limits  the term of its supply contracts to not more
          than one year.

          * NICHE MARKET  PRODUCTS.   Since 1992, the  Company increasingly  has
          emphasized the sale  of special  and niche market  bearings.   Special
          bearings  are manufactured according to the design specifications of a
          particular   customer,  often   in  cooperation  with   the  Company's
          engineering  staff.    Niche  market bearings  are  used  in  specific
          industries,  served by a limited number of manufacturers and are often
          sold  at higher  profit  margins than  standard  bearings.   Sales  of
          special and niche  market bearings  by the Company  have increased  by
          approximately 40% from fiscal 1993 to fiscal 1995.

          *  IMPROVED FINANCIAL POSITION AND CUSTOMER  CONFIDENCE.  In September
          1991,  the Company filed for bankruptcy  protection as a result of its
          inability to meet its obligations under a loan it incurred to  acquire
          the assets  of Hyatt, formerly a  division of GM.   In connection with
          the Company's  reorganization, the  Company took significant  steps to
          improve  its operations  and  financial position  and reestablish  the
          well-known  Hyatt  brand.   As a result of  these efforts, the Company
          increased its sales  from approximately $27.3 million  in fiscal 1993,
          the  last year  in  which  the  Company  operated  in  bankruptcy,  to
          approximately  $42.1 million  in fiscal  1995, and  reported operating
          income  of $354,000   for  fiscal 1995  despite an  approximately $2.2
          million charge due to customer damage claims, compared to an operating
          loss of $387,000 for fiscal 1993.  During the 1996 Interim Period, the
          Company  recorded  operating  income of  approximately  $1.5  million.
          During  the bankruptcy,  the Company  lost its  status as  an approved
          vendor  to certain distributors of bearings and bearing products.  The
          Company  believes  that  as  a  result  of  the  Offering  it  may  be
          redesignated as an  approved vendor by  certain of such  distributors,
          enabling  the Company to increase its distribution sales.  The Company
          also believes that the  Offering will enhance  customer  confidence in
          the Company's ability to  undertake projects requiring greater capital
          commitments by the Company.

          As   a  result   of  the   Company's  improved   financial  condition,
     certifications and  qualifications, a favorable  operating environment  for
     its Chinese  joint ventures, its  manufacturing and sourcing  expertise and
     focus  on niche  markets, the  Company believes  it is  well positioned  to
     increase sales and profitability.

     INDUSTRY OVERVIEW

          Based upon statistics published by Commerce, shipments of antifriction
     bearings  and components  in the  U.S. exceeded  $5.2 billion for  1995, an
     increase of 11% over 1994.   There has been an approximately 5% annual rate
     of growth for antifriction bearings and components in the U.S. for the past
     10   years.     The  industry's   1995  shipments   included  approximately
     $1.9 billion of ball bearings, $1.3 billion of TRBs, $900 million  of other
     types of roller bearings, $450 million of mounted units and $589 million of
     bearing components.  Timken  dominates the TRB market with  estimated sales
     in excess of $1 billion.  The Company competes in segments of each of these
     bearing classifications.   The antifriction bearings  industry historically
     has  been  cyclical  in  nature,  however  long-term  growth  prospects are
     expected  to continue  as  the demand  for  application products  requiring
     antifriction  bearings  increases.    Antifriction  bearings  are  used  in
     practically  every  industrial  and consumer  product  requiring  reliable,
     continuous circular motion.

     PRODUCTS

          The  Company  and  its  joint  ventures  manufacture and  market  high
     quality,  precision  ball and  roller  bearings used  in  a broad  range of
     applications  including automotive  and trucking  (e.g., steering  columns,
     drive trains  and transmissions), railcar  and locomotive (e.g.,  wheel and
     axle  assemblies),  appliances (e.g.,  washing  machines,  fans and  vacuum
     cleaners), lawn and garden implements (e.g., lawn mowers), office equipment
     (e.g.,  copiers),  consumer products  (e.g.,  bicycles),  medical equipment
     (e.g., wheelchairs), material handling  (e.g., conveyor assemblies and hand
     trucks), power tools (e.g., drills and lathes), chemical processing and the
     oil industry (e.g., drilling rigs).

          The Company sells approximately 2,000 products.  The Company's product
     line  includes standard and metric precision ball bearings, double row ball
     bearings, unground bearings, and special ball bearings.  The Company offers
     its  products in standard, modified, and  custom designs where appropriate.
     The  Company  produces both  special and  niche  market bearings.   Special
     bearings  are specifically manufactured to  the requirements of a customer,
     as  determined  in  cooperation   with  the  Company's  engineering  staff.
     Examples of these products include bearings for copier machines, automotive
     steering  columns, postal  equipment and wheelchairs.   Niche  bearings are
     bearings used in specific  industries, and are produced by a limited number
     of manufacturers.  The  Company produces, under the Hyatt   brand, selected
     TRBs, spherical roller bearings  and cylindrical roller bearings  which are
     used  in   railroad,  truck   trailer,  automotive  and   other  industrial
     applications.

     MANUFACTURING AND SOURCING

          The  Company  primarily manufactures  and  assembles  bearings at  its
     facilities in  New York and New  Jersey, and, since 1987,  at the Company's
     joint venture facility, SGBC,  in Shanghai, PRC.  The Company believes that
     it was among the first U.S. suppliers of ball and roller bearings to source
     from and/or joint venture with suppliers from the  PRC, Russia, Poland, the
     former Yugoslavia  and  Japan.    Although  certain  imports  from  various
     locations have  been subject  to antidumping  duties since 1987,  requiring
     importing  companies to  post cash  deposits, SGBC,  the Company's  Chinese
     joint  venture and  principal  source of  imported  product, has  not  been
     required to pay cash deposits for antidumping  duties on TRBs imported from
     the PRC  since 1991, based  upon Commerce's final  determination as  to the
     fairness of  SGBC's pricing  that year.   Based on  such determination  and
     preliminary determinations for subsequent  years, SGBC recently requested a
     revocation  of  the applicability  of the  antidumping  order to  it.   The
     Company believes that  of the  approximately 400 bearing  factories in  the
     PRC, SGBC is  the only factory that Commerce has found to have had at least
     three consecutive years  of sales at  not less than  foreign market  value.
     Additionally, as of October 1996, the Company believes SGBC is the only TRB
     producer  in  the PRC  to  have  received a  preliminary  revocation of  an
     antidumping duty order.

          The Company produces approximately  37% of the bearings that  it sells
     and obtains an additional 24% from joint ventures in which it participates.
     The Company currently relies on approximately 82 unaffiliated manufacturers
     to  produce  the  remaining 39%  of  the  bearings and  components  that it
     distributes.   The Company has no long-term contracts with its unaffiliated
     manufacturing  sources.     The  Company  attempts   to  maintain  sourcing
     flexibility by  not engaging in any purchasing  contracts that exceed a one
     year time period.

     CHINESE JOINT VENTURES

          The Company has entered into joint ventures with factories  in the PRC
     to enable it to secure a reliable source of high quality low cost  bearings
     and bearing  components.  By entering into joint ventures, rather than long
     term manufacturing contracts,  the Company  is better able  to monitor  and
     control  production and quality assurance by having access to the factories
     at  both management and production  levels.  Furthermore,  by sourcing from
     joint ventures, the  Company is  not required to  incur inventory  carrying
     costs, since the joint  ventures typically hold all inventory  until needed
     by  the Company.    The joint  ventures  also provide  a  far less  capital
     intensive alternative to building a Company-owned facility.

          SGBC  was established by the Company and SRBF  in June 1987 as a joint
     venture limited liability company in accordance with PRC law for an initial
     term of ten years, which was recently extended to June 2008.  SGBC produces
     tapered  roller and ball bearings, which the  Company imports into the U.S.
     for further  assembly, inspection, testing  and distribution.   The Company
     contributed  25% of  the initial  capital of  SGBC in  the form  of capital
     equipment valued by the parties at $750,000 and the Company's joint venture
     partner, SRBF, contributed 75% of  the initial capital of SGBC in  the form
     of  facilities and  equipment,  valued by  the  parties at  $1,500,000  and
     $750,000,  respectively.   Subsequently,  SBGC's capital  was increased  by
     $2,500,000, with the Company contributing 25% of such amount in the form of
     capital  equipment and SRBF contributing 75% of  such amount in the form of
     additional  facilities, equipment and cash.   The Company  is not required,
     however, to contribute additional capital.

          The Company  has the exclusive right  to sell the products  of SGBC in
     the U.S.  In 1994 and 1995, the Company imported $4,900,000 and $5,500,000,
     respectively, in  bearings from SGBC.   Purchases are  made upon terms  and
     conditions established periodically by  negotiation between the Company and
     SGBC and are  subject to  adjustment based upon  certain events,  including
     increases  in the prices of raw materials.   The Company is responsible for
     selecting  and  purchasing  equipment and  materials  outside  of  the PRC.
     Governance,  operations,  distributions and  the  dissolution  of SGBC  are
     governed by  PRC law and by  SGBC's joint venture contract  and articles of
     association.   SGBC's eight-member Board  of Directors,  which consists  of
     five directors  chosen by SRBF and  three directors chosen by  the Company,
     exercises  authority  over the  joint venture  by  majority vote.   Certain
     decisions involving annual strategy, budgeting and production plans require
     the vote of at least one Director chosen by the Company.  Unanimous consent
     of  the  Board  of Directors  is  required  for  all fundamental  corporate
     changes.

          Subject to PRC law and regulations providing for the payment of taxes,
     allocations  to cover losses of  prior years, and  contributions to special
     funds  for enterprise expansion,  employee welfare and  bonuses and general
     reserves, the profits of SGBC may be distributed, at the  discretion of its
     Board  of  Directors, to  the  Company  and  SRBF  in proportion  to  their
     registered capital contributions.  A distribution of  450,000 Renminbi (the
     legal currency of the  PRC) ("RMB") (approximately $51,981 at  then current
     exchange rates) from 1993 operating profits was made by SGBC to the Company
     in February 1995.   A  distribution of another  740,000 RMB  (approximately
     $89,156  at then current exchange  rates) from 1994  operating profits, was
     declared in December 1995.   The Company has agreed that  this distribution
     be invested in the Kong Qiao General Bearing Company ("KQGBC"), a new joint
     venture  between  the  Company and  Shanghai  Xinhua  Industrial  Corp.   A
     distribution of 650,000 RMB  ($78,313 at current exchange  rates) from 1995
     operating profits has been  proposed by SGBC management for approval by the
     Board of Directors of SGBC.

          The joint venture contract and articles of association of SGBC provide
     that after the Company receives $1,375,000 in profits, its right to receive
     any additional dividends  will terminate  and all profits  after that  time
     will be distributed exclusively to SRBF.  Furthermore, after termination of
     the joint venture, all  equipment and machinery contributed by  the Company
     will be turned over to SRBF without compensation to the Company.

          Wafangdian-Hyatt  Bearing Manufacturing Co. Ltd. and Hyatt-ZWZ Bearing
     Corporation
     ("Wafangdian-Hyatt"   and   "Hyatt-ZWZ,"  respectively)   were  established
     pursuant  to a Joint Venture Contract  dated as of October  9, 1990, by and
     between  the Company and Wafangdian Bearing  Factory ("WBF"), a corporation
     organized under the laws of the PRC.

          Wafangdian-Hyatt is  a joint venture limited  liability company formed
     in  accordance with PRC law by  the Company and WBF for  an initial term of
     ten  years.   Wafangdian-Hyatt  is  situated  in  Wafangdian,  PRC  and  it
     manufacturers  journal boxes,  traction motor  bearings and  components for
     exclusive shipment  to Hyatt-ZWZ, which  prepares them for  distribution by
     the Company.  The Company contributed 25% of the initial registered capital
     of Wafangdian-Hyatt in the form of capital equipment  valued by the parties
     at $250,000 and  WBF contributed 75%  of the initial registered  capital of
     Wafangdian-Hyatt  in the form of facilities and capital equipment valued by
     the parties at $750,000.   Provisions with respect to  pricing, governance,
     administration and distributions are  substantially similar in all material
     aspects to those of SGBC.

          Wafangdian-Hyatt will  be terminated by the end of 1996 and all of its
     operations  will  be  assumed  by  Wafangdian  General  Bearing  Co.,  Ltd.
     ("WGBC"), a new joint venture between World and Wafangdian Bearing Company.
     In its initial  stage, WGBC will produce rear wheel  automotive bearings in
     the  PRC  with  machinery purchased  from  GM's  Delphi  plant in  Bristol,
     Connecticut.  The Company  will sell the WGBC bearings in the  U.S.  In its
     second stage, WGBC will produce  railroad bearings for sale in U.S.  by the
     Company.

          Hyatt-ZWZ is a New  York corporation whose share capital is  owned 65%
     by the Company and 35% by WBF.  The Company  initially contributed $130,000
     in  capital equipment  and cash  to Hyatt-ZWZ.   Hyatt-ZWZ  purchases (from
     Wafangdian-Hyatt  and  others)  and manufactures  components  for  railroad
     bearing products exclusively for worldwide distribution by the Company.  In
     1994 and 1995, the  Company purchased $1,263,012 and $965,159  of bearings,
     respectively, from Hyatt-ZWZ.

          Governance, operations, distributions and dissolution of Hyatt-ZWZ are
     governed by New  York law and by  the terms of the  joint venture contract.
     Hyatt-ZWZ's  seven-member  Board  of  Directors, which  consists  of  three
     directors  (including  its  Chairman)  chosen  by  WBF  and four  directors
     (including  its  Vice-Chairman) chosen  by  the  Company, must  unanimously
     approve all significant corporate actions.

     QUALITY AND CUSTOMER SERVICE PROGRAMS

          In order  to  meet the  need  for quality  products, the  Company  has
     focused on  the development and  implementation of appropriate  systems and
     controls  to ensure  that  proper levels  of  quality are  established  and
     consistently maintained.   These systems  are documented  in the  Company's
     Quality  Assurance Manual,  which is  also used  as part  of the  operating
     standard of the Company's joint ventures and  certain other suppliers.  The
     systems  were  designed  with   special  requirements  to  meet  customers'
     specifications.   Over  the years,  the Quality  Assurance Manual  has been
     revised  to keep  abreast  with  new  and  revised  customer  and  industry
     requirements.   The systems control not only  the activities of the Quality
     Assurance Department, but also receiving inspection, in-process inspection,
     final  audit procedures, and certain activities of other departments of the
     Company.   These  include procedures  for design  engineering, procurement,
     manufacturing, assembly and distribution.   The system has been  audited by
     certain of the  Company's customers and the  Company has been  certified to
     the M1003  standard by the  AAR and  the MIL-I-45208-A standard  by General
     Dynamics, a military contractor.

          The Company is seeking  to obtain ISO 9001 and  QS 9000 certifications
     by  December 1997.  Both  of these are  comprehensive industry-wide quality
     control  systems.   ISO 9001  is similar  to ISO  9002, a  quality standard
     applicable to manufacturing companies promulgated by  the ISO, but contains
     specifications regarding  engineering and design as  well as manufacturing.
     QS 9000,  a  standard  jointly developed  by  GM,  Ford  Motor Company  and
     Chrysler  Corporation, has all the  basic systems of  ISO 9000 with certain
     additional  requirements  specific to  the  automotive  industry.   GM  has
     requested that the Company meet the QS 9000 certification by December 1997.

          In  order  to  obtain ISO 9001  and  QS 9000  registration,  a Quality
     Assurance  Coordinator   has  been  designated.     Requirements  for  such
     certifications include benchmarking the Company's current quality assurance
     system against  the standards specified  by ISO 9001 and  QS9000, rewriting
     the Quality  Assurance Manual, selecting a  registration body, implementing
     the  new   system,  collecting  documentation,   revising  problem   areas,
     conducting a  pre-registration audit and conducting  the registration audit
     itself.

     SALES, MARKETING AND CUSTOMERS

          The  Company markets its products in  the U.S. and abroad through nine
     salaried  sales employees  as  well as  33  commissioned independent  sales
     representative organizations,  aggregating 92 sales persons.   In addition,
     the  Company has  seven  customer service  representatives responsible  for
     handling orders and providing sales support.  Products sold through the OEM
     Division bear The General  label for ball bearings and the Hyatt  brand for
     all types of roller bearings.

          The  Company  participates  in  trade shows  sponsored  by  the  Truck
     Maintenance Council, Society of Automotive Engineers and the Railway Supply
     Association.  The Company's  advertising budget for fiscal 1996  is $50,000
     and it  anticipates that its  advertising budget  for fiscal  1997 will  be
     between $100,000 and $150,000.

          Current OEM  customers include automotive and  locomotive divisions of
     GM,  Gunite Corporation  (manufacturer of  wheels and  hubs for  trucks and
     trailers),  Strick   Corporation  (truck  trailer   manufacturer),  Trinity
     Industries (freight car  manufacturer), Burlington Northern  (railroad) and
     Xerox Corporation (office  equipment manufacturer).   The OEM Division  has
     over 150 customers.   The Distribution Division markets the same broad line
     of bearing  products as the  OEM division.   The Distribution  Division has
     over  1,200 customers, ranging in size from Motion Industries and Bearings,
     Inc.,  each  of  which  has  approximately  400  stores  in  the  U.S.,  to
     independent single outlet operations.  Since 1992, the Company increasingly
     has  emphasized the  sale of  special and  niche market  bearings including
     certain TRBs.   The OEM  Division focuses on  the transportation  industry,
     specialty truck trailer manufacturers (to which the Company was the leading
     supplier in 1995),  railroad locomotive and  freight car manufacturers  and
     automotive manufacturers.   No customer accounted for  more than 10% of the
     Company's consolidated revenues for fiscal 1995.

          The Distribution Division  generally ships product within  24 hours of
     the time an order is placed.  The OEM Division ships products within one to
     365 days from the  date an order is placed.  Actual shipments are dependent
     upon  production  schedules  of the  Company's  customers.    The Company's
     arrangements  with  its North  American  customers  typically provide  that
     payments are  due within 30 days  following the date of  shipment of goods.
     Foreign customers  are generally required to  pay by letter of  credit.  At
     June 30, 1996, in excess of 90% of accounts receivable were current or less
     than 30 days past due.  Approximately 3.7% of accounts receivable were over
     90 days old as of June 30, 1996.

     EMPLOYEES

          As  of August 31,  1996, the Company  had 172 full-time  employees, of
     whom  122  were   engaged  in  production,   shipping  and  receiving   and
     maintenance, and 16 of  whom were engaged in  sales and marketing.  110  of
     the  Company's employees engaged in production, shipping and receiving, and
     maintenance, are subject  to collective bargaining  and are represented  by
     the United Brotherhood of Carpenters and Joiners of America, AFL-CIO, Local
     3127 (the "Union").   The current collective bargaining agreement  with the
     Union expires on April 30, 1997.  The Company believes  that relations with
     its employees,  including those subject to collective bargaining, are good.
     The Company  has  a 20  year  relationship with  the  Union and  has  never
     experienced a Union work stoppage.

     COMPETITION

          The  ball  and roller  bearing industry  is  highly competitive.   The
     Company believes  that  competition within  the precision  ball and  roller
     bearing market is  based principally on  quality, price and the  ability to
     meet customer  delivery requirements.   The Company's primary  domestic and
     foreign  competitors are Timken, SKF USA Inc., NSK Corporation, NTN Bearing
     Corporation of America, The Torrington Company and FAG Holding Corporation.
     Many  of the  Company's  competitors have  substantially greater  financial
     resources than  the  Company.    Management  believes  that  the  Company's
     manufacturing and  sourcing capabilities and its  reputation for consistent
     quality and reliability have positioned the Company for continued growth in
     both market share and sales.

     PATENTS, TRADEMARKS AND LICENSES

          Except for The General  trademark and the license from GM with respect
     to the Hyatt  trademark, (the "Hyatt License") the Company does not own any
     U.S. or  foreign patents, trademarks or  licenses that are material  to its
     business.  The  Company does rely  on certain  data, including costing  and
     customer lists, and the success of its business depends, to some extent, on
     such information remaining confidential.  Each employee who may have access
     to confidential information is subject to a confidentiality agreement.

          Under the  Hyatt License, the Company  has exclusive use of  the terms
     "Hyatt," "Hyatt Railway," "Hyatt Railway Products,"  "Hyatt Manufacturing,"
     "Hyatt  General"  and  most  derivatives  of  "Hyatt"  in  connection  with
     locomotive  journal  boxes, traction  motor  bearings  and component  parts
     thereof,  and non-exclusive rights to such trademarks with respect to other
     products.  The term of the Hyatt License extends until January 1, 2000, and
     may  be renewed at  the option  of the Company  for an additional  ten year
     term.   The Company paid an  initial fee of  $30,000 upon execution  of the
     Hyatt License and has paid or will pay an annual licensing fee to GM  in an
     amount increasing from $20,000 in 1990 to $35,000 in 1999.  The fee payable
     by the Company upon  the exercise of its option to  renew the Hyatt License
     is based upon a benchmark of $27,500 indexed for inflation as of 1999.

     PROPERTIES

          The  Company leases facilities located  in Union, New  Jersey and West
     Nyack, New York, which have approximately 72,000 and 190,000 square feet of
     space,  respectively.  Management believes that the plants are adequate for
     the  Company's present  needs and  anticipated expansion.   The  West Nyack
     facility,  which  is used  principally  for  administrative, assembly,  and
     distribution purposes,  is owned by  Gussack Realty Company  ("Realty") and
     from  January 1  to  November 1,  1996 the  Company  held a  month-to-month
     tenancy for the premises at a monthly rent of $76,070.   Effective November
     1, 1996,  the Company and  Realty entered into a  lease for the  West Nyack
     facility  (the "Lease"),  which provides  for an  initial term  expiring on
     October 31,  2003 and  is renewable  at the  option of the  Company for  an
     additional six year period.  The Company pays rent of $4.81 per square foot
     (or $912,840) annually, payable  in monthly rent payments of $76,070.   The
     Lease provides for an increase in the rent every other  year, commencing in
     1998, to the  greater of (i) 106% of the next preceding year's rent or (ii)
     the preceding years rent multiplied by a fraction the numerator of which is
     the  Consumer Price Index for the area  including Rockland County or, if no
     such index is published, for Northern  Jersey (the "CPI") in effect 90 days
     prior  to November 1 of  the new rent year and  the denominator of which is
     the CPI  in  effect 90  days prior  to November  1 of  the preceding  year.
     Approximately 31,000 and 5,500  square feet of the West  Nyack facility are
     sublet by  the Company to WMW  Machinery Co. and World,  respectively.  See
     "Certain  Relationships and Related Transactions."  The lease for the Union
     facility,  which  is  used  principally  for  assembly,  manufacturing  and
     distribution purposes, expires on April 1, 1998, renewable at the option of
     the Company for  an additional five year term.  Rent  expense for the Union
     location was  approximately $238,000, $204,000  and $204,000 in  1993, 1994
     and 1995, respectively.  Rent expense for each of the 1995 and 1996 Interim
     Periods was $102,000.

     ENVIRONMENTAL COMPLIANCE

          The  Company's  operations  and  products  are  subject  to  extensive
     federal,  state and  local  regulatory requirements  relating to  pollution
     control and protection of  the environment.  Based on  information compiled
     to date, management believes  that the Company's current operations  are in
     material compliance with applicable environmental laws and regulations, the
     violation  of which  would have a  material adverse effect  on the Company.
     There can be  no assurance,  however, that currently  unknown matters,  new
     laws  and regulations,  or stricter  interpretations of  existing laws  and
     regulations will not materially affect the Company's business or operations
     in the future.

     LEGAL PROCEEDINGS

          On August 25, 1986, Timken, a U.S. producer of TRBs,  filed a petition
     on behalf of the U.S. TRB  industry with both the ITC and  Commerce seeking
     the imposition of antidumping  duties on imports of TRBs from Japan, Italy,
     the former Yugoslavia, Romania, Hungary and the PRC.  In May 1987, Commerce
     found that TRBs from each  of the aforementioned countries were being  sold
     in the U.S. at less than  fair value, as determined by Commerce based  upon
     an estimate of the  foreign market value of  TRBs (i.e. the price  at which
     the  same  or similar  merchandise  is  sold or  offered  for  sale in  the
     principal markets  of  the home  market  country).   Commerce  subsequently
     issued an antidumping  order imposing  duties on the  unfairly traded  TRBs
     equal  to the percentage difference between  the selling prices in the U.S.
     and the foreign  market value of the imported  TRBs during specified review
     periods.  Among others, the  order named SGBC, the Company's  joint venture
     in the  PRC.  Importers  subject to the  antidumping order are  required to
     post a  cash deposit with the U.S. Customs Service equal to the antidumping
     margin  percentage multiplied by the  export price of  any imported product
     covered by the dumping petition.  The  Company, as an importer of TRBs from
     SGBC, has not been required to post cash deposits since 1991, when Commerce
     allotted a  0% dumping  margin to  SGBC.   In June 1995,  SGBC requested  a
     revocation of the  order imposing antidumping duties on it  with respect to
     its products.  Commerce issued a preliminary order granting such revocation
     based upon, among  other factors, the  fact that SGBC  not selling TRBs  at
     less than foreign market value for three consecutive years.

          In  February 1995, the Company  and its indirect  50% subsidiary, WMW,
     commenced an action in the U.S. District Court for the Southern District of
     New   York  against   WEMEX,   Werner  P.   Muender,  Treuhandanstalt   and
     Bundesanstalt  fur  Vereinigungsbedingte Sonderaufgaben  (collectively, the
     "Defendants") alleging, among other things, that:  (i) WEMEX, the successor
     in  liquidation to  a former  East German  export agency, breached  a joint
     venture  agreement with the Company and a commercial sales agency agreement
     with WMW and  violated its duties to the Company and WMW arising under such
     agreements; (ii) the Company relied to its detriment upon  promises made by
     WEMEX to support WMW's marketing efforts; and (iii) Werner P. Muender,  the
     liquidator of WEMEX, wrongfully  converted property of WMW to  his benefit.
     WMW also is seeking a declaratory judgment that any indebtedness it may owe
     to  WEMEX be extinguished or diminished to  the extent of existing value of
     machine tools purchased by WMW from or through  WEMEX.  Defendants answered
     the  complaint,  denying  the   allegations  therein,  and  WEMEX  asserted
     counterclaims against (i) WMW for goods sold and delivered in the amount of
     $9,507,337; (ii) Seymour I.  Gussack and WMW Machinery Co. in the amount of
     $9,507,337,  alleging that Seymour I. Gussack improperly caused the sale of
     WMW's  assets to WMW Machinery Co.; and  (iii) the Company in the amount of
     $9,507,337,  alleging that the Company breached its fiduciary duty to WEMEX
     by failing  to provide the working  capital requirements of WMW.   WMW, the
     Company, WMW Machinery Co. and Seymour I. Gussack have denied any liability
     to WEMEX and believe its counterclaims to be without merit.  However, there
     can be no assurance the case will be resolved in a timely manner or settled
     to the satisfaction of the  Company.  Furthermore, enforcement of an  award
     favorable to the Company may be subject to further review by German courts.
     Defendants also have moved  to dismiss the action based  on various grounds
     including,  among others, the Foreign Sovereign Immunities Act of 1976, the
     Act of State Doctrine, forum non conveniens, legal insufficiency of certain
     claims and improper venue.  WMW, the Company, WMW Machinery Co. and Seymour
     I. Gussack have opposed  Defendants' motion for dismissal, and  have argued
     that, if the Court dismisses  the Company's claims, it should  also dismiss
     the Defendants' counterclaims.   There can be no assurances,  however, that
     if the court dismisses the action in its entirety, the  Defendants will not
     institute an action in Germany, which may be a less favorable forum for the
     Company.   In  addition, if  the Defendants  prevail in  their counterclaim
     against the Company for the amount claimed, and the Company is unsuccessful
     in its  claims against  the Defendants, there  would be a  material adverse
     effect on the Company's financial condition.


<PAGE> 


                                      MANAGEMENT

     DIRECTORS AND EXECUTIVE OFFICERS

          The directors and executive officers of the Company are as follows:

             Name          Age                Position
            -------        ----

      Seymour I. Gussack   72       Chairman of the Board of
                                    Directors
      David L. Gussack     39       President and Director

      Harold S. Geneen     86       Director Designee

      Jerome Johnson       84       Director
      Lester M. White      37       Vice President
                                    MIS/Administration

      Eugene Passariello   64       Vice President
                                    Manufacturing
      William F. Kurtz     38       Vice President Technical
                                    Services

      Christopher Moore    39       Vice President Finance,
                                    Secretary and Treasurer

      Joseph J. Hoo        61       Vice President Advanced
                                    Technology and
                                         China Affairs

          ============================================================

          Set  forth below is certain additional information with respect to the
     directors,  executive  officers  and  director designees  of  the  Company.
     Harold S.  Geneen will be  appointed as a  Director upon completion  of the
     Offering.

          Seymour  I. Gussack  founded the  Company in  1958 and  has served  as
     Chairman of  the Board and a  director of the Company  since its formation.
     Seymour  I. Gussack is  also the Chairman  of the  Board and  a director of
     World and  a partner  of Realty.   See "Certain  Relationships and  Related
     Transactions" and  "Principal Stockholder."   Seymour  I. Gussack's  son is
     David L. Gussack, President of the Company and a director.

          David L.  Gussack became President of the Company in 1993 and has been
     a Director of the  Company since 1987.   David L. Gussack has  held various
     positions with the  Company since 1983, including  Executive Vice President
     from 1991  to 1992, General Manager of the  OEM Division from 1988 to 1990,
     Supervisor  and Coordinator,  Hyatt Absorption Project  from 1987  to 1988,
     Plant Manager  from 1986 to  1987, Office Facilities  Manager from  1985 to
     1986, and Manager of Special Projects from  1983 to 1985.  David L. Gussack
     is a Secretary and a Director of SGBC and Hyatt-ZWZ, respectively.  He also
     is  a  partner  of   Realty.    See  "Certain  Relationships   and  Related
     Transactions."   David  L.  Gussack  is a  graduate  of  the University  of
     Pennsylvania.  David L. Gussack's father is Seymour I. Gussack, Chairman of
     the Board of Directors of the Company.

          Harold S. Geneen has agreed to serve as a Director of the Company upon
     the closing of this Offering.  Mr. Geneen served as Chief Executive Officer
     of  ITT Corporation ("ITT")  from 1959 until  1977, and as  Chairman of the
     Board of  Directors of  ITT from  1965 until  1979.   He has been  Chairman
     Emeritus of ITT  since 1983.  Mr. Geneen is also Chairman and a director of
     First  Rock Financial  Corporation, an  equipment  leasing company,  and of
     Insurakco Holdings  Inc..    In  addition,  Mr. Geneen  is  a  director  of
     Investors   Management   Corporation,  an   owner   of   restaurants,  IVAX
     Corporation, a  pharmaceutical company, and Gunther  International, Ltd., a
     document assembly company.

          Lester M. White has served as Vice President Administration/Management
     Information Systems of the Company since 1989.  Mr. White is  a graduate of
     University of Massachusetts, Boston (B.S. Management and Economics).

          Eugene  Passariello has served as  Vice President Manufacturing of the
     Company since  1989.  Mr.  Passariello was a  Plant Manager of  the Company
     from 1991  to 1991.   He is  a graduate of  Fairleigh Dickenson  University
     (B.S. in  Industrial Engineering),    Brooklyn Technical  College (M.S.  in
     Metallurgy), and Rockland College (M.A. in Business Administration).

          William  F. Kurtz has served  as Vice President  Technical Services of
     the Company since 1993.  Mr. Kurtz was also a Chief Engineer of the Company
     from 1989  to 1993 and Senior Project Engineer of the Company from 1988-89.
     He  is  a  graduate of  Manhattan  College  (M.E.  and  B.E. in  Mechanical
     Engineering).

          Christopher  Moore has served as Vice President Finance of the Company
     since 1995 and as Secretary and Treasurer since 1993.  Prior to that  time,
     Mr.  Moore held various positions in the Company, including Controller from
     1986 to 1995 and Assistant  Controller from 1984 to  1986.  Mr. Moore is  a
     graduate of  Seton Hall  University  (B.S. in  Accounting) and  has been  a
     certified public accountant since 1981.

          Joseph I. Hoo has served as Vice President Advanced Technology & China
     Affairs at  the Company since  August 1995.   Prior to  such time,  Mr. Hoo
     served as General Manager,  Industrial Products Division from 1991  to 1995
     and Chief  Metallurgist from 1987  to 1991.  Mr.  Hoo is a  graduate of the
     National  University  of Japan  (B.S.  in  Engineering) and  University  of
     Michigan (M.S.E. in Metallurgy and Engineering).

          Jerome  Johnson has  been a  director of  the Company  since September
     1987.  Mr. Johnson has  been an attorney in private practice  for more than
     50 years.  He  also serves on the Board  of Directors of Presidential  Life
     Insurance Company.   Mr. Johnson is a graduate of DePaul University  (L.L.B
     and J.D.) and is a member of the Illinois and New York bars.

          Seymour  I. Gussack, David L. Gussack and Eugene Passariello were each
     officers  of the Company at the time  the Company filed for protection from
     creditors  under Chapter  11 of  the  U.S. Bankruptcy  Code in  1991.   See
     "Company History."

          Directors hold  office until the  next annual meeting  of stockholders
     following  their  election,  or  until  their  successors are  elected  and
     qualified.   Officers are  elected annually by  the Board of  Directors and
     serve at the discretion of the Board of Directors.  

          The  standing committees  of  the Board  of  Directors are  the  Audit
     Committee and the Compensation/Stock Option Committee.

          The  Audit Committee  of  the Board  of  Directors consists  of  three
     directors,  David L.  Gussack, __________  and Jerome  Johnson.   The Audit
     Committee's function is to review and report to the Board of Directors with
     respect to  the selection  and  the terms  of engagement  of the  Company's
     independent public  accountants, and  to maintain communications  among the
     Board of Directors, such independent  public accountants, and the Company's
     internal accounting staff with respect to  accounting and audit procedures,
     the  implementation   of  recommendations   by   such  independent   public
     accountants,  the adequacy of  the Company's internal  controls and related
     matters.     The  Audit  Committee   also  reviews  certain  related  party
     transactions and  any potential  conflict of interest  situations involving
     officers, directors or stockholders beneficially owning more than 10% of an
     equity security of the Company.

          The Compensation/Stock Option Committee will consist of Messrs. Harold
     S. Geneen and _____________, each of whom is an independent  Director.  The
     Compensation/Stock  Option Committee's  function is  to review  and approve
     annual salaries  and bonuses for all  employees with salaries in  excess of
     $100,000 and review,  approve and recommend to  the Board of Directors  the
     terms  and conditions  of all  employee benefit  plans or  changes thereto,
     including  the granting  of stock  options pursuant  to the  Company's 1996
     Option Plan.

     EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

          The following  table sets forth  the aggregate  compensation paid  for
     services  rendered in all capacities to the Company's executive officer who
     received  compensation of  $100,000 or  more during  the fiscal  year ended
     December 30, 1995:

                                                         LONG-TERM
                         ANNUAL COMPENSATION            COMPENSATION
                                 (1)                   -------------
                        ----------------------

                                                                   ALL OTHER
           NAME AND                            RESTRICTE  STOCK   COMPENSATIO
           PRINCIPAL   FISCAL                   D STOCK  OPTIONS       N
           POSITION     YEAR    SALARY  BONUS    AWARDS     #     -----------
        -------------- ------   ------  ------ --------- -------       -

           David L.     1995   $155,232 $5,000     0        0     $28,000 (2)
           Gussack,
           President

     ------------------------------------

          (1)  Perquisites and other personal  benefits are not included because
               they do not exceed the lesser
               of $50,000 or 10% of  the total base salary and annual  bonus for
               each of the named executive officers.

          (2)  Represents deferred compensation.

     1996 STOCK OPTION AND PERFORMANCE AWARD PLAN

          In September 1996,  the Company  adopted the 1996  Option Plan,  which
     authorizes  the grant  to  directors, officers  and  key employees  of  the
     Company and any parent or  subsidiary of the Company, of incentive  or non-
     qualified  stock   options,  performance  shares,  restricted   shares  and
     performance units.  The 1996 Option Plan covers up to 500,000 shares of the
     Company's Common Stock.  Options to purchase 257,500 shares at the Offering
     price  per share  were granted  certain officers,  directors and  other key
     employees, subject to the closing of the Offering.

          The 1996 Option Plan is administered by a committee (the "Stock Option
     Committee")  consisting of Messrs. Harold  S. Geneen and  ___________.  The
     Stock Option Committee determines the prices and terms at which options may
     be  granted.   Options may be  exercisable in installments  over the option
     period, but no  options may be exercised  after ten years from  the date of
     grant.

          The  exercise of  any incentive  stock option  granted to  an eligible
     employee may not  be less than 100% of the fair  market value of the shares
     underlying such option on the date of grant, unless such employee owns more
     than 10%  of the  outstanding Common  Stock or stock  of any  subsidiary or
     parent of  the Company, in which  case the exercise price  of any incentive
     stock option may  not be  less than  110% of such  fair market  value.   No
     option may be exercisable more than ten years after the date of  grant and,
     in the  case of an incentive  stock option granted to  an eligible employee
     owning  more than 10%  of the  Common Stock or  stock of any  subsidiary or
     parent  of the Company,  no more  than five years  from its  date of grant.
     Options are  not transferable, except upon  the death of the  optionee.  In
     general, upon termination of employment of an optionee, all options granted
     to such  person which are not  exercisable on the date  of such termination
     immediately  expire, and  any  options that  are  exercisable expire  three
     months  following termination of employment, if such termination is not the
     result of death  or retirement,  two years following  such termination,  if
     such  termination was  because  of  death,  and  one  year  following  such
     termination if  such termination  was because  of disability or  retirement
     under the provisions of any retirement  plan that may be established by the
     Company, or with the consent of the Company.

          At the time  each grant of shares is made,  the Stock Option Committee
     will  determine the duration of  the performance or  restriction period, if
     any, the performance targets, if  any, and the times at  which restrictions
     placed on restricted shares shall lapse.

     DIRECTOR COMPENSATION

          The  members of the Company's  Board of Directors  are not compensated
     for their service  on the Board, but  are reimbursed for  out-of-pocket and
     travel  expenses incurred  in  attending Board  meetings.   Directors  will
     participate in the 1996 Option Plan.


                              CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND
                                 RELATED TRANSACTIONS

     BANKRUPTCY AND RESULTING OBLIGATIONS TO WORLD

          In connection with the  Plan of Reorganization, the Company  issued to
     World, which  prior to  this Offering  owned all  of  the Company's  Common
     Stock, the Secured  Note, the Installment Note, and 1,000  shares of Common
     Stock  in exchange  for  the Discharged  Obligation.   World  acquired  the
     Discharged  Obligation from Wells  Fargo, which provided  financing for the
     purchase by the  Company in March  1987 of Hyatt  and for working  capital.
     The Secured Note is secured by a subordinated lien in certain machinery and
     equipment having a net book value of approximately $1.4 million at December
     30, 1995.   Interest  on  the Secured  Note accrues  annually  but is  only
     payable with  respect to any  fiscal year to  the extent the  Company's net
     income  exceeds  $400,000.   The  Company has  never  made any  payments of
     principal or interest with respect to the Secured Note, and  it has accrued
     $375,000 in interest thereon.  World  agreed to defer the payment under the
     Installment  Note for fiscal 1993  and fiscal 1994,  and received principal
     payments  of  $375,000   during  fiscal  1995,   which  included  the   two
     installments  previously deferred.    The Installment  Note  does not  bear
     interest.  During 1994, World lent $1,000,000 to the Company, with interest
     payable quarterly at the rate of 6% per annum.  The loan was repaid in full
     in December 1995,  and interest  payments for fiscal  1994 and fiscal  1995
     were made in the amount of $45,000 each year.

     LEASES WITH REALTY

          From January 1  to November 1, 1996, the Company held a month-to-month
     tenancy for the premises located at West Nyack, New York comprising 189,833
     square feet owned  by Realty,  whose partners include  Seymour I.  Gussack,
     David L.  Gussack  and Nina  M.  Gussack, each  a member  of  the Board  of
     Directors of  the Company.  The  Company and Realty entered  into the Lease
     effective  as  of November  1, 1996,  which  provides for  an  initial term
     expiring  on October  31, 2003  and may  be renewed  at the  option of  the
     Company for an additional six year period.  The Company pays  rent of $4.81
     per square foot (or $912,840) annually, payable in monthly rent payments of
     $76,070.  The Lease  provides for an increase every  other year, commencing
     in 1998, to the  greater of (i) 106% of  the next preceding year's  rent or
     (i) the  preceding year's rent  multiplied by  a fraction the  numerator of
     which is the Consumer Price Index for the area including Rockland County or
     if  no such  index is  published, for  Northern New  Jersey (the  "CPI") in
     effect 90 days prior to November 1 of the new rent year and the denominator
     of which is the CPI in effect 90 days  prior to November 1 of the preceding
     year.

          During  1993, 1994 and 1995, the Company leased facilities from Realty
     in Blauvelt, New  York at which  the Company located  its headquarters  and
     operations.  The Company is  the guarantor with respect to a  mortgage loan
     currently  in the  principal amount  of $679,586  from the  Job Development
     Authority of Rockland County and a mortgage loan currently in the principal
     amount of  $543,750 from the  Industrial Development Authority  of Rockland
     County on  the property in Blauvelt,  New York.  The  Company incurred rent
     and real estate taxes with respect  to the facilities leased from Realty in
     Blauvelt,  New  York for  1993, 1994  and  1995 of  approximately $786,000,
     $923,000 and $861,000, respectively.

     SUBLEASES TO WMW MACHINERY CO. AND WORLD

          The Company  currently subleases 30,949  square feet and  5,500 square
     feet  at the  West Nyack  facility to  WMW Machinery  Co., a  subsidiary of
     World,  and  World,  respectively,  pursuant  to  subleases  in  each  case
     effective November 1, 1996.  The subleases  are coterminous with the Lease.
     The sublease  with WMW Machinery Co. provides for rent of $5.50 square feet
     or  $170,220 per year until November 1998,  payable to the Company in equal
     monthly installments.  The sublease with World provides for rent of $33,000
     per  year until  November 1998,  payable to  the Company  in  equal monthly
     installments.  Each  sublease provides for an increase in  rent every other
     year, commencing in 1998, to the greater  of (i) 106% of the next preceding
     year's rent  or (ii) the preceding year's rent multiplied by a fraction the
     numerator of which is the CPI in effect 90  days prior to November 1 of the
     next  rent year and the  denominator of which is the  CPI in effect 90 days
     prior to November 1 of the preceding year.

     OTHER TRANSACTIONS WITH WORLD AND WORLD AFFILIATES

          The  Company  made   payments  for  and   advances  to  World,   World
     subsidiaries  and  joint  ventures  and  certain  affiliates  for  payroll,
     benefits  and  other  expenses.   Such  payments  aggregated  approximately
     $84,000, $1,708,000, $1,742,000 and  $970,000 and $776,000 for  1993, 1994,
     1995 and the 1995 and 1996 Interim Periods, respectively.  The advances did
     not bear interest through  the end of the 1996 Interim  Period.  In certain
     cases, the obligation  to repay advances made by the Company were satisfied
     by  offsetting the  price of  bearings or  bearing products  purchased from
     joint  ventures  obligated  to the  Company.    The  Company has  purchased
     bearings  from four joint ventures and machinery from another joint venture
     in  which World  has interests.   Such  purchases aggregated  $0, $600,000,
     $2,650,000 and $1,550,000 and  $350,000 for 1993, 1994,  1995 and the  1995
     and 1996 Interim Periods,  respectively.  Following the completion  of this
     Offering,  the Company anticipates that  it will continue  to make payments
     for and  advances to joint  ventures in  which World has  interests and  to
     purchase bearings from such joint ventures.

     FUTURE TRANSACTIONS

          All  future  transactions  between   the  Company  and  its  officers,
     directors,  principal shareholders  and affiliates  will be  approved by  a
     majority of the Board of Directors, including a majority of the independent
     and disinterested outside directors  on the Board of Directors, and will be
     on  terms no  less favorable  to the  Company than  could be  obtained from
     unaffiliated third parties.




<PAGE> 


                                PRINCIPAL STOCKHOLDER

          The following table sets forth, as of the date of this Prospectus, and
     as  adjusted to reflect  the sale of  the 1,000,000 shares  of Common Stock
     offered hereby, certain information  concerning the beneficial ownership of
     Common Stock  as to  each director  and  current executive  officer of  the
     Company, and each person who, to the Company's knowledge, beneficially owns
     more than 5% of the outstanding Common Stock.

                                                           PERCENTAGE OF SHARES
                                                               BENEFICIALLY
                                                                OWNED(1)(2)
                                                           ---------------------
                                                                    ---

                                                                         AFTER
     NAME AND ADDRESS OF              NUMBER OF SHARES        BEFORE   OFFERING
     BENEFICIAL OWNER(1)            BENEFICIALLY OWNED(1)    OFFERING  ---------
     --------------------          ----------------------    --------      -
     World Machinery Company              3,000,000          100%         75%
     44 High Street
     West Nyack, New York  10994


     ---------------------------
     (1)  Pursuant to Rule 13d-3 under the U.S. Securities Exchange Act of 1934,
          as amended,  beneficial ownership  of a security  consists of  sole or
          shared voting power (including the power to vote or direct the voting)
          and/or sole or shared investment power (including the power to dispose
          or  direct the disposition) with respect to a security whether through
          a contract, arrangement, understanding, relationship or otherwise.
     (2)  Assumes  the Underwriters' over-allotment option is not exercised.  If
          such option is exercised, the percentage of the issued and outstanding
          Common Stock owned by World will be reduced to 72.3%.
     (3)  Seymour I.  Gussack, the Company's Chairman of  the Board and David L.
          Gussack, the Company's  President own  or control approximately  19.6%
          and 17.6%, respectively of the stock of World.  The remaining children
          of Seymour  I. Gussack  and his  spouse own  or control  an additional
          approximately 42% of the stock of World.  Harold S. Geneen, a Director
          Designee of the  Company, and Joseph J. Hoo,  Vice President -Advanced
          Technology and China  Affairs of the Company, own  approximately 19.6%
          and 2% of the shares of World, respectively.



<PAGE> 


                              DESCRIPTION OF SECURITIES

     GENERAL

          The Company is authorized to  issue 19,000,000 shares of Common Stock,
     par value $.01 per share, and 1,000,000 shares of Preferred Stock, $.01 par
     value per share,  upon completion of the offering, there  will be 4,000,000
     shares  of  Common  Stock  and no  shares  of  Preferred  Stock  issued and
     outstanding.

          The following summary is qualified in its entirety by reference to the
     Company's Second Restated Certificate of Incorporation (the "Certificate of
     Incorporation") and  the Company's Amended  and Restated By-Laws  (the "By-
     laws"),  a copy  of each  of which  has  been filed  as an  exhibit to  the
     Registration Statement of which this Prospectus forms a part.

     COMMON STOCK

          Each holder of  Common Stock is entitled  to cast one vote,  either in
     person or by proxy, for each  share of Common Stock owned of record  on the
     record  date (as defined in the Company's By-laws) or all matters submitted
     to a vote  of stockholders, including the election of directors.  Until the
     date  five years from  the date of  this Prospectus, the  holders of Common
     Stock, voting separately as a class, will  be entitled to elect that number
     of  directors equal  to  one less  than  one half  of the  total  number of
     directors comprising the Board of Directors (subject to the rights, if any,
     of holders of  shares of Preferred Stock  that the Company may  issue, from
     time to time, to elect separately  a class of directors, which will  reduce
     the  number of directors  to be elected  by holders of  Common Stock).  The
     holders  of Common  Stock do  not possess  cumulative voting  rights, which
     means that the  holders of more than  50% of the outstanding  shares voting
     for  the election of  the class  of directors to  be elected  by the Common
     Stock can elect all  of such directors, and, in such  event, the holders of
     the remaining  shares of Common Stock  will be unable  to elect any  of the
     Company's directors.

          Holders  of outstanding shares of  Common Stock are  entitled to share
     ratably in such dividends as may be declared by the Board  of Directors out
     of funds legally available therefor.  Upon the liquidation, dissolution, or
     winding  up of the Company, each outstanding  share of Common Stock will be
     entitled to share  equally in the assets  of the Company  legally available
     for distribution to  stockholders after the payment of all  debts and other
     liabilities,  subject  to  any  superior  rights  of  the  holders  of  any
     outstanding shares of Preferred Stock.  

          Holders  of  the shares  of Common  Stock  have no  preemptive rights.
     There are no conversion  or subscription rights, and shares of Common Stock
     are  not subject to  redemption.  All  of the outstanding  shares of Common
     Stock  are, and  the shares of  Common Stock  offered hereby  will be, when
     issued and  paid for in accordance with  the terms thereof, duly authorized
     and issued, fully paid and nonassessable.

     PREFERRED STOCK

          The authorized capital stock of the  Company includes 1,000,000 shares
     of Preferred Stock. The Board of Directors is authorized to fix the rights,
     preferences,  privileges and restrictions of any series of Preferred Stock,
     including  the dividend  rights, original  issue price,  conversion rights,
     voting  rights, terms  of redemption,  liquidation preferences  and sinking
     fund terms thereof, and the  number of shares constituting any such  series
     and the  designation thereof  and  to increase  or decrease  the number  of
     shares of such  series subsequent to the issuance of  shares of such series
     (but not  below the  number of  shares of  such  series then  outstanding).
     Because  the terms  of the Preferred  Stock can  be fixed  by the  Board of
     Directors  without stockholder action, the Preferred  Stock could be issued
     quickly with terms calculated to defeat a proposed takeover  of the Company
     or  to  make  the  removal  of  management  more  difficult.  The  Board of
     Directors, without  stockholder approval, could issue  Preferred Stock with
     dividend,  voting and conversion  rights which  could adversely  affect the
     rights of the holders of Common Stock. At present, the Company has no plans
     to issue any Preferred Stock. 

     CERTAIN DELAWARE LAW PROVISIONS

          Section 203 of  the Delaware Law prevents an  "interested stockholder"
     (defined in  Section 203, generally,  as a person owning  15% or more  of a
     corporation's  outstanding  voting  stock)  from engaging  in  a  "business
     combination"  (as defined  in Section  203) with  a publicly  held Delaware
     corporation  for three  years  following the  date  such person  became  an
     interested stockholder unless:  (i) before such person became an interested
     stockholder,  the  board  of  directors of  the  corporation  approved  the
     transaction  in  which  the  interested stockholder  became  an  interested
     stockholder or approved the business combination; (ii) upon consummation of
     the transaction  that resulted  in the interested  stockholder becoming  an
     interested stockholder, the interested stockholder owns at least 85% of the
     voting stock of  the corporation  outstanding at the  time the  transaction
     commenced (excluding stock held  by directors who are also officers  of the
     corporation and by employee stock plans that do not provide employees  with
     the  right to determine confidentially  whether shares held  subject to the
     plan will  be tendered in a  tender or exchange offer);  or (iii) following
     the  date  on  which such  person  became  an  interested stockholder,  the
     business  combination  is  approved  by  the  board  of  directors  of  the
     corporation  and authorized at a meeting of stockholders by the affirmative
     vote of  the holders of two-thirds  of the outstanding voting  stock of the
     corporation not owned  by the interested stockholder.  Section 203 may have
     a depressive effect on the market price of the Common Stock offered hereby.

     ANTI-TAKEOVER EFFECTS  OF PROVISIONS OF THE  COMPANY'S RESTATED CERTIFICATE
     OF INCORPORATION AND BY-LAWS

          Certain provisions of the Certificate of Incorporation and  By-laws of
     the  Company summarized in  the following paragraphs  will become operative
     prior to consummation of  this Offering and may be deemed to  have an anti-
     takeover effect and may delay or prevent a tender offer or takeover attempt
     that a stockholder  might consider  in its best  interest, including  those
     attempts  that might  result in  a premium  over the  market price  for the
     shares of  Common Stock held by  such stockholders.  These  provisions also
     may have a depressive effect on the market price of the Common Stock.

          Special  Meeting of  Stockholders.   The Certificate  of Incorporation
     provides that special meetings of stockholders of the Company may be called
     only by the Board of Directors.  This provision makes it more difficult for
     stockholders  to take  action  opposed  by the  Board  of  Directors.   The
     approval of the holders  of two-thirds of the Company's  outstanding Common
     Stock is  necessary to  amend  or repeal  this provision  of the  Company's
     Certificate of Incorporation.

          Advance  Notice Requirements  for Stockholder  Proposals and  Director
     Nominations.   The  By-laws  provide  that stockholders  seeking  to  bring
     business   before  an  annual  meeting  of  stockholders,  or  to  nominate
     candidates  for election as  directors at an  annual or special  meeting of
     stockholders, must provide timely notice thereof in writing.  To be timely,
     a stockholder's notice must be delivered to, or mailed and received at, the
     principal executive offices  of the Company  (i) in the  case of an  annual
     meeting that is  called for a date  that is within 30 days  before or after
     anniversary   date  of   the  immediately   preceding  annual   meeting  of
     stockholders, not fewer than  60 days nor more  than 90 days prior to  such
     anniversary  date and (ii)  in the  case of the  annual meeting to  be held
     during the first complete fiscal year following the date of this Prospectus
     and in the case of an annual meeting that is called for a date that is  not
     within 30  days before or  after the  anniversary date  of the  immediately
     preceding  annual  meeting,  or  in  the  case  of  a  special  meeting  of
     stockholders  called for the purpose  of electing directors,  no later than
     the close of business on the tenth day following the day on which notice of
     the date of the meeting  was mailed or public disclosure of the date of the
     meeting was made, whichever occurs first.  The By-laws also specify certain
     requirements  for  a stockholder's  notice to  be  in proper  written form.
     These  provisions  may preclude  some  stockholders  from bringing  matters
     before  the stockholders  at an  annual or  special meeting or  from making
     nominations for  directors at an annual  or special meeting.   As set forth
     below, the  By-laws may not be  amended or repealed by  the stockholders of
     the  Company, except  with the  approval  of holders  of two-thirds  of the
     Company's outstanding Common Stock.

          Adjournment of Meetings  of Stockholders.   The  By-laws provide  that
     when  a meeting of  stockholders of the Company  is convened, the presiding
     officer, if  directed by the Board of Directors, may adjourn the meeting if
     (i) no quorum  is present for  the transaction of business  or if (ii)  the
     Board of Directors determines that  adjournment is necessary or appropriate
     to  enable  the stockholders  to consider  fully  information the  Board of
     Directors  determines has not been made sufficiently or timely available to
     stockholders  or to  otherwise  effectively exercise  their voting  rights.
     This provision  will, under certain  circumstances, make more  difficult or
     delay  actions by the stockholders opposed by  the Board of Directors.  The
     effect of  such provision could be  to delay the timing  of a stockholders'
     meeting,  including  in cases  where  stockholders  have brought  proposals
     before  the stockholders that  are in  opposition to  those brought  by the
     Board of Directors  and therefore may  provide the Board of  Directors with
     additional flexibility in responding to such stockholder proposals.  As set
     forth below, the By-laws may not be amended or repealed by the stockholders
     of the  Company, except with the  approval of holders of  two-thirds of the
     Company's outstanding Common Stock.

          Amendment of the By-laws.   The Certificate provides that  the By-laws
     may be amended or repealed by the Board of Directors and may not be amended
     or repealed by the stockholders of the Company, except with  the consent of
     holders  of two-thirds  of the  Company's outstanding  Common Stock.   This
     provision will make it more  difficult for stockholders to make changes  to
     the By-laws that are opposed by the Board of  Directors.  This provision of
     the  Certificate of  Incorporation may  not be amended  or repealed  by the
     stockholders of  the Company,  except with the  approval of the  holders of
     two-thirds of the Company's outstanding Common Stock.

     TRANSFER AGENT

          The  transfer agent for the  Company's Common Stock  is American Stock
     Transfer & Trust Co., 40 Wall Street, New York, New York 10005.


                   SHARES OF COMMON STOCK ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE

          The   Company  has  4,000,000  shares  of   Common  Stock  issued  and
     outstanding.   Of these shares, 1,000,000 shares of Common Stock registered
     in this Offering (1,150,000 if the over-allotment option is exercised) will
     be freely tradeable  without restriction or further  registration under the
     Act, except for  shares purchased by affiliates of  the Company, which will
     be subject to certain  resale limitations of Rule  144 under the Act.   The
     remaining 3,000,000  outstanding shares were  initially issued and  sold by
     the Company  in December 1993 as 1000 shares  which were subject to a 3000-
     for-one stock split effective as of October 10, 1996.

          In general,  under Rule 144,  as currently in  effect, subject to  the
     satisfaction of certain  conditions, provides that  a person, including  an
     affiliate of the Company,  who has beneficially owned restricted  shares of
     Common Stock for at least two years is entitled  to sell, within any three-
     month period, a number  of shares that does  not exceed the greater of  one
     percent of  the total number of  outstanding shares of Common  Stock or the
     average weekly trading  volume of  shares of Common  Stock during the  four
     calendar weeks preceding the sale.  A  person who has not been an affiliate
     of  the Company for  at least the three  month period immediately preceding
     the sale and who has beneficially owned shares of Common Stock for at least
     three  years is entitled to sell such  shares under Rule 144 without regard
     to any of the limitations described above.



<PAGE> 



                                     UNDERWRITING

          The Underwriters named  below have  agreed, subject to  the terms  and
     conditions  of  the Underwriting  Agreement  between the  Company  and H.J.
     Meyers & Co., Inc., as Representative of the Underwriters, to purchase from
     the Company the number of  shares of Common Stock set forth  opposite their
     names.   The 9% underwriting  discount set forth on  the cover page of this
     Prospectus will be  allowed to the Underwriters at the  time of delivery to
     the Underwriters of the shares of Common Stock so purchased.

                                                 NUMBER OF
            NAME OF UNDERWRITER               SHARES PURCHASED
           --------------------              -----------------


      H.J. Meyers & Co., Inc. . . .






                                             ---------
             Total  . . .   1,000,000        1,000,000
                                            ==========

          The Underwriters have advised  the Company that they propose  to offer
     the  shares of Common  Stock to the  public at the  initial public offering
     price set forth on  the front cover  page of this  Prospectus, and at  such
     price less a concession not in excess of $_______ per share of Common Stock
     to  certain  dealers  who  are  members  of  the  National  Association  of
     Securities  Dealers, Inc.,  of which  the Underwriters  may allow  and such
     dealers may  reallow concessions  not in  excess  of $______  per share  of
     Common Stock  to certain  other dealers.   The  public  offering price  and
     concession  and discount  may  be changed  by  the Underwriters  after  the
     initial public offering.

          The Company  has granted to the Underwriters  an over-allotment option
     expiring at  the close of business  on the 45th business  day subsequent to
     the date of this Prospectus, to purchase up to an additional 150,000 shares
     of  Common  Stock  at the  public  offering  price,  less the  underwriting
     discount set forth on the cover  page of this Prospectus.  The Underwriters
     may exercise such option only to satisfy over-allotments in the sale of the
     shares of Common Stock.

          The  Company has agreed to pay to the Representative a non-accountable
     expense allowance  equal to 3% of  the total proceeds of  this Offering, or
     $300,000  (and 3%  of the  total proceeds  from the sale  of any  shares of
     Common  Stock pursuant  to the  exercise of  the over-allotment  option, or
     $45,000 if the  Underwriters exercise the  over-allotment option in  full).
     In  addition  to the  Underwriters'  commissions  and the  Representative's
     expense allowance, the  Company is required to pay the  costs of qualifying
     the  shares  of  Common Stock  under  Federal  and  state securities  laws,
     together  with legal  and  accounting fees,  printing  and other  costs  in
     connection with this Offering.

          At  the closing  of  this  Offering, the  Company  will  issue to  the
     Representative, for nominal consideration, the Representative's Warrants to
     purchase up  to 100,000 shares of Common Stock  of the Company.  The shares
     of Common Stock subject  to the Representative's Warrants are  identical to
     the shares  of Common Stock  sold to  the public, except  for the  purchase
     price and certain  registration rights.  The Representative's Warrants will
     be exercisable for a four-year period  commencing one year from the date of
     this  Prospectus, at an  exercise price of  $_________ per  share of Common
     Stock (that  being 120% of the  initial public offering price  per share of
     Common Stock).   The  Representative's Warrants  will  not be  transferable
     prior to their  initial exercise date except  to successors in  interest to
     the Representative, and directors and officers of the Representative.

          The  Representative's Warrants  will contain  anti-dilution provisions
     providing for appropriate  adjustment in the event of any recapitalization,
     reclassification, stock dividend, stock split or similar transactions.  The
     Representative's Warrants do not entitle  the Representative to any  rights
     as a  stockholder of the Company  until such warrants are  executed and the
     shares of Common Stock are purchased thereunder.

           The Representative's Warrants and the shares of Common Stock issuable
     thereunder may not  be offered for sale to the  public except in compliance
     with  the applicable provisions of the Act.  The Company has agreed that if
     it causes a post-effective amendment to the Registration Statement of which
     this Prospectus  is a part,  or a  new registration  statement or  offering
     statement under Regulation A, to be filed with the Securities and  Exchange
     Commission  (the "Commission"),  the  Representative shall  have the  right
     during the life  of the  Representative's Warrants to  include therein  for
     registration  the Representative's  Warrants  and/or the  shares of  Common
     Stock issuable upon  their exercise  at no expense  to the  Representative.
     Additionally, the Company has agreed that, upon demand by the  holder(s) of
     at least 50%  of the  (i) total unexercised  Representative's Warrants  and
     (ii)   shares   of  Common   Stock  issued   upon   the  exercise   of  the
     Representative's  Warrants, made  on no  more than  two separate  occasions
     during  the exercise period  of the Representative's  Warrants, the Company
     shall use its best efforts to register the Representative's Warrants and/or
     any  of the  shares of  Common Stock  issuable  upon the  exercise thereof,
     provided that the  Company has available current  financial statements, the
     initial such registration to be at the Company's expense and  the second at
     the expense of the holder(s).

          For  the  period  during   which  the  Representative's  Warrants  are
     exercisable, the holder(s)  will have the opportunity to profit from a rise
     in  the market  value  of  the Company's  Common  Stock,  with a  resulting
     dilution in  the interests of the  other stockholders of the  Company.  The
     holder(s) of the Representative's  Warrants can be expected to  exercise it
     at  a time when the Company would, in all likelihood, be able to obtain any
     needed capital from an offering of its unissued Common Stock  on terms more
     favorable  to the Company than  those provided for  in the Representative's
     Warrants.   Such facts may materially  adversely affect the terms  on which
     the Company  can  obtain additional  financing.   To  the extent  that  the
     Representative realizes  any gain from  the resale of  the Representative's
     Warrants or the shares  of Common Stock issuable thereunder,  such gain may
     be deemed additional underwriting compensation under the Act.

          The Company has agreed  to enter into a one year  consulting agreement
     with the Representative, pursuant  to which the Representative will  act as
     financial  consultant to the Company,  commencing upon the  closing date of
     this Offering.  Under the  terms of this agreement, the  Representative, to
     the  extent  reasonably required  in the  conduct  of the  business  of the
     Company and at  the prior written request of the  President of the Company,
     has agreed to evaluate the Company's managerial and financial requirements,
     assist in the preparation of budgets and business plans, advise with regard
     to  sales   planning  and  sales   activities,  and  assist   in  financial
     arrangements.   The Representative will make  available qualified personnel
     for this  purpose.  The  non-refundable consulting  fee of $60,000  will be
     payable, in full, on the closing date of this Offering.

          The  Company has agreed  that it will  engage a public  relations firm
     acceptable  to the  Representative and the  Company.  The  Company also has
     agreed  to  maintain a  relationship with  such  public relations  firm for
     minimum period  of two years and  on such other terms as  are acceptable to
     the Representative.

          The  Company has also agreed that, for  a period of two years from the
     closing of this Offering,  if it participates in any  merger, consolidation
     or  other transaction which the  Representative has brought  to the Company
     (including an acquisition of assets or stock for which it pays, in whole or
     in part,  with shares of  the Company's Common Stock  or other securities),
     which transaction is consummated within three years of the closing of  this
     Offering,  then it  will pay  for the  Representative's services  an amount
     equal  to 5% of the first  $1.0 million of value paid  or value received in
     the transaction,  4% of any  consideration above  $1 million and  less than
     $2.0 million and 3% of any consideration in excess of $2.0 million and less
     than $3.0 million, 2% of any consideration above $3.0 million and less than
     4.0  million and  1% of  any consideration  exceeding $4.0  million.    The
     Company has also agreed that if, during this two-year period, someone other
     than  the  Representative brings  such  a  merger, consolidation  or  other
     transaction  to  the Company,  and if  the Company  in writing  retains the
     Representative for consultation or  other services in connection therewith,
     then  upon consummation  of the  transaction the  Company  will pay  to the
     Representative  as a fee  the appropriate amount  as set forth  above or as
     otherwise agreed to between the Company and the Representative.

          The Company has agreed that  for a period of one year from the date of
     this Prospectus  the Company  will not  sell  or otherwise  dispose of  any
     securities without the  prior written consent of  the Representative, which
     consent shall not be unreasonably withheld, with the exception of shares of
     Common Stock issued pursuant to the exercise  of options, warrants or other
     convertible securities outstanding prior to the date of this Prospectus and
     described herein.   The  Company also has  agreed that for  a period  of 18
     months from the date of this Prospectus, the Company will not sell or issue
     any  securities pursuant to Regulation  S under the  Securities Act without
     the Representative's prior written consent.

          The  holders  of  all  of  the  shares  of  Common  Stock  outstanding
     immediately prior  to this  Offering and  the  holders of  all options  and
     warrants  to  purchase Common  Stock outstanding  on  the date  hereof have
     agreed that for a period of 18 months from the date of this Prospectus they
     will not offer, sell, contract  to sell or otherwise dispose of  any shares
     of Common  Stock acquired prior  to this Offering or  purchasable under any
     option, warrant or  convertible debt owned by them  prior to this Offering,
     without the prior written consent of the Representative.

          The  Underwriting Agreement  provides  for reciprocal  indemnification
     between  the Company and  the Underwriters  against certain  liabilities in
     connection with the Registration Statement, including liabilities under the
     Act.

          Prior to this Offering, there has been no public market for the Common
     Stock.    The offering  price of  the securities  being offered  hereby was
     determined  by  negotiation between  the  Company  and the  Representative.
     Factors considered in determining such price include the history of and the
     prospects for  the industry  in which  the Company competes,  the past  and
     present operations of the Company, the future prospects of the Company, the
     ability  of the Company's management, the earnings, net worth and financial
     condition of the Company,  the general condition of the  securities markets
     at  the time  of this  Offering, and  the prices  of similar  securities of
     comparable companies.



                                    LEGAL MATTERS

          The validity  of the securities offered hereby will be passed upon for
     the Company by  Reid &  Priest LLP,  New York, New  York.    Certain  legal
     matters  in connection  with  the  Offering will  be  passed  upon for  the
     Representative by Harter, Secrest & Emery, Rochester, New York.


                                       EXPERTS

          The financial statements  of the Company  included in this  Prospectus
     have been  audited by BDO Seidman, LLP and Ferro, Berdon & Company, L.L.P.,
     independent public accountants, as indicated  in their reports with respect
     thereto, and  are included herein  in reliance  upon the authority  of said
     firms as experts in giving said reports.

                            CHANGE IN INDEPENDENT AUDITORS

          In September  1996,  the Company's  Board  of Directors  retained  BDO
     Seidman, LLP as  its independent public  accountants.   Prior to 1996,  the
     Company  retained Ferro, Berdon & Company, L.L.P. as its independent public
     accountants.    During  the period  Ferro,  Berdon  &  Company, L.L.P.  was
     retained,  there  were no  disagreements with  the  former auditors  on any
     matter   of  accounting  principles   or  practices,   financial  statement
     disclosure or auditing  scope or  procedure with respect  to the  Company's
     financial  statements  for the  fiscal years  ended  December 25,  1993 and
     December  31, 1994  or up  through the  time of  replacement which,  if not
     resolved  to the former auditors'  satisfaction, would have  caused them to
     make reference to the subject matter of the disagreement in connection with
     their report.   Prior to  retaining BDO Seidman,  LLP, the Company  had not
     consulted with BDO Seidman, LLP regarding accounting principles.


                                AVAILABLE INFORMATION

          The Company has filed with the Commission, a Registration Statement on
     Form S-1 (the "Registration Statement") under the Act,  with respect to the
     shares of Common Stock offered hereby.  This Prospectus, filed as a part of
     the Registration  Statement, does not contain certain information set forth
     in or annexed as exhibits and schedules to the Registration Statement.  For
     further  information  regarding  the  Company and  the  securities  offered
     hereby, reference is made to the Registration Statement and to the exhibits
     and  schedules filed  as  a part  thereof, which  may be  inspected without
     charge  at  the offices  of  the  Commission  at 450  Fifth  Street,  N.W.,
     Washington,  D.C. 20549,  or copied  upon request  to the  Public Reference
     Section of the Commission  and payment of the  prescribed fee.   Statements
     contained in  this Prospectus as to  the contents of any  contract or other
     document  referred to  herein  are not  necessarily  complete and  in  each
     instance reference is made to  the copy of such contract or  other document
     filed  as an  exhibit to  the Registration  Statement, each  such statement
     being qualified in all respects by such reference.

<PAGE> 



                                                     GENERAL BEARING CORPORATION
                                                                AND SUBSIDIARIES

                                                                        CONTENTS

     =================================================================
     REPORTS OF INDEPENDENT CERTIFIED PUBLIC ACCOUNTANTS               F-2 - F-3

     CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS:
          Balance sheets                                                     F-4
          Statements of operations                                           F-5
          Statements of changes in stockholder's equity                      F-6
          Statements of cash flows                                           F-7
          Summary of significant accounting policies                  F-8 - F-11
          Notes to consolidated financial statements                 F-12 - F-28


     <PAGE>


     REPORT OF INDEPENDENT CERTIFIED PUBLIC ACCOUNTANTS


     General Bearing Corporation
     West Nyack, New York

     We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheet of General
     Bearing Corporation and subsidiaries as of December 31, 1994, and the
     related consolidated statements of operations, changes in stockholder's
     equity and cash flows for the years ended December 25, 1993 and
     December 31, 1994. These financial statements are the responsibility of the
     Company's management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these
     financial statements based on our audits.

     We conducted our audits in accordance with generally accepted auditing
     standards. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to
     obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free
     of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis,
     evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial
     statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used
     and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the
     overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits
     provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

     In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above
     present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of General
     Bearing Corporation and subsidiaries as of December 31, 1994, and the
     results of their operations and their cash flows for the years ended
     December 25, 1993 and December 31, 1994, in conformity with generally
     accepted accounting principles.




     Ferro, Berdon & Company, LLP


     New York, New York

     March 24, 1995


     <PAGE>


     REPORT OF INDEPENDENT CERTIFIED PUBLIC ACCOUNTANTS

     General Bearing Corporation
     West Nyack, New York

     We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheet of General
     Bearing Corporation and subsidiaries as of December 30, 1995, and the
     related consolidated statements of operations, changes in stockholder's
     equity and cash flows for the year then ended. These financial statements
     are the responsibility of the Company's management. Our responsibility is
     to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audit.

     We conducted our audit in accordance with generally accepted auditing
     standards. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to
     obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free
     of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis,
     evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial
     statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used
     and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the
     overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audit
     provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.

     In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above
     present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of General
     Bearing Corporation and subsidiaries as of December 30, 1995, and the
     results of their operations and their cash flows for the year then ended,
     in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles.




     BDO Seidman, LLP



     New York, New York

     September 13, 1996, except for Note 15(a),
          which is as of October 10, 1996


     <PAGE>


                                                     GENERAL BEARING CORPORATION
                                                                AND SUBSIDIARIES

                                                     CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS


                                      December 31,   December 30,    June 29,
                                          1994           1995          1996
                                                                    (Unaudited)
     Assets
     Current:
          Cash                       $    66,953    $    50,735   $    17,051
          Accounts receivable -
               trade, less allowance
               for doubtful accounts
               of $255,000, $255,000
               and $294,000            5,586,661      6,044,042     5,271,821
          Inventories                 13,662,631     16,626,234    14,785,704
          Prepaid expenses and other
               current assets            210,141        184,139       107,817
          Advances to parent and
               affiliates                413,978        215,350       402,587
                                      ----------------------------------------
                 TOTAL
                 CURRENT ASSETS       19,940,364     23,120,500    20,584,980
     -------------------------------------------------------------------------
     FIXED ASSETS, NET                 2,028,075      2,480,170     2,654,839
     -------------------------------------------------------------------------
     INVESTMENTS AND ADVANCES:
          Investments in affiliates    1,568,867        687,454       687,454
          Advances to affiliate          255,824        255,824       255,824
                                       ---------------------------------------
                                       1,824,691        943,278       943,278
     -------------------------------------------------------------------------
     DEFERRED TAX ASSET                        -        500,000       182,000
     -------------------------------------------------------------------------
     OTHER ASSETS                        349,436         42,460        36,097
     -------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                     $24,142,566    $27,086,408   $24,401,194


    ==========================================================================


     LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDER'S
          EQUITY
     CURRENT:
          Note payable - bank        $ 9,970,109    $10,862,894   $10,372,308
          Accounts payable:
               Trade                   2,615,446      4,811,677     2,503,025
               Affiliates                724,859      1,398,525     1,985,968
          Accrued expenses and other
               current liabilities     1,944,074      1,467,563     1,441,213
          Accrued customer damage
          claims                               -      1,564,742       700,921
          Current maturities of
               long-term debt                  -        222,840       222,840
				    ------------------------------------------	
               TOTAL CURRENT
               LIABILITIES            15,254,488     20,328,241    17,226,275
				   -------------------------------------------
     LONG-TERM DEBT, LESS CURRENT
          MATURITIES:
          Bank                                 -      1,225,740     1,114,320
          Parent                       4,460,142      2,875,142     2,875,142
          Affiliates                     758,173        716,422       727,912
				    ------------------------------------------
                                       5,218,315      4,817,304     4,717,374
     COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES
     STOCKHOLDER'S EQUITY:

          Preferred Stock par value
               $.01 per share -
               shares authorized
               1,000,000, none issued
               and outstanding                 -              -             -
          Common Stock par value
               $.01 per share -
               shares authorized
               19,000,000, issued and
               outstanding 3,000,000      30,000         30,000        30,000
          Additional paid-in capital  12,203,250     12,203,250    12,203,250
          Deficit                     (8,563,487)   (10,292,387)   (9,775,705)
	----------------------------------------------------------------------	
               TOTAL STOCKHOLDER'S 
 		EQUITY 		       3,669,763      1,940,863     2,457,545
	 ---------------------------------------------------------------------
                                     $24,142,566    $27,086,408   $24,401,194
         =====================================================================

                     See accompanying summary of significant accounting policies
                                 and notes to consolidated financial statements.


     <PAGE>

                                                     GENERAL BEARING CORPORATION
                                                                AND SUBSIDIARIES

                                           CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS


                                                  Year ended
                                 December 25,    December 31,     December 30,
                                     1993            1994             1995
     -------------------------------------------------------------------------
                              
     SALES                       $27,253,855     $37,031,669      $42,070,000

     COST OF SALES                20,724,474      28,483,348       32,068,789
     -------------------------------------------------------------------------
        GROSS PROFIT               6,529,381       8,548,321       10,001,211
     SELLING, GENERAL
       AND ADMINISTRATIVE
       EXPENSES                    6,916,056       7,674,250        7,495,208
     PROVISION FOR CUSTOMER
       DAMAGE CLAIMS                       -               -        2,152,000
      ------------------------------------------------------------------------
        OPERATING
          INCOME (LOSS)             (386,675)        874,071          354,003  
      ------------------------------------------------------------------------
     OTHER (INCOME)
       EXPENSE:
        Interest, including
          $-0-,  $210,000,
          $180,000, $84,000
          and $75,000 to
          parent                     512,965         989,912        1,428,451
        Equity in (income)
          loss of affiliate          182,802        (403,071)         (78,587)
        Other                       (717,355)         32,268        1,233,039
        ----------------------------------------------------------------------
                                     (21,588)        619,109        2,582,903
        ----------------------------------------------------------------------
          INCOME (LOSS)
             BEFORE INCOME
             TAX (BENEFIT)
             AND
             EXTRAORDINARY
             INCOME                 (365,087)        254,962       (2,228,900)
     INCOME TAX (BENEFIT)                  -               -         (500,000)
     -------------------------------------------------------------------------
          INCOME (LOSS)
             BEFORE
             EXTRAORDINARY
             INCOME                 (365,087)        254,962       (1,728,900)

     EXTRAORDINARY INCOME -
        SETTLEMENT OF DEBTS
        AT A DISCOUNT             15,835,639         108,275                -
     -------------------------------------------------------------------------
     NET INCOME (LOSS)           $15,470,552        $363,237      $(1,728,900)
     =========================================================================
     INCOME (LOSS) PER
        COMMON SHARE:

        Income (loss) before
          extraordinary
          income                       $(.01)           $.08            $(.58)
        Extraordinary income             .68             .04                -
       -----------------------------------------------------------------------
          Net income (loss)             $.67            $.12            $(.58)
         =====================================================================
     WEIGHTED AVERAGE
       NUMBER OF COMMON
       SHARES                     23,125,000       3,000,000        3,000,000
      =========================================================================
                     See accompanying summary of significant accounting policies
                                 and notes to consolidated financial statements.



                                                     GENERAL BEARING CORPORATION
                                                                AND SUBSIDIARIES

                                          CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS
                                                                     (continued)

                                             Six months ended
                                  June 30, 1995            June 29, 1996
                                                (Unaudited)

     SALES                               $22,853,251              $21,006,585
     COST OF SALES                        17,313,746               15,745,699
     -------------------------------------------------------------------------
        GROSS PROFIT                       5,539,505                5,260,886
     SELLING, GENERAL
       AND ADMINISTRATIVE
       EXPENSES                            3,831,079                3,751,460
     PROVISION FOR CUSTOMER
       DAMAGE CLAIMS                       2,152,000                        -
    --------------------------------------------------------------------------
        OPERATING
          INCOME (LOSS)                     (443,574)               1,509,426
     -------------------------------------------------------------------------
     OTHER (INCOME)
       EXPENSE:

        Interest, including
          $-0-,  $210,000,
          $180,000, $84,000
          and $75,000 to
          parent                             695,996                  674,744
        Equity in (income)
          loss of affiliate                    7,466                        -
        Other                              1,118,261                        -
       -----------------------------------------------------------------------
                                           1,821,723                  674,744
        ----------------------------------------------------------------------
          INCOME (LOSS)
             BEFORE INCOME
             TAX (BENEFIT)
             AND
             EXTRAORDINARY
             INCOME                       (2,265,297)                 834,682
     INCOME TAX (BENEFIT)                          -                  318,000
     -------------------------------------------------------------------------
          INCOME (LOSS)
             BEFORE
             EXTRAORDINARY
             INCOME                       (2,265,297)                 516,682
     EXTRAORDINARY INCOME -
        SETTLEMENT OF DEBTS
        AT A DISCOUNT                              -                        -
       -----------------------------------------------------------------------
     NET INCOME (LOSS)                   $(2,265,297)                $516,682
     =========================================================================
     INCOME (LOSS) PER
        COMMON SHARE:
        Income (loss) before
          extraordinary
          income                               $(.76)                    $.17
        Extraordinary income                       -                        -
       -----------------------------------------------------------------------
          Net income (loss)                    $(.76)                    $.17
      ========================================================================
     WEIGHTED AVERAGE
       NUMBER OF COMMON
       SHARES                              3,000,000                3,000,000
      ========================================================================
                     See accompanying summary of significant accounting policies
                                 and notes to consolidated financial statements.

     <PAGE>

                                                     GENERAL BEARING CORPORATION
                                                                AND SUBSIDIARIES

                                             Consolidated Statements of Changes 
                                                         in Stockholder's Equity

    ==========================================================================
                                              10.5%
                                           cumulative,      5% cumulative,
                                            Series B           Series A
                                            preferred          preferred
                                           stock, par         stock, par
                                         value $.01 per      value $894.50
                                              share            per share
                                     Shares     Amount     Shares     Amount
    --------------------------------------------------------------------------

   BALANCE, DECEMBER 26, 1992       1,000    $3,000,000    10,000   $8,945,000
      Cancellation of outstanding 
        shares pursuant to 
        Chapter XI 
        reorganization            (1,000)  (3,000,000)    (10,000) (8,945,000)

      Shares issued to World Machinery
        Company pursuant to Chapter XI
        reorganization                     -        -         -        -

      Contributed capital                  -        -         -        -

      Net income                           -        -         -        -
      ------------------------------------------------------------------------
      BALANCE, DECEMBER 25, 1993           -        -         -        -

      Net income                           -        -         -        -
      ------------------------------------------------------------------------
      BALANCE, DECEMBER 31, 1994           -        -         -        -

      Net loss                             -        -         -        -
      ------------------------------------------------------------------------
      BALANCE, DECEMBER 30, 1995           -        -         -        -
      Net income (unaudited)               -        -         -        -
      ------------------------------------------------------------------------
      BALANCE, JUNE 29, 
             1996 (unaudited)              -     $  -         -     $  -
      ========================================================================


                                                    GENERAL BEARING CORPORATION
                                                               AND SUBSIDIARIES

                                            Consolidated Statements of Changes 
                                                       in Stockholder's Equity
                                                                   (continued)

      =======================================================================
                                         Preferred           Common 
                                           stock               stock 
              				  -------------     -------------
                                      Shares      Amount     Shares  Amount
				      --------  --------      ------ -------
      BALANCE, DECEMBER 26, 1992         -      $ -     24,000,000  $0240,000
      Cancellation of outstanding 
         shares pursuant to 
         Chapter XI 
         reorganization                 -         -     (24,000,000) (240,000)

      Shares issued to World Machinery
        Company pursuant to Chapter XI
        reorganization                        -       -  3,000,000  30,000
      Contributed capital                     -       -          -       -
      Net income                              -       -          -       -
     ----------------------------------------------------------------------
      BALANCE, DECEMBER 25, 1993              -       -  3,000,000  30,000

      Net income                              -       -          -       -
      ----------------------------------------------------------------------
      BALANCE, DECEMBER 31, 1994              -       -  3,000,000  30,000
      Net loss                                -       -          -       -
      ----------------------------------------------------------------------
      BALANCE, DECEMBER 30, 1995              -       -  3,000,000  30,000
      Net income (unaudited)                  -       -          -       -
      ----------------------------------------------------------------------
      BALANCE, JUNE 29, 1996 
             (unaudited)                     -     $ -   3,000,000  $0030,000
      =======================================================================
                 See accompanying summary of significant accounting policies
                               and notes to consolidated financial statements.


<PAGE> 



                                                  GENERAL BEARING CORPORATION
                                                           AND SUBSIDIARIES


                                            Consolidated Statements of Changes 
                                                     in Stockholder's Equity
                                                                 (continued)
     ======================================================================== 
                                                  Additional
                                                     paid-in
                                                     capital       Deficit
                                                --------------    ------------

      BALANCE, DECEMBER 26, 1992                 $000(44,650)   $(24,397,276)
      Cancellation of outstanding shares pursuant
        to Chapter XI reorganization              12,177,800           -
      
      Shares issued to World Machinery Company
        pursuant to Chapter XI reorganization        (29,900)          -

      Contributed capital                            100,000           -
      Net income                                           -      15,470,552
      -----------------------------------------------------------------------
      BALANCE, DECEMBER 25, 1993                  12,203,250     (8,926,724)

      Net income                                           -       363,237
      ----------------------------------------------------------------------
      BALANCE, DECEMBER 31, 1994                  12,203,250    (8,563,487)
      Net loss                                             -    (1,728,900)
      ----------------------------------------------------------------------- 
      BALANCE, DECEMBER 30, 1995                  12,203,250   (10,292,387)
      Net income (unaudited)                               -       516,682
      ---------------------------------------------------------------------
      BALANCE, JUNE 29, 1996 (unaudited)         $12,203,250  $0(9,775,705)
      =====================================================================
                   See accompanying summary of significant accounting policies
                                and notes to consolidated financial statements.

     <PAGE>


					GENERAL BEARING CORPORATION 
					           AND SUBSIDIARIES 

                                 Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows


                                                          Year ended
                                        ------------------------------------
                                           December      December      December
						25,          31,          30,
                                               1993          1994        1995
					   -----------------------------------	
     
     CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES: 
          Net income (loss)                  $15,470,552  $363,237  $1,728,900)
        Add (deduct) noncash items charged
          (credited) to income:               
          Extraordinary income             (15,835,639) (108,275)         -
          Deferred income taxes                      -           -   (500,000)
          Depreciation and amortization        540,253     505,447    520,082
          Equity in (income) loss of
             affiliate                         182,802    (403,071)   (78,587)
          Revaluation of equity investment           -           -    960,000
          Revaluation of goodwill                    -           -     93,333

          (Gain) loss on disposal of
             equipment and improvements              -     (24,073)   144,967
          Other                                (38,172)     (9,787)    64,928
          Add (deduct) changes in operating
             assets and liabilities:          
             Accounts receivable              (517,949) (1,345,403)  (457,381)
             Inventories                      (523,371) (4,757,159)(2,963,603)
             Prepaid expenses and other
               assets                           13,845    (183,484)   169,234
             Due to (from) affiliates          (17,693)   (399,601)   617,296
             Accounts payable and accrued
               expenses                        930,688   1,665,002  1,788,263
             Accrued customer damage claims          -           -  1,564,742
        ----------------------------------------------------------------------
                  NET CASH PROVIDED BY (USED
                    IN) OPERATING ACTIVITIES   205,316  (4,697,167)   194,374
         ---------------------------------------------------------------------
     CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES:    
        Equipment purchases                   (156,412) (253,892)  (1,111,653)
        Sale of machinery                         -      86,000          -
        Net cash from acquisition            291,846        -            -
      -------------------------------------------------------------------------
                  NET CASH PROVIDED BY (USED
                    IN) INVESTING ACTIVITIES  135,434  (167,892)   (1,111,653)
       -----------------------------------------------------------------------
     CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES:    
        Proceeds from long-term debt            -           -       1,560,000
        Repayment of long-term debt           (562,210)     -        (111,420)
        Increase (decrease) in note payable -
            bank                                  -      4,158,002   892,785
        Proceeds from long-term debt and
          other balances - parent              500,000     500,000          -
        Repayment of long-term debt and other
           balances - parent                       -       (50,918) (1,440,304)
         ---------------------------------------------------------------------
                  NET CASH PROVIDED BY (USED
                    IN) FINANCING ACTIVITIES   (62,210)  4,607,084    901,061
          -------------------------------------------------------------------
     NET INCREASE (DECREASE) IN CASH           278,540    (257,975)   (16,218)
     CASH, BEGINNING OF PERIOD                  46,388     324,928     66,953
     -------------------------------------------------------------------------
     CASH, END OF PERIOD                      $324,928     $66,953    $50,735
     =========================================================================
                See accompanying summary of significant accounting policies
                             and notes to consolidated financial statements.



                                                 General Bearing Corporation
                                                            and Subsidiaries

                                        Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows
                                                                 (continued)

  
                                                         Six months ended
					        ------------------------------
                                                 June 30               June 29
                                                   1995                  1996
						------------------------------
                                                            (Unaudited)

     CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES:                 
        Net income (loss)                     $(2,265,297)            $516,682
        Add (deduct) noncash items charged 
           (credited) to income:                                          
          Extraordinary income                        -                     -
          Deferred income taxes                        -                 318,000
          Depreciation and amortization           192,440                271,117
          Equity in (income) loss of affiliate      7,466                   -
          Revaluation of equity investment        960,000                   -
          Revaluation of goodwill                  93,333                   -
          (Gain) loss on disposal of equipment and
             improvements                            -                      -
          Other                                    64,928                   -
          Add (deduct) changes in operating 
             assets and liabilitie
            Accounts receivable                  (487,079)            772,221
             Inventories                         (730,826)          1,840,530
             Prepaid expenses and other assets    310,284              80,971
             Due to (from) affiliates              91,462             696,784
             Accounts payable and accrued 
                  expenses                      2,029,312         (2,341,246)
             Accrued customer damage claims     1,852,000           (863,821)
          -------------------------------------------------------------------
                  NET CASH PROVIDED BY 
                    (USED IN) OPERATING
                    ACTIVITIES                 2,118,023          1,291,238
          --------------------------------------------------------------------
     CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES:                 
        Equipment purchases                    (957,111)           (444,072)
        Sale of machinery                           -                    -
        Net cash from acquisition                   -                    -
     -------------------------------------------------------------------------
                  NET CASH PROVIDED BY 
                  (USED IN) INVESTING
                   ACTIVITIES                   (957,111)          (444,072)
     -------------------------------------------------------------------------
     CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES:                 
        Proceeds from long-term debt            1,560,000               -
        Repayment of long-term debt                 -              (111,420)
        Increase (decrease) in note 
              payable - bank                   (1,616,603)         (490,586)
        Proceeds from long-term debt 
          and other balances - parent                -                   -
        Repayment of long-term debt 
          and other balances - parent          (1,163,944)          (278,844)
       -----------------------------------------------------------------------
             NET CASH PROVIDED BY 
              (USED IN) FINANCING
               ACTIVITIES                      (1,220,547)           (880,850)
     -------------------------------------------------------------------------
     NET INCREASE (DECREASE) IN CASH             (59,635)             (33,684)
     CASH, BEGINNING OF PERIOD                     66,953              50,735
     -------------------------------------------------------------------------
     CASH, END OF PERIOD                          $7,318              $17,051


<PAGE> 


                                                General Bearing Corporation
                                                           and Subsidiaries

                                 Summary of Significant Accounting Policies
                 (Information related to the six months ended June 30, 1995
                                            and June 29, 1996 is unaudited)

          THE COMPANY         General  Bearing Corporation  ("General") and
                              subsidiaries  (collectively,  the  "Company")
                              manufactures,    sources,    assembles    and
                              distributes ball bearings, including standard
                              radial,   electric  motor   quality,  tapered
                              roller and traction motor ball bearings, used
                              in a broad  range of industrial applications.
                              The  Company  supplies  bearings to  original
                              equipment manufacturers  and to manufacturing
                              industries,   railroad   companies  and   the
                              industrial   aftermarket  primarily   in  the
                              United  States and  Canada. The  Company also
                              markets   bearings   for  freight   cars  and
                              locomotives  worldwide.  The  Company   is  a
                              wholly-owned  subsidiary  of World  Machinery
                              Company ("World" or "Parent").


          PRINCIPLES OF       The   accompanying   consolidated   financial
          CONSOLIDATION       statements  include  the accounts  of General
                              and    its    majority-owned    subsidiaries.
                              Investments  in  20%- to  50%-owned companies
                              are accounted for on the equity method.

                              All  significant  intercompany  accounts  and
                              transactions have been eliminated.


          INVENTORIES         Inventories are stated at  the lower of  cost
                              (first-in, first-out method) or market.


          FIXED ASSETS        The  cost of depreciable  plant and equipment
                              is   depreciated   for  financial   reporting
                              purposes  over  the  estimated  useful  lives
                              using the straight-line or  declining balance
                              methods.   The   estimated  lives   for  each
                              property classification are as follows:

          =================================================================
          Machinery and equipment                          3 to 10 years

          Furniture and fixtures                                10 years

          Transportation equipment                          3 to 5 years

          Leasehold improvements  Lesser of life of lease or useful life
          =================================================================


                              Expenditures  for  maintenance,  repairs  and
                              minor  renewals  or betterments  are  charged
                              against    income.    Major   renewals    and
                              replacements are capitalized.

          REVENUE             The Company recognizes  revenue when products
          RECOGNITION         are shipped.

          REPORTING PERIOD    The reporting period for the Company is a 52-
                              53 week period ending on the last Saturday in
                              December.  There were 52  weeks in the period
                              ended December 25, 1993 and 1995 and 53 weeks
                              in the period ended December 31, 1994.

          INCOME TAXES        The  Company  files  a  consolidated  Federal
                              income  tax  return   with  its  Parent   and
                              separate state and local tax returns. Federal
                              income taxes are calculated as if the Company
                              filed  its  tax return  on a  separate return
                              basis.

                              Deferred income  taxes  reflect the  net  tax
                              effect of  temporary differences  between the
                              carrying  amounts of  assets and  liabilities
                              for  financial  reporting  purposes  and  the
                              amounts used for income tax purposes.


          USE OF ESTIMATES    The  preparation of  financial statements  in
                              conformity with generally accepted accounting
                              principles   requires   management  to   make
                              estimates  and  assumptions that  affect  the
                              reported  amounts of  assets and  liabilities
                              and  disclosure  of   contingent  assets  and
                              liabilities  at  the  date  of  the financial
                              statements  and   the  reported   amounts  of
                              revenues  and expenses  during the  reporting
                              period.  Actual  results  could  differ  from
                              those estimates.

          ESTIMATED FAIR      Statement  of Financial  Accounting Standards
          VALUE OF FINANCIAL  ("SFAS")  No.  107,  "Disclosure  About  Fair
          INSTRUMENTS         Value  of  Financial  Instruments",  requires
                              disclosures of fair  value information  about
                              financial  instruments,  for   which  it   is
                              practicable to estimate the value, whether or
                              not recognized on the balance sheet. 

                              The  fair  value  of  financial  instruments,
                              including   cash,  accounts   receivable  and
                              accounts payable,  approximate their carrying
                              value because of the  current nature of these
                              instruments.  The  carrying  amounts  of  the
                              Company's note payable  - bank and  long-term
                              debt  - bank  approximate fair  value because
                              the  interest rates on  these instruments are
                              subject  to  changes  with   market  interest
                              rates.  It is not  practical to determine the
                              fair  value of receivables  from, payables to
                              and long-term debt payable to the parent  and
                              affiliates  because of  the  nature of  their
                              terms.


          CONCENTRATIONS OF   The  Company  extends   credit  based  on  an
          CREDIT RISK         evaluation   of   the  customer's   financial
                              condition,   generally   without    requiring
                              collateral. Exposure to losses on receivables
                              is principally dependent  on each  customer's
                              financial condition. The Company monitors its
                              exposure  for  credit  losses  and  maintains
                              allowances for anticipated losses.


          LONG-LIVED ASSETS   Long-lived  assets,  such  as   goodwill  and
                              property  and  equipment,  are evaluated  for
                              impairment   when   events   or  changes   in
                              circumstances  indicate   that  the  carrying
                              amount of the assets  may not be  recoverable
                              through  the  estimated  undiscounted  future
                              cash flows from the use of these assets. When
                              any  such  impairment  exists,   the  related
                              assets will  be written  down to  fair value.
                              This policy  is in accordance  with Statement
                              of  Financial  Accounting  Standards  No. 121
                              ("SFAS No. 121"),    "Accounting    for   the
                              Impairment  of  Long-Lived  Assets   and  for
                              Long-Lived  Assets to Be  Disposed Of," which
                              is effective for fiscal years beginning after
                              December 15, 1995. The Company  elected early
                              adoption   of   this   standard    and   has,
                              accordingly,  written down its goodwill as of
                              December 30, 1995 (Note 10).


          RECENT ACCOUNTING   In  October 1995,  the  Financial  Accounting
          STANDARDS           Standards Board issued Statement of Financial
                              Accounting Standards No. 123, "Accounting for
                              Stock-Based  Compensation" ("SFAS  No. 123").
                              SFAS No. 123 encourages entities to adopt the
                              fair  value method in place of the provisions
                              of   Accounting   Principles  Board   Opinion
                              No. 25,  "Accounting  for  Stock   Issued  to
                              Employees"    ("APB    No. 25"),   for    all
                              arrangements  under  which employees  receive
                              shares  of stock or  other equity instruments
                              of   the  employer  or  the  employer  incurs
                              liabilities to employees  in amounts based on
                              the price of its  stock. The Company does not
                              anticipate  adopting  the  fair value  method
                              encouraged by SFAS No. 123  and will  account
                              for such transactions in accordance  with APB
                              No. 25.


          EARNINGS PER        Earnings per common share are computed on the
          COMMON SHARE        basis  of  the  weighted  average  number  of
                              common shares outstanding during the year.


          INTERIM FINANCIAL   The   accompanying   unaudited   consolidated
          INFORMATION         interim   financial   statements  have   been
                              prepared   in   accordance   with   generally
                              accepted  accounting  principles for  interim
                              financial  information.  In  the  opinion  of
                              management,  all  adjustments (consisting  of
                              only  normal  recurring accruals)  considered
                              necessary for  a fair presentation  have been
                              included. Operating results for the six-month
                              period   ended   June 29,   1996    are   not
                              necessarily  indicative  of the  results that
                              may  be   expected   for  the   year   ending
                              December 27, 1996.


          <PAGE>

         1.   INVENTORIES     Inventories consist of the following:


                                 December 31,   December 30,    June 29,
                                     1994           1995          1996
          ----------------------------------------------------------------- 
          Finished goods          $8,597,545   $11,134,414    $8,600,697

          Raw materials,
               purchased parts
               and
               work-in-process     5,065,086     5,491,820     6,185,007
          -----------------------------------------------------------------
                                 $13,662,631   $16,626,234   $14,785,704
          =================================================================

         2.   FIXED ASSETS    Fixed assets consist of the following:



                                 December 31,   December 30,    June 29,
                                     1994           1995          1996
          -----------------------------------------------------------------
          Machinery and
          equipment               $5,185,392    $6,071,074    $6,329,203

          Furniture and fixtures     601,303       608,468       749,254

          Leasehold improvements     821,318       389,729       415,987

          Transportation
          equipment                  119,088        88,893       105,155
          -----------------------------------------------------------------
                                   6,727,101     7,158,164     7,599,599

          Less:     Accumulated
                    depreciation
                        and
                    amortization   4,699,026     4,677,994     4,944,760
          -----------------------------------------------------------------
                                  $2,028,075    $2,480,170    $2,654,839
          =================================================================


                              Depreciation  and  amortization  expense  was
                              $540,253, $505,447 and $518,368 for the years
                              1993,    1994    and   1995,    respectively.
                              Depreciation and amortization expense for the
                              six months  ended 1995 and  1996 was $192,440
                              and $269,403, respectively.

                              The Company purchased, through  an affiliate,
                              $750,000 of  machinery and equipment  in 1995
                              which has not been placed into service.


         3.   OTHER ASSETS    Other assets consist of the following:


                                 December 31,   December 30,    June 29,
                                     1994           1995          1996
          -----------------------------------------------------------------
          Security deposits and
          other                     $111,103       $20,174       $15,525

          Deferred loan costs              -        22,286        20,572

          Miscellaneous
          receivables                145,000             -             -

          Goodwill, net of
               accumulated
               amortization of
               $6,667 (Note 10)       93,333             -             -
          -----------------------------------------------------------------
                                    $349,436       $42,460       $36,097
          =================================================================

         4.   INVESTMENTS
              AND ADVANCES

                                 December 31,   December 30,    June 29,
                                     1994           1995          1996
          -----------------------------------------------------------------
          Investments in
            affiliates:
              50%-owned,
              at equity -
              Alurop Trading
              Corp., a Panamanian
              holding company
              whose principal
              asset is 100% of 
              the capital stock
              of WMW Machinery 
              of New Jersey,
              Inc.(a) (b)           $977,479            $-            $-

            Less than
              50%-owned - at
              equity:

          Shanghai General
               Bearing Company
               Ltd. (25%-owned)
               and Wafangdian
               Hyatt Bearing
               Manufacturing Co.
               Ltd.  (25%-owned)
               (c)                   591,388       687,454       687,454
           ----------------------------------------------------------------
                                  $1,568,867      $687,454      $687,454
           ================================================================

          Advances to Parent and
               affiliates:
          =================================================================
              Current:
                 Parent(d)          $260,918      $116,222      $395,066

                 Shar
                  General Corp.       97,795        57,094             -

                 All others           55,265        42,034         7,521
          -----------------------------------------------------------------
                                    $413,978      $215,350      $402,587
          =================================================================

              Long-term:
                 General IKL
                 Corp. (see
                 Note 11(e))        $255,824      $255,824      $255,824
          ================================================================= 

                              (a)  Condensed   financial    data   of   WMW
                                   Machinery of New Jersey, Inc. ("WMW") is
                                   as follows:


          BALANCE SHEET
          

          December 31, 1994
          -----------------------------------------------------------------
          ASSETS
          Current assets                                        $121,000

          Other assets                                           523,000

          Investment in redeemable preferred
               stock - affiliate                              12,049,000
          -----------------------------------------------------------------
                                                             $12,693,000
          =================================================================
          LIABILITIES
          Accounts payable                                    $9,121,000

          Other current liabilities                              845,000

          Notes and other payables -
               affiliates                                        772,000
          -----------------------------------------------------------------
                                                             $10,738,000
          =================================================================
          STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY                                $1,955,000
          =================================================================

          STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS


          Year ended December 31, 1994
          -----------------------------------------------------------------
          Net sales                                             $146,000
          Operating loss                                         (57,000)
          Net income                                             578,000
          =================================================================
                              (b)  During 1995,  the  Company revalued  its
                                   equity  investment   in  Alurop  Trading
                                   Corp. to  properly reflect its  share of
                                   equity   to   be   realized   from   the
                                   investment. The  Company determined that
                                   due  to WMW  being Alurop's  only asset,
                                   the  limited operations  of WMW  and the
                                   uncertain  value of WMW's  investment in
                                   preferred stock, the Company has written
                                   off its investment (Note 10).

                              (c)  Condensed  financial  data  of  Shanghai
                                   General  Bearing  Company  Ltd.  are  as
                                   follows:

          BALANCE SHEETS

                                              December 31,   December 30,
                                                  1994           1995
          -----------------------------------------------------------------
          Current assets                      $2,663,000      $2,585,000
          Total assets                         6,512,000       6,293,000
          Current liabilities                  3,318,000       3,319,000
          Total liabilities                    3,318,000       3,336,000   
          Stockholder's equity                 3,194,000       2,957,000
          =================================================================

          STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS
                                                      Year ended
                                           --------------------------------
                                              December 31,   December 30,
                                                  1994           1995
          -----------------------------------------------------------------
          Net sales                           $5,875,000      $7,321,000
          Gross profit                         1,352,000       1,586,000
          Operating income                       521,000         438,000
          Net income                             456,000         384,000
          =================================================================
                              (d)  Includes accrued interest payable to the
                                   parent   of   $150,000,   $300,000   and
                                   $375,000  as   of  December   31,  1994,
                                   December 30,  1995  and June  29,  1996,
                                   respectively,     relating     to    the
                                   subordinated note (Note 7).

         5.   NOTE PAYABLE    The Company  is obligated  to a bank  under a
              - BANK          revolving  line  of credit  which  expires on
                              July 1,  1998 and  a term loan  (see Note 7).
                              The loan and security agreement  provides the
                              Company with  a secured line of  credit of up
                              to   $15   million   for   working   capital,
                              acceptances and letters of credit.

                              Borrowings  under the  credit line  are based
                              upon percentage formulas relating to accounts
                              receivable   and  inventories.   The  maximum
                              amount available is reduced  by the term loan
                              balance   outstanding.    Interest   on   the
                              outstanding  obligation  is  payable  at  the
                              bank's prime rate plus 2%, 10.25% at June 29,
                              1996.  The  loan is  secured  by  all of  the
                              Company's  inventories, accounts  receivable,
                              general  intangibles,  and certain  machinery
                              and   equipment.   The  loan   and   security
                              agreement  also contains  certain restrictive
                              covenants  which include,  among others,  the
                              maintenance of  financial ratios  relating to
                              working capital and net worth, limitations on
                              capital    expenditures   and    payment   of
                              dividends,   and  prepayment   penalties.  At
                              December 30,   1995,  the   Company  was   in
                              violation of certain loan covenants; however,
                              the bank agreed to waive those violations and
                              amended the covenants going forward.

                              Commitments under letters  of credit amounted
                              to $398,736 at June 29, 1996.


         6.   TAXES ON        Provisions  for  Federal,   state  and  local
              INCOME          income taxes consist of the following:

                                 Year ended              Six months ended
                       ----------------------------     -------------------
                       December  December  December     June 30,  June 29,
                       25, 1993  31, 1994  30, 1995       1995      1996 
          -----------------------------------------------------------------
          Deferred
           (benefit):
               Federal   $ -       $ -   $(473,000)      $ -    $302,000

               State
                and
                local      -         -     (27,000)        -      16,000
          -----------------------------------------------------------------
                         $ -       $ -   $(500,000)      $ -    $318,000
          =================================================================

                              The   major  elements  contributing   to  the
                              difference between the Federal statutory rate
                              and the  Company's effective tax rate  are as
                              follows:


                                 Year ended              Six months ended
                       ----------------------------   ---------------------
                       December  December  December   June 30,  June 29,
                       25, 1993  31, 1994  30, 1995     1995      1996 
          -----------------------------------------------------------------
          Statutory
          rate           34.0%     34.0%     34.0%       34.0%     34.0%
          (Increase)
             decrease 
             in
             valuation
             allowance
             (due primarily
             to non-utiliza-
             tion of net
             operating
             loss)      (35.8)    (41.8)     (9.1)      (33.0)        -
          Permanent
             and
             other
             differences  1.8       7.8       1.0        (1.0)      4.0
          -----------------------------------------------------------------
                            -%        -%     25.9%          -%     38.0%
          =================================================================

                              Temporary  differences which  give rise  to a
                              significant  portion  of deferred  tax assets
                              and liabilities are as follows:


                                 December 31,   December 30,    June 29,
                                     1994           1995          1996
          -----------------------------------------------------------------
          Gross deferred tax
          assets:
               Accounts
                    receivable
                    allowances       $90,000       $90,000      $104,000
               Net operating
                    loss
                    carryforwards  4,230,000     4,693,000     4,516,000
               Other                 189,000       336,000       117,000
          -----------------------------------------------------------------    
                                   4,509,000     5,119,000     4,737,000

          Gross deferred tax
               liabilities:
               Plant and
                    equipment,
                    depreciation
                    differences     (514,000)     (351,000)     (289,000)
          -----------------------------------------------------------------
                                   3,995,000     4,768,000     4,448,000   
          Valuation allowance     (3,995,000)   (4,268,000)   (4,266,000)
          -----------------------------------------------------------------
                                          $-      $500,000      $182,000
          =================================================================

                              Management   believes   that  the   remaining
                              portion of  the deferred tax asset  will more
                              likely  than not  be fully realized  based on
                              the Company's historical  earnings and future
                              expectations of adjusted taxable income.

                              As  of  December 30,  1995, the  Company  has
                              Federal tax loss  carryovers of approximately
                              $13.2 million   expiring  at   various  dates
                              through the year 2010.


         7.   LONG-TERM
              DEBT
          

                                 December 31,   December 30,    June 29,
                                     1994           1995          1996    
          -----------------------------------------------------------------
          Bank:
               $1,560,000 three
                  year loan
                  from the
                  same bank
                  referred to
                  in Note 5.
                  Interest is
                  calculated
                  at the
                  bank's prime
                  rate plus
                  2%; 10.25%
                  at June 29,
                  1996;
                  principal of
                  $18,570 plus
                  interest is
                  payable
                  monthly,
                  through
                  June 1, 1998
                  with final
                  payment of
                  $910,050 due
                  July 1, 1998.        $-       $1,448,580    $1,337,160
               Less:     Current
                           maturities   -       222,840       222,840
           ----------------------------------------------------------------
                                           -     1,225,740     1,114,320
           ----------------------------------------------------------------

           ================================================================

                                 December 31,   December 30,    June 29,
                                     1994           1995          1996    
          ----------------------------------------------------------------- 
          Parent:
               6% subordinated
                    promissory
                    notes due
                    December
                    1998.
                    Interest is
                    accruable
                    but is to be
                    paid annually
                    only out of
                    net income
                    in excess of
                    $400,000.
                    The notes
                    are subordinated
                    to the rights 
                    of all creditors
                    and are secured 
                    by machinery
                    and equipment
                    having a net
                    book value
                    of approximately 
                    $1,400,000 at
                    December 30,
                    1995          $2,500,000    $2,500,000    $2,500,000

               Noninterest-bearing
                    promissory
                    note,
                    payable in
                    annual
                    installments
                    of $125,000
                    commencing
                    December
                    1993. The
                    1993 and 1994
                    installments
                    were deferred
                    until, and
                    paid in, 1995.
                    Repayment is
                    subject to
                    management
                    discretion.      750,142       375,142       375,142

               6% loan payable
                    due December
                    1995, interest
                    payable
                    quarterly      1,000,000             -             -

               Accrued interest      210,000             -             -
          -----------------------------------------------------------------
                                   4,460,142     2,875,142     2,875,142
          -----------------------------------------------------------------

          =================================================================
                                 December 31,   December 30,    June 29,
                                     1994           1995          1996    
          -----------------------------------------------------------------
          Affiliates:

               General-IKL Corp.
                    (see Note 11
                    (d))            $758,173      $716,422      $727,912
          -----------------------------------------------------------------
                                  $5,218,315    $4,817,304    $4,717,374
          =================================================================

                              At  December 30,  1995,  aggregate  principal
                              payments   for   the   long-term  bank   debt
                              agreements are $222,840 in 1996,  $222,840 in
                              1997  and $1,000,900  in 1998.  The repayment
                              terms of  the  long-term debt  -  parent  and
                              affiliates  are stated  above or  are at  the
                              discretion of management.


         8.   DISCRETIONARY   The  Company  and certain  of  its affiliates
              PROFIT          maintain   profit   sharing  plans   covering
              SHARING PLAN    eligible  salaried  and  nonunion  employees.
                              Contributions are  made to  the plans at  the
                              discretion   of   the   management   of   the
                              companies. The Company made  contributions of
                              $30,000 and $60,000 for 1993 and 1994.  There
                              were no  contributions recorded in  1995. For
                              the  six  months  ended  1996,   the  Company
                              recorded accrued contributions of $15,000.


         9.   PROVISION FOR   In  1995,  the  Company  was   notified  that
              CUSTOMER        certain  wheel  bearings   supplied  to   the
              DAMAGE CLAIMS   railroad     industry     did    not     meet
                              specifications.  As  a result,  substantially
                              all  these  bearings  previously  sold,  were
                              recalled to  be reworked. In  connection with
                              this  recall,  the  Company  made  a  special
                              provision against earnings of  $2,152,000, in
                              the    year    ended    December 30,    1995,
                              representing  the   estimated  liability  for
                              rework costs and customer damage claims.

        10.   OTHER           Other (income) expense consists of:
              (INCOME)
              EXPENSE

                         December  December  December   June 30,  June 29,
                         25, 1993  31, 1994  30, 1995     1995      1996 
          -----------------------------------------------------------------
          Revaluation of
               equity in
               vestment
               (Note 4)
               (b)          $-        $-      $960,000     $960,000   $-
          Revaluation of
               goodwill
               (Note 3)      -         -        93,333     93,333      -
          Interest
          income        (436,244)      -          -          -         -

          Litigation
             settlement (235,013)      -          -          -         -
          Other           (7,926)  (19,699)    179,706     64,928      -
        -------------------------------------------------------------------
                       $(679,183) $(19,699) $1,233,039 $1,118,261     $-
        ===================================================================

        11.   TRANSACTIONS    (a)  The    Company    made   purchases    of
              WITH                 approximately $5.3 million, $6.9 million
              AFFILIATES           and  $9.1 million   from  affiliates  in
                                   1993, 1994 and  1995, respectively.  For
                                   the six months  ended 1995 and 1996, the
                                   Company made  purchases of approximately
                                   $4.9    million   and    $3.7   million,
                                   respectively.    Accounts   payable    -
                                   affiliates  relate  primarily  to  these
                                   purchases.

                              (b)  General  shares  office  facilities  and
                                   provides     services    for     several
                                   affiliates.   General   charged    these
                                   affiliates   $108,000,    $115,000   and
                                   $120,000   in   1993,  1994   and  1995,
                                   respectively.   General   charged  these
                                   affiliates $60,000  for each of  the six
                                   months ended 1995 and 1996.

                              (c)  General  leases property,  including its
                                   corporate  headquarters,   from  Gussack
                                   Realty  Company   ("Realty"),  which  is
                                   owned by the shareholders of World. Rent
                                   and  real  estate   taxes  paid  to  the
                                   affiliate  were approximately  $786,000,
                                   $923,000  and $861,000 in 1993, 1994 and
                                   1995,  respectively  (see Note 12).  For
                                   the six months ended 1995  and 1996, the
                                   Company  paid rent and real estate taxes
                                   of $505,710 and $500,010, respectively.

                              (d)  The  Company  made   payments  for   and
                                   advances  to  World, World  subsidiaries
                                   and    joint   ventures    and   certain
                                   affiliates  for  payroll, benefits,  and
                                   other expenses. Such payments aggregated
                                   approximately  $84,000,  $1,708,000  and
                                   $1,742,000  for  the fiscal  years ended
                                   1993, 1994 and  1995, respectively.  For
                                   the six months ended 1995 and 1996, such
                                   payments   amounted   to   approximately
                                   $970,000 and $776,000, respectively.

                              (e)  The amounts receivable from  and payable
                                   to General-IKL Corp., a  corporate joint
                                   venture with a  manufacturer located  in
                                   the former Republic  of Yugoslavia,  are
                                   restricted  due  to  the  suspension  of
                                   economic activity with that country.


        12.   COMMITMENTS     (a)  Effective   January 1996,   the  Company
              AND                  completed a move to new facilities owned
              CONTINGENCIES        by Realty. Existing obligations  under a
                                   long-term   lease   for   the   previous
                                   facilities, also owned  by Realty,  were
                                   waived.  The  facilities  are  currently
                                   leased on a month-to-month basis.

                                   Rent expense consists of the following:


                                     Year ended            Six months ended
                           ----------------------------    ----------------
                           December  December  December    June 30, June 29,
                           25, 1993  31, 1994  30, 1995      1995    1996 
          -----------------------------------------------------------------
          Gross rent paid
               (excluding
               taxes)      $596,016  $756,555  $748,320  $377,010  $371,310

          Less: Reimbursed
                 from 
                 related
                 companies (108,000) (123,791) (224,820) (112,400)  (15,600)
          -----------------------------------------------------------------
                           $488,016  $632,764  $523,500  $264,610  $355,710
          =================================================================

                              (b)  The  Company  is   obligated  under   an
                                   operating   lease    for   manufacturing
                                   facilities  in  New  Jersey through  May
                                   1999. The lease requires payment of real
                                   estate taxes, insurance and maintenance.
                                   Rent expense was $238,000,  $204,000 and
                                   $204,000   in   1993,  1994   and  1995,
                                   respectively. Rent expense  for each  of
                                   the  six-month  periods  ended 1995  and
                                   1996 was $102,000.

                                   Minimum    annual    rentals    as    of
                                   December 30, 1995, under this lease, are
                                   as follows:

          Year                                                    Amount
          -----------------------------------------------------------------
          1996                                                  $216,000
          1997                                                   219,500
          1998                                                   239,500
          1999                                                   105,000
          -----------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                $780,000
          =================================================================

                              (c)  The Company has  a management consulting
                                   and  noncompetition   agreement  with  a
                                   former  officer   and  stockholder.  The
                                   agreement, which commenced as of July 1,
                                   1980,  provides  for quarterly  payments
                                   aggregating $35,000 per annum for twenty
                                   years. As  of December 30,  1995, future
                                   payments  required  under the  agreement
                                   total $157,500.

                              (d)  In  1995, General  and WMW  Machinery of
                                   New    Jersey,   Inc.    (formerly   WMW
                                   Machinery, Inc.) commenced an action for
                                   damages  in the  United States  District
                                   Court  for the Southern  District of New
                                   York against the  successor to a  former
                                   East  German Foreign  Trade Organization
                                   and certain other German parties.

                                   The  defendants  filed   an  answer  and
                                   counterclaim  which   included  a  claim
                                   against  General and  certain affiliates
                                   in   the   amount  of   $9,507,337   for
                                   allegedly failing to provide the working
                                   capital requirements of WMW Machinery of
                                   New Jersey, Inc.

                                   Management  believes  the claim  against
                                   the Company to be entirely without merit
                                   and anticipates that the claim will have
                                   no material impact on the Company.

                                   Additionally, US Customs has  asserted a
                                   claim  against  the  Company, which  the
                                   Company  believes  to be  without merit.
                                   The Company denies  any liability  under
                                   this  claim and believes  that the claim
                                   will  not have a  material impact on the
                                   Company.

                              (e)  General is party to a  trademark license
                                   agreement which  provides for increasing
                                   annual  fees  of  between   $25,000  and
                                   $35,000  through  1999, and  $35,000 per
                                   year plus an inflation factor thereafter
                                   until  2009.  The agreement  contains an
                                   acceleration  clause which  provides for
                                   immediate payment of all  remaining fees
                                   in the event of breach of contract.

                              (f)  The  Company  has guaranteed  certain of
                                   Realty's   outstanding   obligations  of
                                   approximately $1.2 million to a bank and
                                   other parties.


        13.   SUPPLEMENTAL    For  the  periods  ended  December 25,  1993,
              CASH FLOW       December 31, 1994 and December 30,  1995, the
              INFORMATION     Company   paid   interest  of   approximately
                              $518,000,    $745,000,     and    $1,257,000,
                              respectively.  For the six  months ended 1995
                              and   1996,  the  Company  paid  interest  of
                              approximately    $602,000    and    $605,000,
                              respectively.


        14.   DISCHARGE       In   December   1993,  General   successfully
              FROM CHAPTER    emerged   from   a   Chapter  XI   bankruptcy
              XI - PLAN OF    proceeding which commenced in September 1991.
              REORGANIZA-     In    connection    with    the    plan    of
              TIO             reorganization,  the   following  significant
                              transactions occurred:

                              (a)  100% of the common  stock of General was
                                   acquired by World (see (b)  below). (The
                                   shareholders   of   World,   while   not
                                   identical,  were  similar to  the former
                                   owners of General).

                              (b)  General  was  obligated  to   World  for
                                   $14,701,416 (the "Obligation") resulting
                                   from  World's  purchase  of   a  General
                                   obligation  from  the Wells  Fargo Bank.
                                   The  Obligation  was  satisfied  by  the
                                   issuance of a 6% secured promissory note
                                   in  the amount of $2,500,000, a $750,142
                                   unsecured   promissory   note  and   the
                                   issuance of  1,000  shares of  $.10  par
                                   value  Class A  common stock  of General
                                   valued at $100.  The difference  between
                                   the face value of the Obligation and the
                                   settled  amounts ($11,451,174)  has been
                                   recorded    in     the    accounts    as
                                   "Extraordinary  income  - settlement  of
                                   debts at a discount."

                              (c)  To  assist  General  with  its  plan  of
                                   reorganization,  World  agreed  to  make
                                   advances of up  to $1,200,000.  $500,000
                                   was advanced on  December 25, 1993  (see
                                   Note 7),  and  $500,000 was  advanced in
                                   January 1994.

                              (d)  Unsecured creditors were offered  a cash
                                   settlement   equal   to   5%  of   their
                                   outstanding  pre-petition  claims or  in
                                   the  alternative,  10%  of  such  claims
                                   payable 2% per year for five years.

                              (e)  The holders of the  Company's redeemable
                                   Series B  preferred stock, its  Series A
                                   preferred  stock  and  its common  stock
                                   received no consideration.

                              (f)  The  Company  entered  into a  financing
                                   agreement  with  the  Bank  of  New York
                                   ("BNY")    replacing    its     existing
                                   arrangement with BNY.

                              In    connection    with    the    plan    of
                              reorganization, the Company settled  its pre-
                              petition obligations at a discount. A summary
                              of  the income  arising from  this settlement
                              follows:

          -----------------------------------------------------------------
          Reduction in obligations owing to:

               World                                         $11,451,174

               Unsecured creditors and reversals of
                  accruals                                     3,974,480

               Affiliates and shareholders                       409,985
          -----------------------------------------------------------------
                                                             $15,835,639
          =================================================================


        15.   SUBSEQUENT      (a)  In  connection  with a  proposed initial
              EVENTS               public offering of its common stock, the
                                   Company, on October 10,  1996, filed  an
                                   amendment   to    its   Certificate   of
                                   Incorporation, increasing the authorized
                                   common shares from 10,600  to 19,000,000
                                   and  changing its  $.10  par  value  per
                                   common  share  to  $.01 par  value,  and
                                   effecting  a 3,000-for-one  stock split.
                                   Additionally,  the  amendment authorizes
                                   1,000,000 shares of preferred stock $.01
                                   par  value  per  share.  The   Board  of
                                   Directors  is  authorized  to   fix  the
                                   rights,   preferences,  privileges   and
                                   restrictions of any series  of preferred
                                   stock,  including  the dividend  rights,
                                   original issue price, conversion rights,
                                   voting  rights,   terms  of  redemption,
                                   liquidation preferences and sinking fund
                                   terms thereof, and  the number of shares
                                   constituting  any  such  series and  the
                                   designation thereof and  to increase  or
                                   decrease  the number  of shares  of such
                                   series  subsequent  to  the issuance  of
                                   shares of such series (but not below the
                                   number  of shares  of  such series  then
                                   outstanding).  All  share and  per share
                                   data   in  the   consolidated  financial
                                   statements  have  been adjusted  to give
                                   retroactive effect to the stock split.

                              (b)  In  September 1996, the  Company adopted
                                   the  1996  Stock Option  and Performance
                                   Award   Plan    ("1996   Plan"),   which
                                   authorizes  the  granting to  directors,
                                   officers  and  key   employees  of   the
                                   Company  of  incentive  or  nonqualified
                                   stock   options,   performance   shares,
                                   restricted shares and performance units.
                                   The  1996  Plan  covers  up  to  500,000
                                   shares of common  stock. Subject to  the
                                   completion  of  the  proposed  offering,
                                   257,500  options  at the  offering price
                                   were granted.

                                   The  exercise  of  any  incentive  stock
                                   option granted to  an eligible  employee
                                   may not  be less  than 100% of  the fair
                                   market  value  of the  shares underlying
                                   such option on the date of grant, unless
                                   such employee owns more  than 10% of the
                                   outstanding common stock or stock of any
                                   subsidiary or parent  of the Company, in
                                   which case  the  exercise price  of  any
                                   incentive stock option  may not be  less
                                   than 110%  of such fair market value. No
                                   option may be exercisable more  than ten
                                   years after  the date  of grant  and, in
                                   the  case of  an incentive  stock option
                                   granted to an  eligible employee  owning
                                   more than  10% of  the  common stock  or
                                   stock of any subsidiary or parent of the
                                   Company,  no more  than five  years from
                                   its  date  of  grant.  Options  are  not
                                   transferable, except upon  the death  of
                                   the    optionee.   In    general,   upon
                                   termination   of    employment   of   an
                                   optionee,  all  options granted  to such
                                   person which are not exercisable  on the
                                   date  of  such  termination  immediately
                                   expire,   and   any  options   that  are
                                   exercisable    expire    three    months
                                   following termination  of employment, if
                                   such  termination is  not the  result of
                                   death or retirement, two years following
                                   such termination if such termination was
                                   because of death  and one year following
                                   such termination if such termination was
                                   because  of   disability  or  retirement
                                   under the provisions  of any  retirement
                                   plan  that  may  be  established  by the
                                   Company,  or with  the  consent  of  the
                                   Company.




<PAGE> 

        =====================================
             No  dealer,  salesperson  or  any
        other  person  has been  authorized to
        give any  information or  to make  any
        representations   other   than   those
        contained  in this  Prospectus and, if
        given  or  made, such  information  or
        representations  must  not  be  relied
        upon as having been authorized by  the
        Company  or  the Underwriters.    This
        Prospectus  does  not  constitute   an
        offer to  sell or the solicitation  of
        any offer  to buy  any security  other
        than   the  shares   of  Common  Stock
        offered  by this  Prospectus, nor does
        it  constitute an  offer to  sell or a
        solicitation  is not authorized, or in
        which the person making such offer  or
        solicitation  is  not qualified  to do
        so, or  to any  person to  whom it  is
        unlawful   to   make  such   offer  or
        solicitation.   Neither  the  delivery
        of this Prospectus nor  any sale  made
        hereunder  shall,  under  any  circum-
        stances, create  any implication  that
        the  information contained  herein  is
        correct as  of any time subsequent  to
        the date hereof.

                  ----------------
                  TABLE OF CONTENTS
                   ---------------

                                         PAGE
                                         ----

        PROSPECTUS SUMMARY  . . . . . . .   3

        RISK FACTORS  . . . . . . . . . .   7

        COMPANY HISTORY . . . . . . . . .  14

        DILUTION  . . . . . . . . . . . .  15

        USE OF PROCEEDS . . . . . . . . .  16

        DIVIDEND POLICY . . . . . . . . .  17

        CAPITALIZATION  . . . . . . . . .  18

        SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA . . . . .  19

        MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND 
        ANALYSIS OF RESULTS OF 
        OPERATIONS AND FINANCIAL CONDITION  
                                           21

        BUSINESS  . . . . . . . . . . . .  26

        MANAGEMENT  . . . . . . . . . . .  35

        PRINCIPAL STOCKHOLDER . . . . . .  41

        DESCRIPTION OF SECURITIES . . . .  42

        SHARES OF COMMON STOCK ELIGIBLE
        FOR FUTURE SALE . . . . . . . . .  44

        UNDERWRITING  . . . . . . . . . .  46

        LEGAL MATTERS . . . . . . . . . .  48

        EXPERTS . . . . . . . . . . . . .  49

        CHANGE IN INDEPENDENT AUDITORS  .  49

        AVAILABLE INFORMATION . . . . . .  49

        INDEX TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS .   F-1

        =====================================


        =====================================

                  1,000,000 SHARES


                   GENERAL BEARING
                     CORPORATION




                    COMMON STOCK





                   --------------

                     PROSPECTUS

                   --------------





               H.J. MEYERS & CO., INC.



                 NOVEMBER ___, 1996

        ===========================

   <PAGE> 




                                       PART II

     INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN PROSPECTUS

     ITEM 13.  OTHER EXPENSES OF ISSUANCE AND DISTRIBUTION. 

     The following table sets forth the expenses expected to be incurred in
     connection with the Offering described in this Registration Statement.  All
     amounts are estimated except the Registration Fee.

          Registration fee              $    3,485.00
          NASD filing fee                    1,650.00
          NASD listing fee                        *
          Underwriters' nonaccountable 
             expense allowance                    *  
          Accounting fees and expenses            *
          Legal fees and expenses                 *
          Blue Sky fees and expenses              *
          Transfer agent fee                      *
          Printing and engraving                  *
          Miscellaneous                           *
                                   ------------------

             Total                 $    *
                                     -----------------

     ___________________________
     *    To be completed by amendment

          All of the above expenses of this Offering will be paid by the
     Company.

     ITEM 14.  INDEMNIFICATION OF DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS.

     Article IX of the Company's Certificate of Incorporation provides that:

             "The corporation shall indemnify any person who was or is a party
        or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or
        complete action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal,
        administrative or investigative, or by or in the right of the
        corporation to procure judgment in its favor, by reason of the fact
        that he is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of the
        corporation, or is or was serving at the request of the corporation as
        a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation,
        partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, against
        expenses (including attorneys' fees), judgments, fines and amounts
        paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by him in
        connection with such action, suit or proceeding if he acted in good
        faith and in a manner he reasonably believed to be in or not opposed
        to the best interests of the corporation, in accordance with and to
        the full extent permitted by statute.  Expenses incurred in defending
        a civil or criminal action, suit or proceeding may be paid by the
        corporation in advance of the final disposition of such action, suit
        or proceeding as authorized by the Board of Directors in the specific
        case upon receipt of an undertaking by or on behalf of the director,
        officer, employee or agent to repay such amount unless it shall
        ultimately be determined that he is entitled to be indemnified by the
        corporation as authorized in this section.  The indemnification
        provided by this section shall not be deemed exclusive of any other
        rights to which those seeking indemnification may be entitled under
        this Certificate of Incorporation or any agreement or vote of
        stockholders or disinterested directors or otherwise, both as to
        action in his official capacity and as to action in another capacity
        while holding such office, and shall continue as to a person who has
        ceased to be a director, officer, employee or agent and shall inure to
        the benefit of the heirs, executors and administrators of such a
        person."

        Article X of the Company's Bylaws provides that:

             "Any person made or threatened to be made a party to or involved
        in any action, suit or proceeding, whether civil or criminal,
        administrative or investigative (hereinafter, "proceeding") by reason
        of the fact that he, his testator or intestate, is or was a director,
        officer or employee of the Corporation, or is or was serving at the
        request of the Corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent
        of another corporation or of a partnership, joint venture, trust or
        other enterprise, including service with respect to employee benefit
        plans, shall be indemnified and held harmless by the Corporation to
        the fullest extent authorized by the General Corporation Law of the
        State of Delaware as the same exists or may hereafter be amended (but
        in the case of any such amendment, only to the extent that such
        amendment permits the Corporation to provide broader indemnification
        rights than said law permitted the Corporation to provide prior to
        such amendment) against all expense, loss and liability (including,
        without limitation, judgments, fines, amounts paid in settlement and
        reasonable expenses, including attorneys' fees), actually and
        necessarily incurred or suffered by him in connection with the defense
        of or as a result of such proceeding, or in connection with any appeal
        therein.  The Corporation shall have the power to purchase and
        maintain insurance for the indemnification of such directors, officers
        and employees to the full extent permitted under the laws of the State
        of Delaware from time to time in effect.  Such right of
        indemnification shall not be deemed exclusive of any other rights of
        indemnification to which such director, officer or employee may be
        entitled.

             The right to indemnification conferred in this By-Law shall be a
        contract right and shall include the right to be paid by the
        Corporation the expenses incurred in defending any such proceeding in
        advance of its final disposition; provided, however, that if the
                                          --------  --------
        General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware requires, the payment
        of such expenses incurred by a director or officer in his or her
        capacity as a director or officer (and not in any other capacity in
        which services were or are rendered by such person while a director or
        officer, including, without limitation, service to an employee benefit
        plan) in advance of the final disposition of a proceeding, shall be
        made only upon delivery to the Corporation of an undertaking by or on
        behalf of such director or officer, to repay all amounts so advanced
        if it shall ultimately be determined that such director or officer is
        not entitled to be indemnified under this By-Law or otherwise."

             Statutory

             Generally, Section 145 of the General Corporation Law of the
        State of Delaware authorizes Delaware corporations, under certain
        circumstances, to indemnify their officers and directors against all
        expenses and liabilities (including attorneys' fees) incurred by them
        as a result of any suit brought against them in their capacity as a
        director or an officer, if they acted in good faith and in manner they
        reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of
        the corporation, and, with respect to any criminal action or
        proceeding, if they had no reasonable cause to believe their conduct
        was unlawful.  A director on officer may also be indemnified against
        expenses incurred in connection with a suit by or in the right of the
        corporation of such director or officer acted in good faith and in a
        manner reasonably believe to be in or not opposed to the best
        interests of the corporation, except that no indemnification may be
        made without court approval if such person was adjudged liable to the
        corporation.

             The Underwriting Agreement provides that the Underwriters shall
        indemnify each director of the Company, each officer of the Company
        who signed this Registration Statement and each person who controls
        the Company against certain liabilities, including certain liabilities
        under the Act.

        ITEM 15.  RECENT SALES OF UNREGISTERED SECURITIES.

             In December 1993, the Company emerged from a bankruptcy
        reorganization which commenced in September 1991.  In connection with
        its Plan of Reorganization, the Company issued to World (i) a 6%
        Secured Promissory Note due 1998 in the original principal amount of
        $2.5 million (the "Secured Note"), (ii) a non-interest bearing,
        Unsecured Promissory Note in the principal amount of $750,142 payable
        in annual installments of $125,000 commencing December 1993 (the
        "Installment Note") and (iii) 1,000 shares of Common Stock.  The
        Secured Note, the Installment Note and the shares of Common Stock were
        issued in exchange for a note in the original principal amount of
        $12.0 million, together with accrued interest thereon in the amount of
        $2,701,416 that World had acquired from Wells Fargo Bank, N.A., one of
        the Company's lenders.  The Secured Note, Installment Note and Common
        Stock were issued in a transaction exempt from registration under the
        Act pursuant to Section 1145 of Chapter 11 of the United States
        Bankruptcy Code (11 U.S. Code Section 1145).  In connection with the
        issuance of such securities, no commissions or fees were paid.

     ITEM 16.     EXHIBITS AND FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES.

          (a)  Exhibits

         Exhibit No.                    Description of Exhibit
         ------------               ----------------------

          1.1            Underwriting Agreement+

          3.1            Second Restated Certificate of Incorporation

          3.2            By-Laws of the Company

          4.1            Specimen Stock Certificate+

          5              Opinion of Reid & Priest LLP+

          10.1           Loan and Security Agreement dated December 20, 1993 by
                         and among the Bank of New York Commercial Corporation,
                         the Company and Hyatt Railway Products Corp., including
                         amendments 1 through 8 thereto.

          10.2           Contract dated June 1988 by and between Shanghai
                         Rolling Bearing Factory and the Company, including
                         Agreement for the Revision and Amendment to the
                         Contract.

          10.3           Lease Agreement dated November 1, 1996 by and between
                         Gussack Realty Company and the Company relating to West
                         Nyack, New York premises.

          10.4           Lease dated March 15, 1988 by and between Lamington
                         Associates II and the Company relating to the Union,
                         New Jersey premises.+

          10.5           Sublease Agreement dated November 1, 1996 between the
                         Company and World Machinery Company.

          10.6           Sublease Agreement dated November 1, 1996 between the
                         Company and WMW Machinery Co.

          10.9           1996 Stock Option and Performance Award Plan.+

          21             List of Subsidiaries of the Company.

          23.1           Consent of Ferro, Berdon & Company, L.L.P.

          23.2           Consent of BDO Seidman, LLP

          23.3           Consent of Reid & Priest LLP (contained in Exhibit 5
                         hereto).

          24             Power of Attorney (included on page II-15).

          99.1           Consent of Harold S. Geneen pursuant to Rule 438 of the
                         Act.

          + To be filed by amendment.

          (B)  FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES:

                    Report of Independent Certified Public Accountants
                    Schedule II Valuations and Qualifying Accounts


<PAGE> 



     ITEM 17.  UNDERTAKINGS.

          The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes:

          (a)  to provide to the underwriter at the closing specified in the
     underwriting agreements, certificates in such denominations and registered
     in such names as required by the underwriter to permit prompt deliver to
     each purchaser;

          (b)  Insofar as indemnification for liability arising under the
     Securities Act of 1933 (the "Act") may be permitted to directors, officers
     and controlling persons of the registrant pursuant to the foregoing
     provisions, or otherwise, the registrant has been advised that in the
     opinion of the Securities and Exchange Commission such indemnification is
     against public policy as expressed in the Act and is, therefore,
     unenforceable.  In the event that a claim for indemnification against such
     liabilities (other than the payment by the registrant of expenses incurred
     or paid by a director, officer or controlling person of the registrant in
     the successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by
     such director, officer or controlling person in connection with the
     securities being registered, the registrant will, unless in the opinion of
     its counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to
     a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question whether such
     indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in the Act and
     will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.

          (i)  For determining any liability under the Act, the information
     omitted from the form of prospectus filed as part of this registration
     statement in reliance upon Rule 430A and contained in a form of prospectus
     filed by the registrant pursuant to Rule 424(b)(1) or (4) or 497(h) under
     the Act shall be deemed to be part of this registration statement as of the
     time it was declared effective.

          (ii)  For the purpose of determining any liability under the Act, each
     post-effective amendment that contains a form of prospectus shall be deemed
     to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered
     therein, and the Offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed
     to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.



<PAGE> 


                                      SIGNATURES

          In accordance with the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the
     Registrant certifies that it has reasonable grounds to believe that it
     meets all of the requirements of filing on Form S-1 and authorizes this
     Registration Statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, in
     the Town of West Nyack, State of New York, on this 1st day of November
     1996.

                                                GENERAL BEARING CORPORATION


                                                /s/ David  L. Gussack 
                                                -----------------------------
                                                       David L. Gussack
                                                           President
                                                 (Principal Executive Officer)

          KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS, that each person whose signature
     appears below under the heading "Signatures" constitutes and appoints
     Seymour I. Gussack, David L. Gussack and Christopher Moore, or either of
     them his true and lawful attorney-in-fact and agent with full power of
     substitution and resubstitution, for him and in his name, place and stead,
     in any and all capacities, to sign any or all amendments (including post-
     effective amendments) to this Registration Statement, and to file the same,
     with all exhibits thereto, and other documents in connection therewith,
     with the Securities and Exchange Commission, granting unto said attorneys-
     in-fact and agents, each acting alone, full power and authority to do and
     perform each and every act and thing requisite and necessary to be done in
     connection with the above premises, as fully for all intents and purposes
     as he might or could do in person, hereby ratifying and confirming all that
     said attorneys-in-fact and agents, each acting alone, or his substitute or
     substitutes, may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.

          In accordance with the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933,
     this Registration Statement was signed by the following persons in the
     capacities and on the dates stated.

            Signatures                Title                  Date
           ------------              ------                  -----


      /s/ 
        Seymour I. Gussack
      ---------------------   Chairman of the Board    November 1, 1996
        Seymour I. Gussack             of
                                    Directors

      /s/ David L. Gussack        President and        November 1, 1996
      ---------------------         Director
         David L. Gussack     (Principal Executive
                                    Officer)

                               Vice President and      November 1, 1996
      /s/ Christopher Moore         Treasurer
      --------------------    (Principal Financial
        Christopher Moore        and Accounting
                                    Officer)




      /s/Jerome Johnson
      ---------------------         Director           November 4, 1996
          Jerome Johnson



<PAGE> 




                  REPORT OF INDEPENDENT CERTIFIED PUBLIC ACCOUNTANTS




     General Bearing Corporation
     West Nyack, New York


     The audit referred to in our report dated March 24, 1995 relating to the 
     consolidated financial statements of General Bearing Corporation and 
     Subsidiaries, which is contained in the Prospectus, included the audit
     of the financial statement schedule listed in the accompanying index for 
     the years ended December 25, 1993 and December 24, 1994.  This financial
     statement schedule is the responsibility of management.  Our 
     responsibility is to express an opinion on this financial statement 
     schedule based upon our audit. 

     In our opinion, such financial statement schedule presents fairly, in all
     material respects, the information set forth therein.


 		
					/s/ FERRO, BERDON & COMPANY
					---------------------------
					 FERRO, BERDON & COMPANY 



     New York, New York
     November 4, 1996

<PAGE> 


		REPORT OF INDEPENDENT CERTIFIED PUBLIC ACCOUNTATNS

General Bearing Corporation 
West Nyack, New York 

The audit referred to in our report dated September 13, 1996, except for Note
15(a) which is as of October 10, 1996 relating to the consolidated financial 
statements of General Bearing Corporation and Subsidiaries, which is contained
in the Prospectus, included the audit of the financial statement schedule 
listed in the accompanying index for the year ended December 30, 1995.  This 
financial statement schedule is the responsibility of management.  Our 
responsibility is to express an opinion on this financial schedule schedule 
based upon our audit. 

In our opinion, such financial statement schedule presents fairly, in all 
material respects, the information set forth therein. 


				/s/ BDO SEIDMAN, LLP
                                ----------------------
				BDO SEIDMAN, LLP


New York, New York 
September 13, 1996

<PAGE>


          (B)  SCHEDULE II VALUATION AND QUALIFYING ACCOUNTS

            Column A         Column B    Column C     Column D   Column E
            --------         --------    --------    ---------   --------

                                            Add
                                           -----
                            Balance at
                            beginning   Charged to                Balance at
                                of       costs and   Deductions     end of
          Description         period     expenses       (1)         period
          ------------       --------     -------    ---------    ---------



      Year ended December  
      25, 1993 Allowance  
      for doubtful          $250,000      $5,119        $119       $255,000
        accounts  . . . . 
                         -----------  ---------- -----------   ------------

                            $250,000      $5,119        $119       $255,000
                         ===========  ========== ===========   ============


      Year ended December
      31, 1994
        Allowance for
        doubtful            $255,000         -           -         $255,000
        accounts  . . . . ----------     ---------   ----------------------

                            $255,000         -           -         $255,000
                          ==========    ==========   ======================


      Year ended December
      30, 1995
        Allowance for 
        doubtful            $255,000     $17,050     $17,050       $255,000
        accounts  . . . .  ---------  ----------  ----------   ------------

                            $255,000     $17,050     $17,050       $255,000
                           =========    ========  ==========   ============
     (1)Uncollectible accounts written
            off net of recoveries





                                                      EXHIBIT 3.1



                     SECOND RESTATED CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION

                                          OF

                             GENERAL BEARING CORPORATION
      
                       (Pursuant to Section 245 of the General
                      Corporation Law of the State of Delaware)


               GENERAL BEARING CORPORATION, a corporation organized and existing
     under the laws of the State of Delaware, hereby certifies as follows:

               1.   The original Certificate of Incorporation of the Corporation
     was filed with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware on October
     19, 1987.

               2.   A Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Corporation
     which amended and restated the original Certificate of Incorporation was
     filed with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware on June 25,
     1990.

               3.   This Second Restated Certificate of Incorporation restates
     and integrates the provisions of the Restated Certificate of Incorporation
     of the Corporation, and was duly adopted in accordance with the provisions
     of Section 245 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware.

               4.   The text of the Certificate of Incorporation is hereby
     restated to read in its entirety as follows:

                                      ARTICLE I
                                      ---------
              The name of the Corporation is General Bearing Corporation

                                      ARTICLE II
                                      ----------

               The address of the registered office of the Corporation in the
     State of Delaware is 32 Lookerman Square, Suite L-100, Kew County, Dover,
     Delaware 19901.  The name of its registered agent at such address is
     Prentice Hall Corporation System, Inc.

                                     ARTICLE III
                                     -----------

               The purpose of the Corporation is to engage in any lawful act or
     activity for which corporations may be organized under the General
     Corporation Law of Delaware.

                                      ARTICLE IV
                                      ----------

               Section 4.1.  Authorized Capital.  The total number of shares of
                             ------------------
     all classes of stock which the Corporation shall have authority to issue is
     Twenty Million (20,000,000) shares, consisting of:

                    (a)  One Million (1,000,000) shares of preferred stock, $.01
     par value (the "Preferred Stock"), and

                    (b)  Nineteen Million (19,000,000) shares of common stock,
     $.01 par value ("Common Stock").

               Section 4.2.  Preferred Stock.  Shares of the preferred stock of
                             ---------------
     the Corporation may be issued from time to time in one or more classes or
     series, each of which class or series shall have such distinctive
     designation or title as shall be fixed by the Board of Directors of the
     Corporation prior to the issuance of any shares thereof.  Each such class
     or series of preferred stock shall have such voting powers, full or
     limited, or no voting powers, and such other relative rights, powers and
     preferences, including, without limitation, the dividend rate, conversion
     rights, if any, redemption price and liquidation preference, and such
     qualifications, limitations or restrictions thereof, as shall be stated in
     such resolution or resolutions providing for the issuance of such class or
     series of preferred stock as may be adopted from time to time by the Board
     of Directors prior to the issuance of any shares thereof pursuant to the
     authority hereby expressly vested in it, all in accordance with the laws of
     the State of Delaware.

               Section 4.3.  Common Stock.  The powers, rights and other matters
                             ------------
     relating to the Common Stock are as follows:

                    (a)  Dividends.  Subject to the limitations set forth in
                         ---------
     this Article IV, dividends may be paid on Common Stock out of any funds
     legally available for that purpose, when, as and if declared by the Board
     of Directors.  No dividend shall be paid on or declared and set apart for
     any share of any class of the Corporation's Common Stock unless at the same
     time a like proportionate dividend shall be paid on or declared and set
     apart for each share of any other class of the Corporation's Common Stock. 

                    (b)  Liquidation Rights.  In the event of any liquidation,
                         ------------------
     dissolution or winding up of the Corporation, after there shall have been
     paid to or set aside for the holders of outstanding shares having superior
     liquidation preferences to Common Stock the full preferential amounts to
     which they are respectively entitled, the holders of outstanding shares of
     all classes of Common Stock shall be entitled to receive pro rata,
     according to the number of shares held by them, the remaining assets of the
     Corporation legally available for distribution to the stockholders.

                    (c)  Voting Rights.  (1)  Except as set forth in this
                         -------------
     Article IV or as by statute or otherwise mandatorily provided, the holders
     of the outstanding shares of Common Stock shall exclusively possess full
     voting powers for the election of directors of the Corporation and for all
     other corporate purposes.

                    (2)  Any action required or permitted to be taken at any
     annual or special meeting of stockholders may be taken only upon the vote
     of the stockholders at an annual or special meeting duly noticed and
     called, as provided in the By-Laws of the Corporation, and may not be taken
     by a written consent of the stockholders pursuant to the General
     Corporation Law of the State of Delaware.

                    (3)  Special meetings of the stockholders of the Corporation
     for any purpose or purposes may be called at any time by the Board of
     Directors or the Chairman of the Board of Directors.  Special meetings of
     the stockholders of the Corporation may not be called by any other Person
     or Persons.

                                      ARTICLE V
                                      ---------

               In furtherance and not in limitation of the powers conferred by
     statute, the Board of Directors of the Corporation is expressly authorized
     to adopt, alter or repeal its By-Laws.  In addition, the By-Laws may be
     made, altered, amended, changed or repealed by the stockholders of the
     Corporation upon the affirmative vote of the holders of at least 66-2/3% of
     the outstanding Common Stock entitled to vote thereon.

                                      ARTICLE VI
                                      ----------
               Election of directors need not be by written ballot unless the
     By-Laws of the Corporation shall so provide.

                                     ARTICLE VII
                                     -----------
               Whenever a compromise or arrangement is proposed between the
     Corporation and its creditors or any class of them and/or between the
     Corporation and its stockholders or any class of them, any court of
     equitable jurisdiction within the State of Delaware may, on the application
     in a summary way of the Corporation or of any creditor or stockholder
     thereof or on the application of any receiver or receivers appointed for
     the Corporation under the provisions of Section 291 of Title 8 of the
     Delaware Code or on the application of trustees in dissolution or of any
     receiver or receivers appointed for the Corporation under the provisions of
     Section 279 of Title 8 of the Delaware Code, order a meeting of the
     creditors or class of creditors, and/or of the stockholders or class of
     stockholders of the Corporation, as the case may be, to be summoned in such
     manner as the said court directs.  If a majority in number representing
     three-fourths in value of the creditors or class of creditors, and/or of
     the stockholders or class of stockholders of the Corporation, as the case
     may be, agree to any compromise or arrangement and to any reorganization of
     the Corporation as a consequence of such compromise or arrangement, the
     said compromise or arrangement and the said reorganization shall, if
     sanctioned by the court to which the said application has been made, be
     binding on all the creditors or class of creditors, and/or on all the
     stockholders or class of stockholders, of the Corporation, as the case may
     be, and also on the Corporation.

                                     ARTICLE VIII
                                     ------------
               A director of the Corporation shall not be personally liable to
     the Corporation or its stockholders for monetary damages for injury
     resulting from a breach of his fiduciary duty as a director, except for
     liability (i) for injury resulting from a breach of his duty of loyalty to
     the Corporation and its stockholders, (ii) for injury resulting from acts
     or omissions not in good faith or which involve intentional misconduct or a
     knowing violation of law, (iii) under Section 174 of the Delaware General
     Corporation Law, as the same exists or hereafter may be amended, or (iv)
     for injury resulting from any transaction from which the director derives
     an improper personal benefit.  If the Delaware General Corporation Law
     hereafter is amended so as to authorize the further elimination or
     limitation of the liability of directors to the Corporation or its
     stockholders for monetary damages for breach of fiduciary duty as a
     director, then the liability of a director of the Corporation for monetary
     damages, in addition to the limitation on personal liability provided in
     the preceding sentence, shall automatically, by virtue hereof and without
     any further action on the part of the Corporation or its stockholders, be
     further limited so as to be limited to the fullest extent permitted by the
     Delaware General Corporation Law.  Any repeal or modification of this
     Section by the stockholders of the Corporation shall be prospective only,
     and shall not adversely affect any limitation on the personal liability of
     a director of the Corporation with regard to actions taken or omitted
     before such repeal or modification.

                                      ARTICLE IX
                                      ----------

               The Corporation shall indemnify any person who was or is a party
     or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or complete
     action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or
     investigative, or by or in the right of the Corporation to procure judgment
     in its favor, by reason of the fact that he is or was a director, officer,
     employee or agent of the Corporation, or is or was serving at the request
     of the Corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another
     corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, against
     expenses (including attorneys' fees), judgments, fines and amounts paid in
     settlement actually and reasonably incurred by him in connection with such
     action, suit or proceeding if he acted in good faith and in a manner he
     reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the
     Corporation, in accordance with and to the full extent permitted by
     statute.  Expenses incurred in defending a civil or criminal action, suit
     or proceeding shall be paid by the Corporation in advance of the final
     disposition of such action, suit or proceeding as authorized by the Board
     of Directors in the specific case upon receipt of an undertaking by or on
     behalf of the director, officer, employee or agent to repay such amount
     unless it shall ultimately be determined that he is entitled to be
     indemnified by the Corporation as authorized in this section.  The
     indemnification provided by this section shall not be deemed exclusive of
     any other rights to which those seeking indemnification may be entitled
     under this Restated Certificate of Incorporation or any agreement or vote
     of stockholders or disinterested directors or otherwise, both as to action
     in his official capacity and as to action in another capacity while holding
     such office, and shall continue as to a person who has ceased to be a
     director, officer, employee or agent and shall inure to the benefit of the
     heirs, executors and administrators of such a person.

                                      ARTICLE X
                                      ---------

               Notwithstanding anything contained in this Restated Certificate
     of Incorporation to the contrary, the affirmative vote of the holders of at
     least 66-2/3% of the outstanding shares of Common Stock shall be required
     to amend, repeal, or adopt any provision inconsistent with, Sections
     4.3(c)(2) or 4.3(c)(3) of Article IV, Article V or this Article X of this
     Second Restated Certificate of Incorporation.

     5.   The Second Restated Certificate of Incorporation which further amends
     the Certificate of Incorporation of the Corporation, was proposed by the
     Board of Directors of the Company and was duly adopted by its stockholders
     in the manner and by the vote prescribed by section 242 of the General
     Corporation Law of Delaware.

          IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this Restated Certificate of Incorporation has
     been executed on behalf of the Corporation this 10th day of October, 1996.

                                   GENERAL BEARING CORPORATION


                                   By: /s/ David Gussack 
                                      -----------------------------------------
                                         David Gussack, President





     Attest:

     /s/  Christopher Moore, Secretary
     -----------------------------------
     Christopher Moore, Secretary



     STATE OF NEW YORK}
                              SS:
     COUNTY OF ROCKLAND}


     On this 10th day of October, 1996, before me personally came David Gussack,
     President of General Bearing Corporation, the corporation described in and
     which executed the foregoing instrument, and that he signed his name
     thereto by authority of the Board of Directors of the said Corporation.


       /s/ Paulina Snyder
     ------------------------------------
                    (Notary)


              Paulina Snyder
      Notary Public, State of New York 
                No. 4997154
        Qualified in Rockland County
       Commission Expire June 1, 1998




                                                             EXHIBIT 3.2





                           AMENDED AND RESTATED BY-LAWS OF

                             GENERAL BEARING CORPORATION

                               (a Delaware corporation)
                  __________________________________________________

                                      ARTICLE I

                               Meetings of Stockholders
                              ________________________


                    SECTION 1.  Annual Meeting.  The annual meeting of the
                                ______________
          stockholders of General Bearing Corporation (hereinafter referred
          to as the "Corporation") for the election of directors and for
          the transaction of such other business as may properly come
          before the meeting shall be held on such date and at such time as
          may be fixed by the Board of Directors (hereinafter referred to
          as the "Board") or if no date and time are so fixed, on the
          second Wednesday, in February of each year, if not a legal
          holiday, and if a holiday, then on the next succeeding day not a
          legal holiday, at the office of the Corporation or at such other
          place and at such hour as shall be designated by the Board, or,
          if no such time be fixed, then at 10:00 o'clock in the forenoon.

                    SECTION 2.  Special Meetings.  Special meetings of the
                                ________________
          stockholders may be called at any time by the Board to be held at
          such place within or without the State of Delaware, on such date
          and at such hour as shall be designated in the notice or waiver
          of notice thereof.

                    Only such business as is stated in the written notice
          of a special meeting may be acted upon thereat.

                    SECTION 3.  Notice of Meetings.  Notice of the place,
                                __________________
          date and hour of each annual and special meeting of the
          stockholders and the purpose or purposes thereof shall be given
          personally or by mail in a postage prepaid envelope, not less
          than ten or more than sixty days before the date of such meeting,
          to each stockholder entitled to vote at such meeting, and, if
          mailed, it shall be directed to such stockholder at his address
          as it appears on the record of stockholders, unless he shall have
          filed with the Secretary of the Corporation a written request
          that notices to him be mailed to some other address.  Any such
          notice for any meeting other than the annual meeting shall
          indicate that it is being issued at the direction of the Board.
          Notice of any meeting of stockholders shall not be required to be
          given to any stockholder who shall attend such meeting in person
          or by proxy and shall not, prior to the conclusion of such
          meeting, protest the lack of notice thereof, or who shall, either
          before or after the meeting, submit a signed waiver of notice, in
          person or by proxy.  Unless the Board shall fix a new record date
          for an adjourned meeting, notice of such adjourned meeting need
          not be given if the time and place to which the meeting shall be
          adjourned were announced at the meeting at which the adjournment
          is taken.

                    SECTION 4.  Quorum.  At all meetings of the
                                ______
          stockholders the holders of the majority of the shares of Common
          Stock of the Corporation, issued and outstanding and entitled to
          vote, shall be present in person or by proxy to constitute a
          quorum for the transaction of business.  In the absence of a
          quorum, the holders of a majority of the shares of Common Stock
          present in person or by proxy and entitled to vote may adjourn
          the meeting from time to time.  At any such adjourned meeting at
          which a quorum may be present any business may be transacted
          which might have been transacted at the meeting as originally
          called.  

                    SECTION 5.  Adjournments.  When a meeting is adjourned
                                _____________
          to another date, hour or place, notice need not be given of the
          adjourned meeting if the date, hour and place thereof are
          announced at the meeting at which the adjournment is taken.  If
          the adjournment is for more than 30 calendar days, or if after
          the adjournment a new record date is fixed for the adjourned
          meeting, a notice of the adjourned meeting shall be given to each
          stockholder of record entitled to vote at the adjourned meeting. 
          At the adjourned meeting any business may be transacted which
          might have been transacted at the original meeting.

                    When any meeting is convened the presiding officer, if
          directed by the Board, may adjourn the meeting if (a) no quorum
          is present for the transaction of business, or (b) the Board
          determines that adjournment is necessary or appropriate to enable
          the stockholders (i) to consider fully information which the
          Board determines has not been made sufficiently or timely
          available to stockholders or (ii) otherwise to exercise
          effectively their voting rights.

                    SECTION 6.  Organization.  At each meeting of the
                                ____________
          stockholders, the Chairman of the Board or in his absence the
          President or any Vice President of the Corporation, shall act as
          chairman of the meeting or, if no one of the foregoing officers
          is present, a chairman shall be chosen at the meeting by the
          stockholders.  The Secretary, or in his absence or inability to
          act, the person whom the chairman of the meeting shall appoint
          secretary of the meeting, shall act as secretary of the meeting
          and keep the minutes thereof.

                    SECTION 7.  Order of Business.  The order of business
                                _________________
          at all meetings of the stockholders shall be as determined by the
          chairman of the meeting.

                    SECTION 8.  Voting.  Except as otherwise provided by
                                ______
           statute or the Second Restated Certificate of Incorporation,
          each holder of record of shares of stock of the Corporation
          having voting power shall be entitled at each meeting of the
          stockholders to one vote for every share of such stock standing
          in his name on the record of stockholders of the Corporation: 

                    (a) on the date fixed pursuant to the provisions of
               Section 5 of Article IV of these By-Laws as the record date
               for the determination of the stockholders who shall be
               entitled to notice of and to vote at such meeting; or

                    (b) if such record date shall not have been so fixed,
               then at the close of business on the day next preceding the
               day on which notice thereof shall be given. 

          Each stockholder entitled to vote at any meeting of stockholders
          may authorize another person or persons to act for him by a proxy
          signed by such stockholder or his attorney-in-fact.  Any such
          proxy shall be delivered to the secretary of such meeting at or
          prior to the time designated in the order of business for so
          delivering such proxies.  Except as otherwise required by statute
          or by the Second Restated Certificate of Incorporation, any
          corporate action to be taken by vote of the stockholders shall
          require the vote of a majority of the votes cast at a meeting of
          the holders of the Common Stock of the Corporation entitled to
          vote thereon.  Unless required by statute, or determined by the
          chairman of the meeting to be advisable, the vote on any question
          need not be by ballot.  On a vote by ballot, each ballot shall be
          signed by the stockholder voting, or by his proxy, if there be
          such proxy, and shall state the number of shares voted. 

                    SECTION 9.  List of Stockholders.  A list of
                                ____________________
          stockholders as of the record date, certified by the Secretary of
          the Corporation or by the transfer agent for the Corporation,
          shall be produced at any meeting of the Stockholders upon the
          request of any stockholder made at or prior to such meeting.

                    SECTION 10.  Inspectors.  The Board may, in advance of
                                 __________
          any meeting of stockholders, appoint one or more inspectors to
          act at such meeting or any adjournment thereof.  If the
          inspectors shall not be so appointed or if any of them shall fail
          to appear or act, the chairman of the meeting shall appoint
          inspectors.  Each inspector, before entering upon the discharge
          of his duties, shall take and sign an oath faithfully to execute
          the duties of inspector at such meeting with strict impartiality
          and according to the best of his ability.  The inspectors shall
          determine the number of shares outstanding and the voting power
          of each, the number of shares represented at the meeting, the
          existence of a quorum, the validity and effect of proxies, and
          shall receive votes, ballots or consents, hear and determine all
          challenges and questions arising in connection with the right to
          vote, count and tabulate all votes, ballots or consents,
          determine the result, and do such acts as are proper to conduct
          the election or vote with fairness to all stockholders.  On
          request of the chairman of the meeting or any stockholder
          entitled to vote thereat, the inspectors shall make a report in
          writing of any challenge, request or matter determined by them
          and shall execute a certificate of any fact found by them.  No
          director or candidate for the office of director shall act as an
          inspector of an election of directors.  Inspectors need not be
          stockholders.  

                    SECTION 11.  Advance Notice of Business to be
                                 ________________________________
           Transacted at Stockholder Meetings.  No business may be
          ___________________________________
          transacted at an annual meeting of stockholders, other than
          business that is either (a) specified in the notice of meeting
          (or any supplement thereto) given by or at the direction of the
          Board (or any duly authorized committee thereof), (b) otherwise
          properly brought before the annual meeting by or at the direction
          of the Board (or any duly authorized committee thereof) or (c)
          otherwise properly brought before the annual meeting by any
          stockholder of the Corporation (i) who is a stockholder of record
          on the date of the giving of the notice provided for in this
          Section 11 and on the record date for the determination of
          stockholders entitled to vote at such annual meeting and (ii) who
          complies with the notice procedures set forth in this Section 11.

                    In addition to any other applicable requirements, for
          business to be properly brought before an annual meeting by a
          stockholder, such stockholder must have given timely notice
          thereof in proper written form to the Secretary of the
          Corporation.

                    To be timely, a stockholder's notice to the Secretary
          must be delivered to or mailed and received at the principal
          executive offices of the Corporation not less than 60 days nor
          more than 90 days prior to the anniversary date of the
          immediately preceding annual meeting of stockholders; provided,
                                                                ________
          however, that (i) in the event that the annual meeting is called
          _______
          for a date that is not within 30 days before or after such
          anniversary date, or (ii) in the case of the annual meeting of
          stockholders held during the 1997 fiscal year of the Corporation,
          notice by the stockholder in order to be timely must be so
          received not later than the close of business on the tenth day
          following the day on which such notice of the date of the annual
          meeting was mailed or such public disclosure of the date of the
          annual meeting was made, whichever first occurs.

                    To be in proper written form, a stockholder's notice to
          the Secretary must set forth as to each matter such stockholder
          proposes to bring before the annual meeting (a) a brief
          description of the business desired to be brought before the
          annual meeting and the reasons for conducting such business at
          the annual meeting, (b) the name and record address of such
          stockholder, (c) the class or series and number of shares of
          capital stock of the Corporation which are owned beneficially or
          of record by such stockholder, (d) a description of all
          arrangements or understandings between such stockholder and any
          other person or persons (including their names) in connection
          with the proposal of such business by such stockholder and any
          material interest of such stockholder in such business and (e) a
          representation that such stockholder intends to appear in person
          or by proxy at the annual meeting to bring such business before
          the meeting.

                    No business shall be conducted at the annual meeting of
          stockholders except business brought before the annual meeting in
          accordance with the procedures set forth in this Section 11,
          provided, however, that, once business has been properly brought
          ________  _______
          before the annual meeting in accordance with such procedures,
          nothing in this Section 11 shall be deemed to preclude discussion
          by any stockholder of any such business.  If the Chairman of an
          annual meeting determines that business was not properly brought
          before the annual meeting in accordance with the foregoing
          procedures, the Chairman shall declare to the meeting that the
          business was not properly brought before the meeting and such
          business shall not be transacted.


                                      ARTICLE II

                                  Board of Directors
                                 __________________

                    SECTION 1.  General Powers.  The business and affairs
                                ______________
          of the Corporation shall be managed under the direction of the
          Board.  The Board may exercise all such authority and powers of
          the Corporation and do all such lawful acts and things as are not
          by statute or the Second Restated Certificate of Incorporation
          directed or required to be exercised or done by the stockholders.

                    SECTION 2.  Number, Increase or Decrease Thereto and
                                ________________________________________
          Term of Office.  The Board of Directors shall consist of six (6)
          ______________
          directors.  By vote of a majority of the entire Board, the number
          of directors may be increased to not more than ten or reduced to
          not less than three.  Vacancies occurring by reason of any such
          increase shall be filled in accordance with Section 13 of this
          Article II.  Any such reduction shall not affect the term of
          office of any director.  Each director shall hold office until
          the annual meeting of stockholders of the Corporation next
          succeeding his election or until his successor is duly elected
          and qualified.  Directors need not be stockholders.

                    SECTION 3.  Nomination of Directors and Advance Notice
                                __________________________________________
          Thereof.  Only persons who are nominated in accordance with the
          ______
          following procedures shall be eligible for election as directors
          of the Corporation, except as may be otherwise provided in the
          Second Restated Certificate of Incorporation with respect to the
          right of holders of preferred stock of the Corporation to
          nominate and elect a specified number of directors in certain
          circumstances.  Nominations of persons for election to the Board
          of Directors may be made at any annual meeting of stockholders,
          or at any special meeting of stockholders called for the purpose
          of electing directors, (a) by or at the direction of the Board
          (or any duly authorized committee thereof) or (b) by any
          stockholder of the Corporation (i) who is a stockholder of record
          on the date of the giving of the notice provided for in this
          Section 3 and on the record date for the determination of
          stockholders entitled to vote at such meeting and (ii) who
          complies with the notice procedures set forth in this Section 3.

                    In addition to any other applicable requirements, for a
          nomination to be made by a stockholder, such stockholder must
          have given timely notice thereof in proper written form to the
          Secretary of the Corporation.

                    To be timely, a stockholder's notice to the Secretary
          must be delivered to or mailed and received at the principal
          executive offices of the Corporation (a) in the case of an annual
          meeting, not less than 60 days nor more than 90 days prior to the
          anniversary date of the immediately preceding annual meeting of
          stockholders; provided, however, that (i) in the event that the
                        ________  _______
          annual meeting is called for a date that is not within 30 days
          before or after such anniversary date, or (ii) in the case of the
          annual meeting of stockholders held during the 1997 fiscal year
          of the Corporation, notice by the stockholder in order to be
          timely must be so received not later than the close of business
          on the tenth day following the day on which such notice of the
          date of the annual meeting was mailed or such public disclosure
          of the date of the annual meeting was made, whichever first
          occurs; and (b) in the case of a special meeting of stockholders
          called for the purpose of electing directors, not later than the
          close of business on the tenth day following the day on which
          notice of the date of the special meeting was mailed or public
          disclosure of the date of the special meeting was made, whichever
          first occurs.

                    To be in proper written form, a stockholder's notice to
          the Secretary must set forth (a) as to each person whom the
          stockholder proposes to nominate for election as a director (i)
          the name, age, business address and residence address of the
          person, (ii) the principal occupation or employment of the
          person, (iii) the class or series and number of shares of capital
          stock of the Corporation which are owned beneficially or of
          record by the person and (iv) any other information relating to
          the person that would be required to be disclosed in a proxy
          statement or other filings required to be made in connection with
          solicitations of proxies for election of directors pursuant to
          Section 14 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended
          (the "Exchange Act"), and the rules and regulations promulgated
          thereunder; and (b) as to the stockholder giving the notice (i)
          the name and record address of such stockholder, (ii) the class
          or series and number of shares of capital stock of the
          Corporation which are owned beneficially or of record by such
          stockholder, (iii) a description of all arrangements or
          understandings between such stockholder and each proposed nominee
          and any other person or persons (including their names) pursuant
          to which the nomination(s) are to be made by such stockholder,
          (iv) a representation that such stockholder intends to appear in
          person or by proxy at the meeting to nominate the persons named
          in its notice and (v) any other information relating to such
          stockholder that would be required to be disclosed in a proxy
          statement or other filings required to be made in connection with
          solicitations of proxies for election of directors pursuant to
          Section 14 of the Exchange Act and the rules and regulations
          promulgated hereunder.  Such notice must be accompanied by a
          written consent of each proposed nominee to being named as a
          nominee and to serve as a director if elected.

                    No person shall be eligible for election as a director
          of the Corporation unless nominated in accordance with the
          procedures set forth in this Section 3.  If the Chairman of the
          meeting determines that a nomination was not made in accordance
          with the foregoing procedures, the Chairman shall declare to the
          meeting that the nomination was defective and such defective
          nomination shall be disregarded.

                    SECTION 4.  Place of Meeting.  Meetings of the Board
                                ________________
          shall be held at the principal office of the Corporation in the
          State of Delaware or at such other place, within or without such
          state, as the Board may from time to time determine or as shall
          be specified in the notice of any such meeting.

                    SECTION 5.  Annual Meeting.  The Board shall meet for
                                ______________
           the purpose of organization, the election of officers and the
          transaction of other business, as soon as practicable after each
          annual meeting of the stockholders, on the same day and at the
          same place where such annual meeting shall be held.  Notice of
          such meeting need not be given.  Such meeting may be held at any
          other time or place (within or without the State of Delaware)
          which shall be specified in a notice thereof given as hereinafter
          provided in Section 7 of this Article II. 

                    SECTION 6.  Regular Meeting.  Regular meetings of the
                                _______________
          Board shall be held at such time as the Board may fix.  If any
          day fixed for a regular meeting shall be a legal holiday at the
          place where the meeting is to be held, then the meeting which
          would otherwise be held on that day shall be held at the same
          hour on the next succeeding business day.  Notice of regular
          meetings of the Board need not be given except as otherwise
          required by statute or these By-Laws.

                    SECTION 7.  Special Meetings.  Special meetings of the
                                ________________
           Board may be called by the President or by a majority of the
          entire Board.

                    SECTION 8.  Notice of Meetings.  Notice of each special
                                __________________
           meeting of the Board (and of each regular meeting for which
          notice shall be required) shall be given by the Secretary as
          hereinafter provided in this Section 8, in which notice shall be
          stated the time and place of the meeting.  Except as otherwise
          required by these By-Laws, such notice need not state the
          purposes of such meeting.  Notice of each such meeting shall be
          mailed, postage prepaid, to each director, addressed to him at
          his residence or usual place of business, by first-class mail, at
          least two days before the day on which such meeting is to be
          held, or shall be sent addressed to him at such place by
          facsimile telegraph, telex, cable or wireless, or be delivered to
          him personally or by telephone, at least 24 hours before the time
          at which such meeting is to be held.  A written waiver of notice,
          signed by the director entitled to notice, whether before or
          after the time stated therein shall be deemed equivalent to
          notice.  Notice of any such meeting need not be given to any
          director who shall, either before or after the meeting, submit a
          signed waiver of notice or who shall attend such meeting without
          protesting, prior to or at its commencement, the lack of notice
          to him.

                    SECTION 9.  Quorum and Manner of Acting.  Except as
                                ___________________________
          hereinafter provided, a majority of the entire Board shall be
          present in person or by means of a conference telephone or
          similar communications equipment which allows all persons
          participating in the meeting to hear each other at the same time
          at any meeting of the Board in order to constitute a quorum for
          the transaction of business at such meeting; and, except as
          otherwise required by statute or the Second Restated Certificate
          of Incorporation, the act of a majority of the directors present
          at any meeting at which a quorum is present shall be the act of
          the Board.  In the absence of a quorum at any meeting of the
          Board, a majority of the directors present thereat may adjourn
          such meeting to another time and place.  Notice of the time and
          place of any such adjourned meeting shall be given to the
          directors who were not present at the time of the adjournment
          and, unless such time and place were announced at the meeting at
          which the adjournment was taken, to the other directors.  At any
          adjourned meeting at which a quorum is present, any business may
          be transacted which might have been transacted at the meeting as
          originally called.  The directors shall act only as a Board and
          the individual directors shall have no power as such.  

                    SECTION 10.  Action Without a Meeting.  Any action
                                 ________________________
          required or permitted to be taken by the Board at a meeting may
          be taken without a meeting if all members of the Board consent in
          writing to the adoption of the resolutions authorizing such
          action.  The resolutions and written consents thereto shall be
          filed with the minutes of the Board.

                    SECTION 11.  Telephonic Participation.  One or more
                                 ________________________
          members of the Board may participate in a meeting by means of a
          conference telephone or similar communications equipment allowing
          all persons participating in the meeting to hear each other at
          the same time.  Participation by such means shall constitute
          presence in person at the meeting.

                    SECTION 12.  Organization.  At each meeting of the
                                 ____________
           Board, the President or, in his absence, another director chosen
          by a majority of the directors present shall act as chairman of
          the meeting and preside thereat.  The Secretary (or, in his
          absence, any person who shall be an Assistant Secretary, if any
          of them shall be present at such meeting appointed by the
          chairman) shall act as secretary of the meeting and keep the
          minutes thereof. 

                    SECTION 13.  Resignations.  Any director of the
                                 ____________
          Corporation may resign at any time by giving written notice of
          his resignation to the Board or the President or the Secretary.
          Any such resignation shall take effect at the time specified
          therein or, if the time when it shall become effective shall not
          be specified therein, immediately upon its receipt, and, unless
          otherwise specified therein, the acceptance of such resignation
          shall not be necessary to make it effective.  The vacancy in the
          Board of Directors caused by any such resignation shall be filled
          by the affirmative vote of the stockholders of the Corporation.

                    SECTION 14.  Vacancies.  Vacancies and newly created
                                 _________
           directorships resulting from any increase in the authorized
          number of directors may be filled by a majority of the directors
          then in office, although less than a quorum, or by a sole
          remaining director.  If there are no directors in office, then a
          special meeting of stockholders for the election of directors may
          be called and held in the manner provided by statute.

                    SECTION 15.  Removal of Directors.  Any director may be
                                 ____________________
          removed, either with or without cause, at any time, by the
          affirmative vote of the stockholders of the Corporation.  The
          vacancy in the Board of Directors caused by any such removal
          shall be filled by the affirmative vote of the stockholders of
          the Corporation. 

                    SECTION 16.  Compensation.  The Board shall have
                                 ____________
          authority to fix the compensation, including fees and
          reimbursement of expenses, of directors for services to the
          Corporation in any capacity. 


                                     ARTICLE III

                            Executive and Other Committees
                           ______________________________

                    SECTION 1.  Executive and Other Committees.  The Board
                                ______________________________
          may, by resolution passed by a majority of the whole Board,
          designate one or more committees, each committee to consist of
          two or more of the directors of the Corporation.  The Board may
          designate one or more directors as alternate members of any
          committee, who may replace any absent or disqualified member at
          any meeting of the committee.  Any such committee, to the extent
          provided in the resolution shall have and may exercise the powers
          of the Board in the management of the business and affairs of the
          Corporation, and may authorize the seal of the Corporation to be
          affixed to all papers which may require it; provided, however,
          that in the absence or disqualification of any member of such
          committee or committees, the member or members thereof present at
          any meeting and not disqualified from voting, whether or not he
          or they constitute a quorum, may unanimously appoint another
          member of the Board to act at the meeting in the place of any
          such absent or disqualified member.  Each committee shall keep
          written minutes of its proceedings and shall report such minutes
          to the Board when required.  All such proceedings shall be
          subject to revision or alteration by the Board; provided,
          however, that third parties shall not be prejudiced by such
          revision or alteration.  

                    SECTION 2.  General.  A majority of any committee may
                                _______
          determine its action and fix the time and place of its meetings,
          unless the Board shall otherwise provide.  Notice of such meeting
          shall be given to each member of the committee in the manner
          provided for in Article II, Section 7.  The Board shall have any
          power at any time to fill vacancies in, to change the membership
          of, or to dissolve any such committee.  Nothing herein shall be
          deemed to prevent the Board from appointing one or more
          committees consisting in whole or in part of persons who are not
          directors of the Corporation; provided, however, that no such
          committee shall have or may exercise any authority of the Board.

                    SECTION 3.  Action Without a Meeting.  Any action
                                ________________________
          required or permitted to be taken by any committee at a meeting
          may be taken without a meeting if all of the members of the
          committee consent in writing to the adoption of the resolutions
          authorizing such action.  The resolutions and written consents
          thereto shall be filed with the minutes of the committee.  

                    SECTION 4.  Telephone Participation.  One or more
                                _______________________
          members of a committee may participate in a meeting by means of a
          conference telephone or similar communications equipment allowing
          all persons participating in the meeting to hear each other at
          the same time.  Participation by such means shall constitute
          presence in person at the meeting.  

                                      ARTICLE IV

                                       Officers
                                      ________

                    SECTION 1.  Number of Qualifications.  The officers of
                                ________________________
           the Corporation shall include the President, one or more Vice
          Presidents, the Treasurer, and the Secretary.  Any two or more
          offices may be held by the same person; except the offices of
          President and Secretary; provided that when all of the issued and
          outstanding stock of the Corporation is held by one person, such
          person may hold all or any combination of offices.  Such officers
          shall be elected from time to time by the Board, each to hold
          office until the meeting of the Board following the next annual
          meeting of the stockholders, or until his successor shall have
          been duly elected and shall have qualified or until his death, or
          until he shall have resigned, or have been removed, as
          hereinafter provided in these By-Laws.  The Board may from time
          to time elect, or delegate to the President the power to appoint,
          such other officers (including one or more Assistant Treasurers
          and one or more Assistant Secretaries) and such agents, as may be
          necessary or desirable for the business of the Corporation.  Such
          other officers and agents shall have such duties and shall hold
          their offices for such terms as may be prescribed by the Board or
          by the appointing authority.

                    SECTION 2.  Resignations.  Any officer of the
                                ____________
          Corporation may resign at any time by giving written notice of
          his resignation to the Board, the President or the Secretary. 
          Any such resignation shall take effect at the time specified
          therein or, if the time when it shall become effective shall not
          be specified therein, immediately upon its receipt; and, unless
          otherwise specified therein, the acceptance of such resignation
          shall not be necessary to make it effective.

                    SECTION 3.  Removal.  Any officer or agent of the
                                _______
          Corporation may be removed, either with or without cause, at any
          time, by the Board at any meeting of the Board or, except in the
          case of an officer or agent elected or appointed by the Board, by
          the President.

                    SECTION 4.  Vacancies.  A vacancy in any office,
                                _________
          whether arising from death, resignation, removal or any other
          cause, may be filled for the unexpired portion of the term of the
          office which shall be vacant, in the manner prescribed in these
          By-Laws for the regular election or appointment to such office.

                    SECTION 5.  The President.  The President shall be the

                                _____________
          chief executive officer of the Corporation and shall have general
          and active management of the business and affairs of the
          Corporation and general and active supervision and direction over
          the other officers, agents and employees and shall see that their
          duties are properly performed subject, however, to the control of
          the Board.  He shall perform all duties incident to the office of
          President and such other duties as from time to time may be
          assigned to him by the Board of these By-Laws.

                    SECTION 6.  Vice Presidents.  Each Vice President,
                                _______________
          including any Executive Vice President, shall perform all such
          duties as from time to time may be assigned to him by the Board.

                    SECTION 7.  The Treasurer.  The Treasurer shall 
                                _____________

                         (a)  have charge and custody of, and be
                    responsible for, all the funds and securities of the
                    Corporation;

                         (b)  keep full and accurate accounts of receipts
                    and disbursements in books belonging to the
                    Corporation;

                         (c)  deposit all monies and other valuables to the
                    credit of the Corporation in such depositaries as may
                    be designated by the Board;

                         (d)  receive, and give receipts for, monies due
                    and payable to the Corporation from any source
                    whatsoever;

                         (e)  disburse the funds of the Corporation and
                    supervise the investment of its funds as ordered or
                    authorized by the Board, taking proper vouchers
                    therefor; and 

                         (f)  in general, perform all the duties incident
                    to the office of Treasurer and such other duties as
                    from time to time may be assigned to him by the Board
                    or the President.

                    SECTION 8.  The Secretary.  The Secretary shall
                                _____________

                         (a)  keep or cause to be kept in one or more books
                    provided for the purpose, the minutes of all meetings
                    of the Board, the committees of the Board and the
                    stockholders;

                         (b)  see that all notices are duly given in
                    accordance with the provisions of these By-Laws and as
                    required by law;

                         (c)  be the custodian of the records and the seal
                    of the Corporation and affix and attest the seal to all
                    stock certificates of the Corporation (unless the seal
                    of the Corporation on such certificates shall be a
                    facsimile, as hereinafter provided) and affix and
                    attest the seal to all other documents to be executed
                    on behalf of the Corporation under its seal;

                         (d)  see that the books, reports, statements,
                    certificates and other documents and records required
                    by law to be kept and filed are properly kept and
                    filed; and

                         (e)  in general, perform all the duties incident
                    to the office of Secretary and such other duties as
                    from time to time may be assigned to him by the Board
                    or the President.

                    SECTION 9.  Officers' Bonds or Other Security.  If 
                                _________________________________
          required by the Board, any officer of the Corporation shall give
          a bond or other security for the faithful performance of his
          duties, in such amount and with such surety or sureties as the
          Board may require.

                    SECTION 10.  Compensation.  The compensation of the
                                 ____________
          officers of the Corporation for their services as such officers
          shall be fixed from time to time by the Board; provided, however,
          that the Board may delegate to the President the power to fix the
          compensation of officers and agents appointed by him.  An officer
          of the Corporation shall not be prevented from receiving
          compensation by reason of the fact that he is also a director of
          the Corporation, but any such officer who shall also be a
          director (except in the event that there is only one director of
          the Corporation) shall not have any vote in the determination of
          the amount of compensation paid to him. 

                                      ARTICLE V

                                     Shares, Etc.
                                    ____________

                    SECTION 1.  Stock Certificates.  Each owner of stock of
                                __________________
          the Corporation shall be entitled to have a certificate, in such
          form as shall be approved by the Board, certifying the number of
          shares of stock of the Corporation owned by him.  The
          certificates representing shares of stock shall be signed in the
          name of the Corporation by the President or a Vice President and
          by the Secretary, Treasurer or an Assistant Secretary and sealed
          with the seal of the Corporation (which seal may be a facsimile,
          engraved or printed).  In case any officer who shall have signed
          such certificates shall have ceased to be such officer before
          such certificates shall be issued, they may nevertheless be
          issued by the Corporation with the same effect as if such officer
          were still in office at the date of their issue.  

                    SECTION 2.  Books of Account and Record of
                                ______________________________
          Stockholders.  There shall be kept correct and complete books and
          ____________
          records of account of all the business and transactions of the
          Corporation.  The stock record books and the blank stock
          certificate books shall be kept by the Secretary or by any other
          officer or agent designated by the Board of Directors.

                    SECTION 3.  Transfers of Shares.  Transfers of shares
                                ___________________
          of stock of the Corporation shall be made on the stock records of
          the Corporation only upon authorization by the registered holder
          thereof, or by his attorney thereunto authorized by power of
          attorney duly executed and filed with the Secretary or with a
          transfer agent or transfer clerk, and on surrender of the
          certificate or certificates for such shares properly endorsed or
          accompanied by a duly executed stock transfer power and the
          payment of all taxes thereon.  The person in whose name shares of
          stock shall stand on the record of stockholders of the
          Corporation shall be deemed the owner thereof for all purposes as
          regards the Corporation.  Whenever any transfers of shares shall
          be made for collateral security and not absolutely and written
          notice thereof shall be given to the Secretary or to such
          transfer agent or transfer clerk, such fact shall be stated in
          the entry of the transfer. 

                    SECTION 4.  Regulations.  The Board may make such
                                ___________
          additional rules and regulations, not inconsistent with these
          By-Laws, as it may deem expedient concerning the issue, transfer
          and registration of certificates for shares of stock of the
          Corporation.  It may appoint, or authorize any officer or
          officers to appoint, one or more transfer agents or one or more
          transfer clerks and one or more registrars and may require all
          certificates for shares of stock to bear the signature or
          signatures of any of them.

                    SECTION 5.  Fixing of Record Date.  The Board may fix,
                                _____________________
          in advance, a date not more than sixty nor less than ten days
          before the date then fixed for the holding of any meeting of the
          stockholders as the time as of which the stockholders entitled to
          notice of and to vote at such meeting, shall be determined, and
          all persons who were stockholders of record of capital stock
          entitled to vote at such time, and no others, shall be entitled
          to notice of and to vote at such meeting.  The Board may fix, in
          advance, a date not more than sixty nor less than ten days
          preceding the date fixed for the payment of any dividend or the
          making of any distribution or the allotment of rights to
          subscribe for securities of the Corporation, or for the delivery
          of evidence of rights or evidences of interest arising out of any
          change, conversion or exchange of capital stock or other
          securities, as the record date for the determination of the
          stockholders entitled to receive any such dividend, distribution,
          allotment, rights or interests, and in such case only the
          stockholders of record at the time so fixed shall be entitled to
          receive such dividend, distribution, allotment, rights or
          interests. 

                    SECTION 6.  Lost, Destroyed or Mutilated Certificate.  
                                ________________________________________
          The holder of any certificate representing shares of stock of the
          Corporation shall immediately notify the Corporation of any loss,
          destruction or mutilation of such certificate, and the
          Corporation may issue a new certificate of stock in the place of
          any certificate theretofore issued by it which the owner thereof
          shall allege to have been lost or destroyed or which shall have
          been mutilated, and the Board may, in its discretion, require
          such owner or his legal representative to give to the Corporation
          a bond in such sum, limited or unlimited, and in such form and
          with such surety or sureties as the Board in its absolute
          discretion shall determine, to indemnify the Corporation against
          any claim that may be made against it on account of the alleged
          loss or destruction of any such certificate, or the issuance of
          such new certificate.  Anything herein to the contrary
          notwithstanding, the Board, in its absolute discretion, may
          refuse to issue any such new certificate, except pursuant to
          legal proceedings under the laws of the State of Delaware.  

                                      ARTICLE VI

                    Contracts, Checks, Drafts, Bank Accounts, Etc.
                   ______________________________________________

                    SECTION 1.  Execution of Contracts.  Except as
                                ______________________
          otherwise required by statute, the Second Restated Certificate of
          Incorporation or these By-Laws, any contract or other instrument
          may be executed and delivered in the name and on behalf of the
          Corporation by such officer or officers (including any assistant
          officer) of the Corporation as the Board may from time to time
          direct.  Such authority may be general or confined to specific
          instances as the Board may determine.  Unless authorized by the
          Board or expressly permitted by these By-Laws, no officer or
          agent or employee shall have any power or authority to bind the
          Corporation by any contract or engagement or to pledge its credit
          or to render it pecuniarily liable for any purpose or to any
          amount.  

                    SECTION 2.  Loans.  Unless the Board shall otherwise
                                _____
           determine, the President or any Vice-President may effect loans
          and advances at any time for the Corporation from any bank, trust
          company or other institution, or from any firm, corporation or
          individual, and for such loans and advances may make, execute and
          deliver promissory notes, bonds or other certificates or
          evidences of indebtedness of the Corporation, but no officer or
          officers shall mortgage, pledge, hypothecate or transfer any
          securities or other property of the Corporation other than in
          connection with the purchase of chattels for use in the
          Corporation's operations, except when authorized by the Board.

                    SECTION 3.  Checks, Drafts, Etc.  All checks, drafts,
                                ____________________
          bills of exchange or other orders for the payment of money out of
          the funds of the Corporation, and all notes or other evidence of
          indebtedness of the Corporation, shall be signed in the name and
          on behalf of the Corporation by such persons and in such manner
          as shall from time to time be authorized by the Board. 

                    SECTION 4.  Deposits.  All funds of the Corporation not
                                ________
          otherwise employed shall be deposited from time to time to the
          credit of the Corporation in such banks, trust companies or other
          depositaries as the Board may from time to time designate or as
          may be designated by any officer or officers of the Corporation
          to whom such power of designation may from time to time be
          delegated by the Board.  For the purpose of deposit and for the
          purpose of collection for the account of the Corporation, checks,
          drafts and other orders for the payment of money which are
          payable to the order of the Corporation may be endorsed, assigned
          and delivered by any officer or agent of the Corporation.

                    SECTION 5.  General and Special Bank Accounts.  The
                                _________________________________
           Board may from time to time authorize the opening and keeping of
          general and special bank accounts with such banks, trust
          companies or other depositaries as the Board may designate or as
          may be designated by any officer or officers of the Corporation
          to whom such power of designation may from time to time be
          delegated by the Board.  The Board may make such special rules
          and regulations with respect to such bank accounts, not
          inconsistent with the provisions of these By-Laws, as it may deem
          expedient. 

                                     ARTICLE VII

                                       Offices
                                       _______

                    SECTION 1.  Registered Office.  The registered office
                                _________________
          of the Corporation shall be as specified in the Second Restated
          Certificate of Incorporation.

                    SECTION 2.  Other Offices.  The Corporation may also
                                _____________
          have such offices, both within or without the State of Delaware,
          as the Board of Directors may from time to time determine or the
          business of the Corporation may require.  

                                     ARTICLE VIII

                                     Fiscal Year
                                     __________

                    The fiscal year of the Corporation shall be so
          determined by the Board of Directors.

                                      ARTICLE IX

                                         Seal
                                        ____

                    The seal of the Corporation shall be circular in form,
          shall bear the name of the Corporation and shall include the
          words and numbers "Corporate Seal", "Delaware" and the year of
          incorporation.  

                                      ARTICLE X

                                   Indemnification
                                   _______________

                    Any person made or threatened to be made a party to or
          involved in any action, suit or proceeding, whether civil or
          criminal, administrative or investigative (hereinafter,
          "proceeding") by reason of the fact that he, his testator or
          intestate, is or was a director, officer or employee of the
          Corporation, or is or was serving at the request of the
          Corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another
          corporation or of a partnership, joint venture, trust or other
          enterprise, including service with respect to employee benefit
          plans, shall be indemnified and held harmless by the Corporation
          to the fullest extent authorized by the General Corporation Law
          of the State of Delaware as the same exists or may hereafter be
          amended (but in the case of any such amendment, only to the
          extent that such amendment permits the Corporation to provide
          broader indemnification rights than said law permitted the
          Corporation to provide prior to such amendment) against all
          expense, loss and liability (including, without limitation,
          judgments, fines, amounts paid in settlement and reasonable
          expenses, including attorneys' fees), actually and necessarily
          incurred or suffered by him in connection with the defense of or
          as a result of such proceeding, or in connection with any appeal
          therein.  The Corporation shall have the power to purchase and
          maintain insurance for the indemnification of such directors,
          officers and employees to the full extent permitted under the
          laws of the State of Delaware from time to time in effect.  Such
          right of indemnification shall not be deemed exclusive of any
          other rights of indemnification to which such director, officer
          or employee may be entitled.

                    The right to indemnification conferred in this By-Law
          shall be a contract right and shall include the right to be paid
          by the Corporation the expenses incurred in defending any such
          proceeding in advance of its final disposition; provided,
                                                          ________
          however, that if the General Corporation Law of the State of
          _______
          Delaware requires, the payment of such expenses incurred by a
          director or officer in his or her capacity as a director or
          officer (and not in any other capacity in which services were or
          are rendered by such person while a director or officer,
          including, without limitation, service to an employee benefit
          plan) in advance of the final disposition of a proceeding, shall
          be made only upon delivery to the Corporation of an undertaking
          by or on behalf of such director or officer, to repay all amounts
          so advanced if it shall ultimately be determined that such
          director or officer is not entitled to be indemnified under this
          By-Law or otherwise.

                                      ARTICLE XI

                                      Amendments
                                     __________

                    These By-Laws may be altered, amended or repealed, in
          whole or in part, or new By-Laws may be adopted, either by the
          Board or by the stockholders of the Corporation upon the
          affirmative vote of the holders of at least 66-2/3% of the
          outstanding capital stock entitled to vote thereon.



                                                            EXHIBIT 10.1





                             LOAN AND SECURITY AGREEMENT


                    This Loan and Security Agreement is made as of December
          20, 1993 by and among THE BANK OF NEW YORK COMMERCIAL CORPORATION
          ("Lender"), having offices at 530 Fifth Avenue, New York, New
          York 10036, GENERAL BEARING CORPORATION ("General Bearing"), a
          Delaware corporation and HYATT RAILWAY PRODUCTS CORP. ("Hyatt"),
          a New York corporation, each having its principal place of
          business at 616 Route 303, Blauvelt, New York 10913 (General
          Bearing and Hyatt each a "Borrower" and jointly and severally
          referred to as "Borrowers").

                    WHEREAS, Borrowers have requested that Lender make
          loans and advances to Borrowers on the terms and conditions set
          forth in this Agreement.

                    WHEREAS, Lender has agreed to make such loans and
          advances to Borrower on the terms and conditions set forth in
          this Agreement.

                    NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual
          covenants and undertakings and the terms and conditions contained
          herein, the parties hereto agree as follows:

                    1.   (A)  GENERAL DEFINITIONS.  When used in this
          Agreement, the following terms shall have the following meanings:

                    "ADVANCE RATES" means the Inventory Advance Rate and
          the Receivables Advance Rate.

                    "AFFILIATE" of any Person shall mean (a) any Person
          (other than a Subsidiary) which, directly or indirectly, is in
          control of, is controlled by, or is under common control with
          such Person, or (b) any Person who is a director or officer (i)
          of such Person, (ii) of any Subsidiary of such Person or (iii) of
          any Person described in clause (a) above.  For purposes of this
          definition, control of a Person shall mean the power, direct or
          indirect, (i) to vote 5% or more of the securities having
          ordinary voting power for the election of directors of such
          Person, or (ii) to direct or cause the direction of the
          management and policies of such Person whether by contract or
          otherwise. 

                    "ALTERNATE BASE RATE" means, for any day, a rate per
          annum equal to the higher of (i) the Prime Rate in effect on such
          day and (ii) the Federal Funds Rate in effect on such day plus
          1/2 of 1%.

                    "ANCILLARY AGREEMENTS" means all agreements,
          instruments, and documents including, without limitation,
          mortgages, pledges, powers of attorney, consents, assignments,
          contracts, notices, security agreements, trust agreements whether
          heretofore, concurrently, or hereafter executed by or on behalf
          of Borrowers or delivered to Lender, relating to this Agreement
          or to the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.

                    "BORROWING AGENT" means General Bearing.

                    "BUSINESS DAY" means any day other than a day on which
          commercial banks in New York are authorized or required by law to
          close.

                    "CHANGE OF OWNERSHIP" means (a) any transfer (whether
          in one or more transactions) of ownership of not less than 50% of
          the common stock of any Borrower held collectively by the
          Original Owners (including for the purposes of the calculation of
          percentage ownership, any shares of common stock into which any
          capital stock of any Borrower held by any of the Original Owners
          is convertible or for which any such shares of the capital stock
          of any Borrower or of any other Person may be exchanged and any
          shares of common stock issuable to such Original Owners upon
          exercise of any warrants, options or similar rights which may at
          the time of calculation be held by such Original Owners) to a
          Person who is neither an Original Owner nor an Affiliate of an
          Original Owner or (b) any merger, consolidation or sale of
          substantially all of the property or assets of Borrower. 

                    "CLOSING DATE" shall mean December 20, 1993 or such
          other date as may be agreed upon by the parties hereto.

                    "COLLATERAL" shall mean and include:

                         (A)  all Inventory;

                         (B)  all Equipment;

                         (C)  all General Intangibles;

                         (D)  all Receivables;

                         (E)  all books, records, ledgercards, files,
          correspondence, computer programs, tapes, disks and related data
          processing software (owned by each Borrower or in which it has an
          interest) which at any time evidence or contain information
          relating to (A), (B), (C) and (D) above or are otherwise
          necessary or helpful in the collection thereof or realization
          thereupon; 

                         (F)  documents of title, policies and certificates
          of insurance, securities, chattel paper, other documents or
          instruments evidencing or pertaining to (A), (B), (C), (D) and
          (E) above;

                         (G)  all guaranties, liens on real or personal
          property, leases, and other agreements and property which in any
          way secure or relate to (A), (B), (C), (D), (E) and (F) above, or
          are acquired for the purpose of securing and enforcing any item
          thereof;

                         (H)  (i)  all cash held as cash collateral to the
          extent not otherwise constituting Collateral, all other cash or
          property at any time on deposit with or held by Lender for the
          account of Borrowers (whether for safekeeping, custody, pledge,
          transmission or otherwise), (ii) all present or future deposit
          accounts (whether time or demand or interest or non-interest
          bearing) of Borrowers with Lender or any other Person including
          those to which any such cash may at any time and from time to
          time be credited, (iii) all investments and reinvestments
          (however evidenced) of amounts from time to time credited to such
          accounts, and (iv) all interest, dividends, distributions and
          other proceeds payable on or with respect to (x) such investments
          and reinvestments and (y) such accounts; and

                         (I)  all products and proceeds of (A), (B), (C),
          (D), (E), (F), (G) and (H) above (including, but not limited to,
          all claims to items referred to in (A), (B), (C), (D), (E), (F),
          (G) and (H) above) and all claims of Borrower against third
          parties (x) for (i) loss of, damage to, or destruction of, and
          (ii) payments due or to become due under leases, rentals and
          hires of, any or all of (A), (B), (C), (D), (E), (F), (G) and (H)
          above and (y) proceeds payable under, or unearned premiums with
          respect to policies of insurance in whatever form.

                    "CONTRACT RATE" means an interest rate per annum equal
          to the (i) Alternate Base Rate PLUS (ii) two percent (2.00%).

                    "CONTROLLED GROUP" shall mean all members of a
          controlled group of corporations and all trades or businesses
          (whether or not incorporated) under common control which,
          together with Borrower, are treated as a single employer under
          Section 414 of the Code.

                    "CURRENT ASSETS" at a particular date, shall mean all
          cash, cash equivalents, accounts and inventory of General Bearing
          and its Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis and all other items
          which would, in conformity with GAAP, be included under current
          assets on a balance sheet of General Bearing and its Subsidiaries
          on a consolidated basis as at such date; provided, however, that
          such amounts shall not include (a) any amounts for any
          indebtedness owing by an Affiliate of any Borrower, unless such
          indebtedness arose in connection with the sale of goods or other
          property in the ordinary course of business and would otherwise
          constitute current assets in conformity with GAAP, (b) any shares
          of stock issued by an Affiliate of any Borrower, (c) the cash
          surrender value of any life insurance policy (d) any assets which
          would be classified as intangible assets under GAAP, or (e) any
          prepaid expenses.

                    "CURRENT LIABILITIES" at a particular date, shall mean
          all amounts which would, in conformity with GAAP, be included
          under current liabilities on a balance sheet of General Bearing
          and its Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis as at such date, but
          in any event including, without limitation, the amounts of (a)
          all indebtedness payable on demand, or, at the option of the
          Person to whom such indebtedness is owed, not more than twelve
          (12) months after such date, (b) any payments in respect of any
          indebtedness (whether installment, serial maturity, sinking fund
          payment or otherwise) required to be made not more than twelve
          (12) months after such date, (c) all reserves in respect of
          liabilities or indebtedness payable on demand or, at the option
          of the Person to whom such indebtedness is owed, not more than
          twelve (12) months after such date, the validity of which is
          contested at such date and (d) all accruals for federal or other
          taxes measured by income payable within a twelve (12) month
          period.

                    "CUSTOMER" means and includes the account debtor with
          respect to any Receivable and/or the prospective purchaser of
          goods, services or both with respect to any contract or contract
          right, and/or any party who enters into or proposes to enter into
          any contract or other arrangement with any Borrower, pursuant to
          which such Borrower is to deliver any personal property or
          perform any services.

                    "DEBT" of General Bearing and its Subsidiaries on a
          consolidated basis at a particular date shall mean all
          unsubordinated amounts which would, in conformity with GAAP, be
          included under liabilities on a balance sheet of General Bearing
          and its Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis at such date.

                    "DEFAULT RATE" means a rate equal to two (2%) percent
          per annum in excess of the Contract Rate.

                    "ELIGIBLE INVENTORY" means Inventory which the Lender,
          in its sole and absolute discretion, determines:  (a) is subject
          to the security interest of Lender and is subject to no other
          liens or encumbrances whatsoever (other than Permitted Liens);
          (b) is in good condition and meets all standards imposed by any
          governmental agency, or department or division thereof having
          regulatory authority over such Inventory, its use or sale
          including but not limited to the Federal Fair Labor Standards Act
          of 1938 as amended, and all rules, regulations and orders
          thereunder; (c) is currently either usable or salable in the
          normal course of Borrower's business; and (d) is not determined
          by the Lender, in its sole discretion, to be ineligible for any
          other reason.

                    "ELIGIBLE RECEIVABLES" shall mean and include each
          Receivable which conforms to the following criteria:  (a)
          shipment of the merchandise or the rendition of services has been
          completed; (b) no return, rejection or repossession of the
          merchandise has occurred; (c) merchandise or services shall not
          have been rejected or disputed by the Customer and there shall
          not have been asserted any offset, defense or counterclaim; (d)
          continues to be in full conformity with the representations and
          warranties made by Borrowers to the Lender with respect thereto;
          (e) Lender is, and continues to be, satisfied with the credit
          standing of the Customer in relation to the amount of credit
          extended; (f) is documented by an invoice in a form approved by
          Lender and shall not be unpaid more than ninety (90) days from
          invoice date; (g) less than 25% of the unpaid amount of invoices
          due from such Customer remain unpaid more than ninety (90) days
          from invoice date; (h) is not evidenced by chattel paper or an
          instrument of any kind with respect to or in payment of the
          Receivable unless such instrument is duly endorsed to and in
          possession of the Lender or represents a check in payment of a
          Receivable; (i) if the Customer is located outside of the United
          States, the goods which gave rise to such Receivable were shipped
          after receipt by Borrower from or on behalf of the Customer of an
          irrevocable letter of credit, assigned and delivered to the
          Lender and confirmed by a financial institution acceptable to the
          Lender and is in form and substance acceptable to the Lender,
          payable in the full amount of the Receivable in United States
          dollars at a place of payment located within the United States;
          (j) such Receivable is not subject to any lien, other than
          Permitted liens; (k) does not arise out of transactions with any
          employee, officer, agent, director, stockholder or Affiliate of
          any Borrower; (l) is payable to any Borrower; (m) does not arise
          out of a bill and hold sale prior to shipment and, if the
          Receivable arises out of a sale to any Person to which any
          Borrower is indebted, the amount of such indebtedness, and any
          anticipated indebtedness, is deducted in determining the face
          amount of such Receivable; (n) is net of any returns, discounts,
          claims, credits and allowances; (o) if the Receivable arises out
          of contracts between any Borrower and the United States, any
          state, or any department, agency or instrumentality of any of
          them, such Borrower has so notified Lender, in writing, prior to
          the creation of such Receivable, and, if Lender so requests,
          there has been compliance with any governmental notice or
          approval requirements, including without limitation, compliance
          with the Federal Assignment of Claims Act; (p) is a good and
          valid account representing an undisputed bona fide indebtedness
          incurred by the Customer therein named, for a fixed sum as set
          forth in the invoice relating thereto with respect to an
          unconditional sale and delivery upon the stated terms of goods
          sold by any Borrower, or work, labor and/or services rendered by
          any Borrower; and (q) is otherwise satisfactory to the Lender as
          determined in good faith by the Lender in the reasonable exercise
          of its discretion.

                    "ERISA" shall mean the Employee Retirement Income
          Security Act of 1974, as amended from time to time and the rules
          and regulations promulgated thereunder.

                    "EQUIPMENT" means and includes all of Borrowers' now
          owned or hereafter acquired equipment, machinery and goods
          (excluding Inventory), whether or not constituting fixtures,
          including, without limitation:  plant and office equipment,
          tools, dies, parts, data processing equipment, furniture and
          trade fixtures, trucks, trailers, loaders and other vehicles and
          all replacements and substitutions therefore and all accessions
          thereto.

                    "EVENT OF DEFAULT" shall mean the occurrence of any of
          the events set forth in paragraph 18.

                    "FEDERAL FUNDS RATE" means, for any day, the weighted
          average of the rates on overnight Federal funds transactions with
          members of the Federal Reserve System arranged by Federal funds
          brokers, as published for such day (or if such day is not a
          Business Day, for the next preceding Business Day) by the Federal
          Reserve Bank of New York, or if such rate is not so published for
          any day which is a Business Day, the average of quotations for
          such day on such transactions received by The Bank of New York
          from three Federal funds brokers of recognized standing selected
          by The Bank of New York.

                    "FIXED CHARGE COVERAGE" means and includes, with
          respect to General Bearing and its Subsidiaries on a consolidated
          basis for any fiscal period, the ratio of (a) net income before
          taxes PLUS interest PLUS depreciation and amortization MINUS
          capital expenditures to (b) the sum of interest payments PLUS tax
          payments PLUS long term debt amortization plus dividends paid by
          General Bearing for such period.

                    "FORMULA AMOUNT" shall have the meaning set forth in
          paragraph 2(a).

                    "GAAP" means generally accepted accounting principles,
          practices and procedures in effect from time to time.

                    "GENERAL INTANGIBLES" means and includes all of
          Borrowers' now owned or hereafter acquired general intangibles as
          said term is defined in the Uniform Commercial Code in effect in
          the State of New York including, without limitation, trademarks,
          tradenames, tradestyles, trade secrets, equipment formulation,
          manufacturing procedures, quality control procedures, product
          specifications, patents, patent applications, copyrights,
          registrations, contract rights, choses in action, causes of
          action, corporate or other business records, inventions, designs,
          goodwill, claims under guarantees, licenses, franchises, tax
          refunds, tax refund claims, computer programs, computer data
          bases, computer program flow diagrams, source codes, object codes
          and all other intangible property of every kind and nature.

                    "GUARANTOR" means individually, General Bearing, Hyatt,
          Fisco and Seymour Gussack and any other Person who may hereafter
          guarantee payment or performance of the whole or any part of the
          Obligations and "GUARANTORS" means collectively all such Persons.

                    "GUARANTY AGREEMENTS" means the Guaranty Agreements
          dated the Closing Date which are executed by each Guarantor in
          favor of Lender.

                    "HAZARDOUS SUBSTANCE" shall mean, without limitation,
          any flammable explosives, radon, radioactive materials, asbestos,
          urea formaldehyde foam insulation, polychlorinated byphenyls,
          petroleum and petroleum products, methane, hazardous materials,
          hazardous wastes, hazardous or toxic substances or related
          materials as defined in CERCLA, the Hazardous Materials
          Transportation Act, as amended (49 U.S.C. Sections 1801, ET
          SEQ.), RCRA, Articles 15 and 27 of the New York State
          Environmental Conservation Law or any other applicable
          Environmental Law and in the regulations adopted pursuant
          thereto.

                    "IDB BONDS" means those certain Industrial Development
          Bonds (General Bearing Corporation Project 1983 Series) issued by
          The County of Rockland Industrial Development Agency.

                    "INCIPIENT EVENT OF DEFAULT" means any act or event
          which, with the giving of notice or passage of time or both,
          would constitute an Event of Default.

                    "INTERCREDITOR AGREEMENT" means that certain
          Intercreditor Agreement dated the Closing Date and executed by
          Lender and World Machinery Corporation which sets forth the
          relative priority of their respective liens in the Collateral.

                    "INVENTORY" means and includes all of Borrowers' now
          owned or hereafter acquired goods, merchandise and other personal
          property, wherever located, to be furnished under any contract of
          service or held for sale or lease, all raw materials, work in
          process, finished goods and materials and supplies of any kind,
          nature or description which are or might be used or consumed in
          each Borrower's business or used in selling or furnishing such
          goods, merchandise and other personal property, and all documents
          of title or other documents representing them.

                    "INVENTORY ADVANCE RATE" means (i) 40% of the amount of
          Eligible Inventory consisting of raw materials; PLUS (ii) (a)
          from the Closing Date through and including February 28, 1994,
          45%  of the amount of Eligible Inventory consisting of finished
          goods (b) from March 1, 1994 until the expiration of the Term,
          40% of the amount of Eligible Inventory consisting of finished
          goods; PLUS (iii) (a) from the Closing Date through and including
          February 28, 1994, 45% of the amount of Eligible Inventory in
          transit under Letters of Credit and (b) from March 1, 1994 until
          the expiration of the Term, 40% of the amount of Eligible
          Inventory in transit under Letters of Credit.

                    "INVENTORY AVAILABILITY" means the amount of Revolving
          Credit Advances against Eligible Inventory Lender may from time
          to time during the Term make available to Borrowers based upon
          the Inventory Advance Rate (calculated on the basis of the lower
          of cost or market, on a first-in first-out basis) but which shall
          not, in any event, exceed $3,400,000 at any time outstanding.

                    "LETTERS OF CREDIT" shall have the meaning set forth in
          paragraph 2(h).

                    "LETTER OF CREDIT FEES" shall have the meaning set
          forth in paragraph 5(b)(iv).

                    "LOANS" means the Revolving Credit Advances and all
          other extensions of credit hereunder (including Letters of
          Credit).

                    "MAXIMUM LOAN AMOUNT" means $7,000,000.

                    "MAXIMUM REVOLVING AMOUNT" means $7,000,000.

                    "OBLIGATIONS" means and includes all Loans, all
          advances, debts, liabilities, obligations, covenants and duties
          owing by Borrowers to Lender (or any corporation that directly or
          indirectly controls or is controlled by or is under common
          control with Lender) of every kind and description (whether or
          not evidenced by any note or other instrument and whether or not
          for the payment of money or the performance or non-performance of
          any act), direct or indirect, absolute or contingent, due or to
          become due, contractual or tortious, liquidated or unliquidated,
          whether existing by operation of law or otherwise now existing or
          hereafter arising including, without limitation, any debt,
          liability or obligation owing from Borrowers to others which
          Lender may have obtained by assignment or otherwise and further
          including, without limitation, all interest, charges or any other
          payments Borrowers are required to make by law or otherwise
          arising under or as a result of this Agreement and the Ancillary
          Agreements, together with all reasonable expenses and reasonable
          attorneys' fees chargeable to Borrowers' account or incurred by
          Lender in connection with Borrowers' account whether provided for
          herein or in any Ancillary Agreement.

                    "ORIGINAL OWNERS" means World Machinery Corporation
          with respect to General Bearing, and General Bearing with respect
          to Hyatt and Fisco.

                    "PERMITTED LIENS" means (i) liens of carriers,
          warehousemen, mechanics and materialmen incurred in the ordinary
          course of business securing sums not overdue; (ii) liens incurred
          in the ordinary course of business in connection with workmen's
          compensation, unemployment insurance or other forms of
          governmental insurance or benefits, relating to employees,
          securing sums (a) not overdue or (b) being diligently contested
          in good faith provided that adequate reserves with respect
          thereto are maintained on the books of Borrowers in conformity
          with GAAP, (iii) liens in favor of Lender, (iv) liens for taxes
          (a) not yet due or (b) being diligently contested in good faith,
          provided that adequate reserves with respect thereto are
          maintained on the books of Borrowers in conformity with GAAP and
          (v) liens specified on SCHEDULE 1(A) hereto.

                    "PERSON" means an individual, partnership, corporation,
          trust or unincorporated organization, or a government or agency
          or political subdivision thereof.

                    "PLAN" shall mean any employee benefit plan within the
          meaning of Section 3(3) of ERISA, maintained for employees of
          Borrower or any member of the Controlled Group or any such Plan
          to which Borrower or any member of the Controlled Group is
          required to contribute on behalf of any of its employees.

                    "PRIME RATE" means the prime commercial lending rate of
          The Bank of New York as publicly announced in New York, New York
          to be in effect from time to time, such rate to be adjusted
          automatically, without notice, on the effective date of any
          change in such rate.  This rate of interest is determined from
          time to time and is neither tied to any external rate of interest
          or index nor does it necessarily reflect the lowest rate of
          interest actually charged  to any particular class or category of
          customers.

                    "RECEIVABLES" means and includes all of Borrowers' now
          owned or hereafter acquired accounts and contract rights,
          instruments, insurance proceeds, documents, chattel paper,
          letters of credit and Borrowers' rights to receive payment
          thereunder, any and all rights to the payment or receipt of money
          or other forms of consideration of any kind at any time now or
          hereafter owing or to be owing to Borrowers, all proceeds thereof
          and all files in which Borrower has any interest whatsoever
          containing information identifying or pertaining to any of
          Borrowers' Receivables, together with all of Borrowers' rights to
          any merchandise which is represented thereby, and all Borrowers'
          right, title, security and guaranties with respect to each
          Receivable, including, without limitation, all rights of stoppage
          in transit, replevin and reclamation and all rights as an unpaid
          vendor.

                    "RECEIVABLES ADVANCE RATE" shall have the meaning set
          forth in the definition of Receivables Availability.

                    "RECEIVABLES AVAILABILITY" means the amount of
          Revolving Credit Advances against Eligible Receivables Lender may
          from time to time during the term of this Agreement make
          available to Borrowers up to 80% ("Receivables Advance Rate") of
          the net face amount of Borrower's Eligible Receivables.

                    "REVOLVING CREDIT ADVANCES" shall have the meaning set
          forth in paragraph 2(a).

                    "SUBORDINATION AGREEMENT" means that certain
          Subordination Agreement dated the Closing Date and executed by
          Lender and World Machinery Corporation.

                    "SUBSIDIARY" of any Person shall mean a corporation or
          other entity of whose shares of stock or other ownership
          interests having ordinary voting power (other than stock or other
          ownership interests having such power only by reason of the
          happening of a contingency) to elect a majority of the directors
          of such corporation, or other Persons performing similar
          functions for such entity, are owned, directly or indirectly, by
          such Person.

                    "TANGIBLE NET WORTH" at a particular date means (a) the
          aggregate amount of all assets of General Bearing and its
          Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis as may be properly
          classified as such in accordance with GAAP consistently applied
          excluding such other assets as are properly classified as
          intangible assets under GAAP, less (b) the aggregate amount of
          all liabilities of General Bearing and its Subsidiaries on a
          consolidated basis PLUS (c) the Subordinated Indebtedness as
          defined in the Subordination Agreement.

                    "TERM" means the Closing Date through December 19, 1994
          subject to acceleration upon the occurrence of an Event of
          Default hereunder or other termination hereunder.

                    "UNDRAWN AVAILABILITY" means the amount which is (i)
          the aggregate Receivable Availability and Inventory Availability
          MINUS (ii) all Loans which are outstanding MINUS (iii)
          indebtedness more than thirty (30) days past due.

                    (B)  ACCOUNTING TERMS.  Any accounting terms used in
          this Agreement which are not specifically defined shall have the
          meanings customarily given them in accordance with GAAP.

                    (C)  OTHER TERMS.  All other terms used in this
          Agreement and defined in the Uniform Commercial Code as adopted
          in the State of New York, shall have the meaning given therein
          unless otherwise defined herein.

                    2.   LOANS. 

                    (a)  Subject to the terms and conditions set forth
          herein and in the Ancillary Agreements, Lender may, in its sole
          discretion, make revolving credit advances (the "Revolving Credit
          Advances") to Borrowers from time to time during the term of this
          Agreement which, in the aggregate at any time outstanding, will
          not exceed the lesser of (x) the Maximum Revolving Amount less
          the aggregate amount of outstanding Letters of Credit or (y) an
          amount equal to the sum of:

                    (i)   Receivables Availability, PLUS

                    (ii)  40% of the amount of Eligible Inventory
                    consisting of raw materials; PLUS 

                    (iii) (a) from the Closing Date through and including
                    February 28, 1994, 45% of the amount of Eligible
                    Inventory consisting of finished goods and (b) from
                    March 1, 1994 until the expiration of the Term, 40% of
                    the amount of Eligible Inventory consisting of finished
                    goods; PLUS

                    (iv) (a) from the Closing Date through and including
                    February 28, 1994, 45% of the amount of Eligible
                    Inventory in transit under Letters of Credit and (b)
                    from March 1, 1994 until the expiration of the Term,
                    40% of the amount of Eligible Inventory in transit
                    under Letters of Credit; MINUS

                    (v) the aggregate amount of outstanding Letters of
                    Credit; MINUS

                    (vi) such reserves as Lender may reasonably deem proper
                    and necessary from time to time.

               The sum of 2(a)(i), plus (ii), plus (iii), plus (iv) shall
          be referred to as the "Formula Amount".

                    (b)  Notwithstanding the limitations set forth above,
          Lender retains the right to lend Borrowers from time to time such
          amounts in excess of such limitations as Lender may determine in
          its sole discretion.

                    (c)  Each Borrower acknowledges that the exercise of
          Lender's discretionary rights hereunder may result during the
          term of this Agreement in one or more increases or decreases in
          the Advance Rates and each Borrower hereby consents to any such
          increases or decreases which may limit or restrict advances
          requested by Borrowers.

                    (d)  If Borrowers do not pay any interest, fees, costs
          or charges to Lender when due, Borrowers shall thereby be deemed
          to have requested, and Lender is hereby authorized, at its
          discretion, to make and charge to Borrowers' account a Revolving
          Credit Advance to Borrowers as of such date in an amount equal to
          such unpaid interest, fees, costs  or charges.  

                    (e)  Any sums expended by Lender due to any Borrower's
          failure to perform or comply with its obligations under this
          Agreement, including but not limited to the payment of taxes,
          insurance premiums or leasehold obligations, shall be charged to
          Borrowers' account as a Revolving Credit Advance and added to the
          Obligations.

                    (f)  Lender will account to Borrowers monthly with a
          statement of all Loans and other advances, charges and payments
          made pursuant to this Agreement, and such account rendered by
          Lender shall be deemed final, binding and conclusive unless
          Lender is notified by any Borrower in writing to the contrary
          within thirty (30) days of the date each account was rendered
          specifying the item or items to which objection is made.

                    (g)  During the Term, Borrowers may borrow, prepay and
          reborrow Revolving Credit Advances, all in accordance with the
          terms and conditions hereof.

                    (h)  Subject to the terms and conditions hereof, Lender
          shall (a) issue or cause the issuance of Letters of Credit
          ("Letters of Credit"); PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that Lender will not be
          required to issue or cause to be issued any Letters of Credit to
          the extent that the face amount of such Letters of Credit would
          then cause the sum of (i) the outstanding Revolving Credit
          Advances PLUS (ii) outstanding Letters of Credit (with the
          requested Letter of Credit being deemed to be outstanding for
          purposes of this calculation) to exceed the lesser of (x) the
          Maximum Revolving Advance Amount or (y) the Formula Amount (which
          is calculated as if the requested Letter of Credit has been
          issued).  The maximum amount of outstanding Letters of Credit
          shall not exceed $1,000,000 in the aggregate at any time.  All
          disbursements or payments related to Letters of Credit shall be
          deemed to be Revolving Credit Advances and shall bear interest at
          the applicable Contract Rate; Letters of Credit that have not
          been drawn upon shall not bear interest.  Letters of Credit shall
          be subject to the terms and conditions set forth in the Letter of
          Credit and Security Agreement attached hereto as EXHIBIT 2(H).

                    (i)  Borrowers may request Lender to issue or cause the
          issuance of a Letter of Credit by delivering to Lender at the
          Payment Office, Lender's standard form of Letter of Credit and
          Security Agreement together with Bank's standard form of Letter
          of Credit Application (collectively, the "Letter of Credit
          Application") completed to the satisfaction of Lender and, such
          other certificates, documents and other papers and information as
          Lender may reasonably request.

                    (j)  Each Letter of Credit shall, among other things,
          (i) provide for the payment of sight drafts when presented for
          honor thereunder in accordance with the terms thereof and when
          accompanied by the documents described therein and (ii) have an
          expiry date not later than six months after such Letter of
          Credit's date of issuance and in no event later than the last day
          of the Term.  Each Letter of Credit Application and each Letter
          of Credit shall be subject to the Uniform Customs and Practice
          for Documentary Credits (1983 Revision), International Chamber of
          Commerce Publication No. 400, and any amendments or revision
          thereof and, to the extent not inconsistent therewith, the laws
          of the State of New York.

                    (k)  In connection with the issuance of any Letter of
          Credit, Borrowers shall indemnify, save and hold Lender harmless
          from any loss, cost, expense or liability, including, without
          limitation, payments made by Lender, and expenses and reasonable
          attorneys' fees incurred by Lender arising out of, or in
          connection with, any Letter of Credit to be issued or created for
          Borrowers.  Each Borrower shall be bound by Lender's or any
          issuing or accepting Bank's regulations and good faith
          interpretations of any Letter of Credit issued or created for
          Borrowers' account, although this interpretation may be different
          from Borrowers' own, and, neither Lender, the Bank which opened
          the Letter of Credit, nor any of its correspondents shall be
          liable for any error, negligence, or mistakes, whether of
          omission or commission, in following Borrowing Agent's
          instructions or those contained in any Letter of Credit or of any
          modifications, amendments or supplements thereto or in issuing or
          paying any Letter of Credit, except for Lender's or such
          correspondents' willful misconduct.

                    (l)  Borrowers shall authorize and direct any Bank
          which issues a Letter of Credit to name the applicable Borrower
          as the "Account Party" therein and to deliver to Lender all
          instruments, documents, and other writings and property received
          by the Bank pursuant to the Letter of Credit and to accept and
          rely upon Lender's instructions and agreements with respect to
          all matters arising in connection with the Letter of Credit or
          the application therefor.

                    (m)  In connection with all Letters of Credit issued or
          caused to be issued by Lender under this Agreement, each Borrower
          hereby appoints Lender, or its designee, as its attorney, with
          full power and authority upon the occurrence and during the
          continuation of an Event of Default (i) to sign and/or endorse
          any Borrower's name upon any warehouse or other receipts, letter
          of credit applications and acceptances; (ii) to sign any
          Borrower's name on bills of lading; (iii) to clear Inventory
          through the United States of America Customs Department
          ("Customs") in the name of any Borrower or Lender or Lender's
          designee, and to sign and delivery to Customs officials powers of
          attorney in the name of any Borrower for such purpose; and (iv)
          to complete in any Borrower's name or Lender's, or in the name of
          Lender's designee, any order, sale or transaction, obtain the
          necessary documents in connection therewith, and collect the
          proceeds thereof.  Neither Lender nor its attorneys will be
          liable for any acts or omissions nor for any error of judgment or
          mistakes of fact or law, except for Lender's or its attorney's
          willful misconduct.  This power, being coupled with an interest,
          is irrevocable as long as any Letters of Credit remain
          outstanding.

                    (n)  The aggregate balance of Loans outstanding at any
          time shall not exceed the lesser of (x) the Maximum Loan Amount
          or (y) the Formula Amount.

                    3.   REPAYMENT OF LOANS.

                         Borrowers shall be required to (i) make a
          mandatory prepayment hereunder at any time that the aggregate
          outstanding principal balance of the Loans made by Lender to
          Borrowers hereunder is in excess of the lesser of (x) the Maximum
          Loan Amount or (y) the Formula Amount, in an amount equal to such
          excess, and (ii) repay on the expiration of the Term (x) the then
          aggregate outstanding principal balance of Revolving Credit
          Advances made by Lender to Borrowers hereunder together with
          accrued and unpaid interest, fees and charges and (y) all other
          amounts owed Lender under this Agreement and the Ancillary
          Agreements, including the aggregate outstanding amount of Letters
          of Credit.

                    4.   PROCEDURE FOR REVOLVING CREDIT ADVANCES. 
          Borrowing Agent may by written notice request a borrowing of
          Revolving Credit Advances prior to 1:00 P.M. New York time on the
          Business Day of its request to incur, on that day, a Revolving
          Credit Advance.  All Revolving Credit Advances shall be disbursed
          from whichever office or other place Lender may designate from
          time to time and, together with any and all other Obligations of
          Borrowers to Lender, shall be charged to Borrowers' account on
          Lender's books.  The proceeds of each Revolving Credit Advance
          made by the Lender shall be made available to Borrowing Agent on
          the day so requested by way of credit to Borrowers' operating
          account maintained with such bank as Borrowers designate to
          Lender.  Any and all Obligations due and owing hereunder may be
          charged to Borrowers' account and shall constitute Revolving
          Credit Advances.

                    5.   INTEREST AND FEES.  

                    (a)  Interest.

                    (i)  Except as modified by paragraph 5(a)(iii) below,
          Borrowers shall pay interest on the unpaid principal balance of
          the (x) Revolving Credit Advances for each day they are
          outstanding at the Contract Rate.

                    (ii) Interest shall be computed on the basis of actual
          days elapsed over a 360-day year.  Interest shall be computed by
          Lender and billed to Borrowers monthly, and shall be payable in
          arrears on the last day of each month, or, at Lender's option,
          Lender may charge Borrowers' account for said interest. 

                   (iii) Upon the occurrence and during the continuance of
          an Event of Default, interest shall be payable at the Default
          Rate.

                    (iv) Notwithstanding the foregoing, in no event shall
          interest exceed the maximum rate permitted under any applicable
          law or regulation, and if any provision of this Agreement or an
          Ancillary Agreement is in contravention of any such law or
          regulation, such provision shall be deemed amended to provide for
          interest at said maximum rate and any excess amount shall either
          be applied, at Lender's option, to the outstanding Loans in such
          order as Lender shall determine or refunded by Lender to
          Borrowers.

                    (v)  Borrowers shall pay principal, interest and all
          other amounts payable hereunder, or under any Ancillary
          Agreement, without any deduction whatsoever, including, but not
          limited to, any deduction for any set-off or counterclaim.

                    (b)  Fees.

                    (i)  AMENDMENT FEE.  Upon execution of this Agreement,
          Borrowers shall pay to Lender a fee in an amount equal to $70,000
          payable in four (4) equal installments of $17,500 each commencing
          on the Closing Date and continuing on the first Business Day of
          each month thereafter, for a period of three consecutive (3)
          months. 

                   (ii)  COLLATERAL MONITORING FEE.  Upon Lender's
          performance of any collateral monitoring namely any field
          examination, collateral analysis or other business analysis, the
          need for which is to be determined by Lender and which monitoring
          is undertaken by Lender or for Lender's benefit, an amount equal
          to $600.00 per day, per person, for each person employed to
          perform such monitoring together with all costs, disbursements
          and expenses incurred by the Lender and the person performing
          such collateral monitoring shall be charged to Borrowers'
          account.

                  (iii)  COLLATERAL EVALUATION FEE.  Borrowers shall pay a
          monthly fee to Lender for the evaluation of the collateral in an
          amount equal to $2,000 per month payable in arrears on the first
          day of each month after the Closing Date.

                    (iv)  LETTER OF CREDIT FEES.  Borrowers shall pay
          Lender (i) (A) for issuing or causing the issuance of a standby
          Letter of Credit, a fee computed at a rate per annum of two and
          one-half (2.50%) percent on the outstanding amount thereof from
          time to time, (B) for issuing or causing the issuance of a Letter
          of Credit that is not a standby Letter of Credit, a fee computed
          at a rate per annum equal to one half of one (.50%) percent of
          the original and each increase in the face amount thereof for
          each 90 days or part thereof of its term (the fees set forth in
          (A) and (B) referred to as "Letter of Credit Fees").  Such fees
          and charges shall be payable (i) in the case of any Letter of
          Credit, on its opening (ii) in the case of a standby Letter of
          Credit, (A) monthly thereafter in advance and (B) upon each
          increase in the outstanding amount thereof, (iii) in the case of
          any Letter of Credit that is not a standby Letter of Credit, at
          the time of each increase in face amount thereof.  Any such
          charge in effect at the time of a particular transaction shall be
          the charge for that transaction, notwithstanding any subsequent
          change in Bank's prevailing charges for that type of transaction. 
          All Letter of Credit Fees payable hereunder shall be deemed
          earned in full on the date when the same are due and payable
          hereunder and shall not be subject to rebate or proration upon
          the termination of this Agreement for any reason.

                    Following the declaration of an Event of Default or
          upon expiration of the Term, on demand, Borrowers will cause cash
          collateral, in an amount equal to outstanding Letters of Credit,
          to be deposited and maintained in an account with Lender. 
          Borrowers may not receive any such cash except upon payment and
          performance in full of all Obligations and termination of this
          Agreement.

                    (c)  INCREASED COSTS.  In the event that any applicable
          law, treaty or governmental regulation, or any change therein or
          in the interpretation or application thereof, or compliance by
          Lender (for purposes of this Section 5(c), the term "Lender"
          shall include Lender and any corporation or bank controlling
          Lender) with any request or directive (whether or not having the
          force of law) from any central bank or other financial, monetary
          or other authority, shall:

                    (i)  subject Lender to any tax of any kind whatsoever
          with respect to this Agreement or change the basis of taxation of
          payments to Lender of principal, fees, interest or any other
          amount payable hereunder or under any Ancillary Agreements
          (except for changes in the rate of tax on the overall net income
          of Lender by the jurisdiction in which it maintains its principal
          office);

                    (ii)  impose, modify or hold applicable any reserve,
          special deposit, assessment or similar requirement against assets
          held by, or deposits in or for the account of, advances or loans
          by, or other credit extended by, any office of Lender, including
          (without limitation) pursuant to Regulation D of the Board of
          Governors of the Federal Reserve System; or

                    (iii)  impose on Lender any other condition with
          respect to this Agreement or any Ancillary Agreements;

          and the result of any of the foregoing is to increase the cost to
          Lender of making, renewing or maintaining its Loans hereunder by
          an amount that Lender deems to be material or to reduce the
          amount of any payment (whether of principal, interest or
          otherwise) in respect of any of the Loans by an amount that
          Lender deems to be material, then, in any case Borrower shall
          promptly pay Lender, upon its demand, such additional amount as
          will compensate Lender for such additional cost or such
          reduction, as the case may be. Lender shall certify the amount of
          such additional cost or reduced amount to Borrowing Agent, and
          such certification shall be conclusive absent manifest error.

                    (d)  CAPITAL ADEQUACY.

                    (i)  In the event that Lender shall have determined
          that any applicable law, rule, regulation or guideline regarding
          capital adequacy, or any change therein, or any change in the
          interpretation or administration thereof by any governmental
          authority, central bank or comparable agency charged with the
          interpretation or administration thereof, or compliance by Lender
          (for purposes of this Section 5(d), the term "Lender" shall
          include Lender and any corporation or bank controlling Lender)
          with any request or directive regarding capital adequacy (whether
          or not having the force of law) of any such authority, central
          bank or comparable agency, has or would have the effect of
          reducing the rate of return on Lender's capital as a consequence
          of its obligations hereunder to a level below that which Lender
          could have achieved but for such adoption, change or compliance
          (taking into consideration Lender's policies with respect to
          capital adequacy) by an amount deemed by Lender to be material,
          then, from time to time, Borrowers shall pay upon demand to
          Lender such additional amount or amounts as will compensate
          Lender for such reduction.  In determining such amount or
          amounts, Lender may use any reasonable averaging or attribution
          methods.  The protection of this Section shall be available to
          Lender regardless of any possible contention of invalidity or
          inapplicability with respect to the applicable law, regulation or
          condition.

                    (ii)  A certificate of Lender setting forth such amount
          or amounts as shall be necessary to compensate Lender with
          respect to Section 5(d) hereof when delivered to Borrowing Agent
          shall be conclusive absent manifest error.

                    6.   SECURITY INTEREST. 

                    (a)  To secure the prompt payment to Lender of the
          Obligations, each Borrower hereby acknowledges and confirms that
          Lender has and shall continue to have a lien in all Collateral
          heretofore granted by Borrowers pursuant to the Original Loan
          Agreement and to the extent not otherwise granted thereunder each
          Borrower hereby assigns, pledges and grants to Lender a
          continuing security interest in and to the Collateral, whether
          now owned or existing or hereafter acquired or arising and
          wheresoever located (whether or not the same is subject to
          Article 9 of the Uniform Commercial Code).  All of Borrowers'
          ledger sheets, files, records, books of account, business papers
          and documents relating to the Collateral shall, until delivered
          to or removed by Lender, be kept by Borrowers in trust for Lender
          until all Obligations have been paid in full.  Each confirmatory
          assignment schedule or other form of assignment hereafter
          executed by Borrowers shall be deemed to include the foregoing
          grant, whether or not the same appears therein.

                    (b)  Lender may file one or more financing statements
          disclosing Lender's security interest in the Collateral without
          any of Borrower's signature appearing thereon or Lender may sign
          on Borrowers' behalf as provided in paragraph 13 hereof.  The
          parties agree that a carbon, photographic or other reproduction
          of this Agreement shall be sufficient as a financing statement. 
          If any Receivable becomes evidenced by a promissory note or any
          other instrument for the payment of money, Borrowers will
          immediately deliver such instrument to Lender appropriately
          endorsed.  

                    7.   REPRESENTATIONS CONCERNING THE COLLATERAL.  Each
          Borrower represents and warrants (each of which such
          representations and warranties shall be deemed repeated upon the
          making of each request for a Revolving Credit Advance and made as
          of the time of each and every Revolving Credit Advance
          hereunder):

                    (a)  all the Collateral (i) is owned by Borrowers free
          and clear of all claims, liens, security interests and
          encumbrances (including without limitation any claims of
          infringement) except (A) those in Lender's favor and (B)
          Permitted Liens and (ii) is not subject to any agreement
          prohibiting the granting of a security interest or requiring
          notice of or consent to the granting of a security interest;

                    (b)  all Receivables (i) represent complete bona fide
          transactions which require no further act under any circumstances
          on Borrowers' part to make such Receivables payable by the
          account debtors, (ii) to the best of each Borrower's knowledge,
          are not subject to any present, future or contingent offsets or
          counterclaims, and (iii) do not represent bill and hold sales,
          consignment sales, guaranteed sales, sale or return or other
          similar understandings or obligations of any Affiliate or
          Subsidiary of Borrowers.

                    8.   COVENANTS CONCERNING THE COLLATERAL.  During the
          Term, each Borrower covenants that it shall:

                    (a)  not dispose of any of the Collateral whether by
          sale, lease or otherwise except for (i) the sale of Inventory in
          the ordinary course of business, and (ii) the disposition or
          transfer of Equipment in the ordinary course of business during
          the Term  aving an aggregate fair market value of not more than
          $200,000 so long as such disposition does not adversely affect
          the business, prospects, profits or condition (financial or
          otherwise) of Borrowers and only to the extent that (x) the
          proceeds of any such disposition are used to acquire replacement
          Equipment which is subject to Lender's first priority security
          interest, subject to the Intercreditor Agreement or (y) the
          proceeds of which are remitted to Lender in reduction of the
          Obligations, subject to the Intercreditor Agreement; 

                    (b)  not encumber, mortgage, pledge, assign or grant
          any security interest in any Collateral or any of Borrowers'
          other assets to anyone other than Lender except as set forth on
          SCHEDULE 1(A) attached hereto and made a part hereof; 

                    (c)  place notations upon Borrowers' books of account
          and any financial statement prepared by Borrowers to disclose
          Lender's security interest in the Collateral;

                    (d)  defend the Collateral against the claims and
          demands of all parties;

                    (e)  keep and maintain the Equipment in good operating
          condition, except for ordinary wear and tear, and shall make all
          necessary repairs and replacements thereof so that the value and
          operating efficiency shall at all times be maintained and
          preserved.  Borrowers shall not permit any such items to become a
          fixture to real estate or accessions to other personal property;

                    (f)  not extend the payment terms of any Receivable
          without prompt notice thereof to Lender; and

                    (g)  perform all other steps requested by Lender to
          create and maintain in Lender's favor a valid perfected first
          security interest in all Collateral.

                    9.   COLLECTION AND MAINTENANCE OF COLLATERAL AND
          RECORDS.
                    Lender may at any time verify Borrowers' Receivables
          utilizing an audit control company or any other agent of Lender. 
          Lender or Lender's designee may, upon the occurrence and during
          the continuation of an Event of Default, notify customers or
          account debtors of Lender's security interest in Receivables,
          collect them directly and charge the collection costs and
          expenses to Borrowers' account, but, until Lender gives Borrowing
          Agent other instructions, Borrowers shall collect all Receivables
          for Lender, receive all payments thereon for Lender's benefit in
          trust as Lender's trustee and immediately deliver them to Lender
          in their original form with all necessary endorsements or, as
          directed by Lender, deposit such payments as directed by Lender
          pursuant to paragraphs 23 or 24 hereof.  Lender will credit
          (conditional upon final collection) all such payments to
          Borrowers' account two (2) Business Days after receipt.  Promptly
          after the creation of any Receivables, Borrowers shall provide
          Lender with schedules describing all Receivables created or
          acquired by Borrowers and shall execute and deliver confirmatory
          written assignments of such Receivables to Lender, but Borrowers'
          failure to execute and deliver such schedules or written
          confirmatory assignments of such Receivables shall not affect or
          limit Lender's security interest or other rights in and to the
          Receivables.  Borrowers shall furnish, at Lender's request,
          copies of contracts, invoices or the equivalent, and any original
          shipping and delivery receipts for all merchandise sold or
          services rendered and such other documents and information as
          Lender may require.  Borrowers shall also provide Lender on a
          monthly (within ten (10) days after the end of each month) or
          more frequent basis, as requested by Lender, a detailed or aged
          trial balance of all of Borrowers' existing Receivables
          specifying the names and balances due for each account debtor and
          such other information pertaining to the Receivables as Lender
          may request.  Borrowers shall provide Lender on a monthly (within
          ten (10) days after the end of each month), or more frequent
          basis, as requested by Lender, a summary report of Borrowers'
          current Inventory, certified as true and accurate by Borrowing
          Agent's President or Chief Financial Officer, as well as an aged
          trial balance of Borrower's existing accounts payable.  Borrowers
          shall provide Lender, as requested by Lender, such other
          schedules, documents and/or information regarding the Collateral
          as Lender may require.

                    10.  INSPECTIONS.  At all times during normal business
          hours, Lender shall have the right to (a) visit and inspect
          Borrowers' properties and the Collateral, (b) inspect, audit and
          make extracts from Borrowers' relevant books and records,
          including, but not limited to, management letters prepared by
          independent accountants, and (c) discuss with Borrowers'
          principal officers, and independent accountants, Borrowers'
          business, assets, liabilities, financial condition, results of
          operations and business prospects.  Borrowers will deliver to
          Lender any instrument necessary for Lender to obtain records from
          any service bureau maintaining records for Borrowers.

                    11.  FINANCIAL INFORMATION.  Borrowers shall provide
          Lender (a) as soon as available, but in any event within ninety
          (90) days after the end of each fiscal year of Borrowers, the
          balance sheet of General Bearing and its Subsidiaries on a
          consolidated basis as at the end of such fiscal year and the
          related statements of income, retained earnings and changes in
          cash flow for such fiscal year, setting forth in comparative form
          the figures as at the end of and for the previous fiscal year,
          which shall have been reported on by independent certified public
          accountants who shall be satisfactory to Lender and shall be
          accompanied by an unqualified audit report issued by such
          independent certified public accountants; (b) as soon as
          available, drafts of the balance sheet of General Bearing and its
          Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis as at the end of each fiscal
          year of Borrowers and the related statements of income, retained
          earnings and changes in cash flow for such fiscal year, which
          have been internally prepared by Borrowers; (c) as soon as
          available, but in any event within thirty (30) days after the
          close of each month and quarter, the balance sheet of General
          Bearing and its Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis as at the
          end of such month and quarter and the related statements of
          income, retained earnings and changes in cash flow for such month
          and quarter, which have been internally prepared by Borrowers. 
          All financial statements required under (a), (b) and (c) above
          shall be prepared in accordance with GAAP, subject to year-end
          adjustments in the case of monthly and quarterly statements. 
          Together with the financial statements furnished pursuant to (a)
          above, Borrowers shall deliver a certificate of Borrowers'
          certified public accountants addressed to Lender stating that (i)
          they have caused this Agreement and the Ancillary Agreements to
          be reviewed and (ii) in making the examination necessary for the
          issuance of such financial statements, nothing has come to their
          attention to lead them to believe that any Event of Default or
          Incipient Event of Default exists and, in particular, they have
          no knowledge of any Event of Default or Incipient Event of
          Default or, if such is not the case, specifying such Event of
          Default or Incipient Event of Default and its nature, when it
          occurred and whether it is continuing.  At the times the
          financial statements are furnished pursuant to (a), (b) and (c)
          above, a certificate of Borrowing Agent's President or Chief
          Financial Officer shall be delivered to Lender stating that,
          based on an examination sufficient to enable him to make an
          informed statement, no Event of Default or Incipient Event of
          Default exists, or, if such is not the case, specifying such
          Event of Default or Incipient Event of Default and its nature,
          when it occurred, whether it is continuing and the steps being
          taken by Borrower with respect to such event.  If any internally
          prepared financial information, including that required under
          this paragraph, is unsatisfactory in any manner to Lender, Lender
          may request that Borrowers' independent certified public
          accountants review same.

                    In addition to the foregoing financial statements,
          Borrowers shall furnish Lender no less than thirty (30) days
          prior to the beginning of each fiscal year commencing with fiscal
          year 1994, a month by month projected operating budget and cash
          flow of General Bearing and its Subsidiaries on a consolidated
          basis for such fiscal year (including an income statement for
          each month and a balance sheet as at the end of the last month in
          each fiscal quarter), such projections to be accompanied by a
          certificate signed by Borrowing Agent's President or Chief
          Financial Officer to the effect that such projections have been
          prepared on the basis of sound financial planning practice
          consistent with past budgets and financial statements and that
          such officer has no reason to question the reasonableness of any
          material assumptions on which such projections were prepared.

                    12.  ADDITIONAL REPRESENTATIONS, WARRANTIES AND
          COVENANTS.  Each Borrower represents and warrants (each of which
          such representations and warranties shall be deemed repeated upon
          the making of a request for a Revolving Credit Advance and made
          as of the time of each Revolving Credit Advance made hereunder),
          and covenants that:

                    (a)  Each Borrower is a corporation duly organized and
          validly existing under the laws of the State of its incorporation
          and duly qualified and in good standing in every other state or
          jurisdiction in which the nature of such Borrower's business
          requires such qualification; 

                    (b)  the execution, delivery and performance of this
          Agreement and the Ancillary Agreements (i) have been duly
          authorized, (ii) are not in contravention of any of Borrower's
          certificates of incorporation, by-laws or of any indenture,
          agreement or undertaking to which any Borrower is a party or by
          which any Borrower is bound and (iii) are within each Borrower's
          corporate powers;

                    (c)  this Agreement and the Ancillary Agreements
          executed and delivered by each Borrower are each Borrower's
          legal, valid and binding obligations, enforceable in accordance
          with their terms; 

                    (d)  it keeps and will continue to keep all of its
          books and records concerning the Collateral at Borrowers'
          executive offices located at the address set forth in the
          introductory paragraph of this Agreement and will not move such
          books and records without giving Lender at least thirty (30) days
          prior written notice;

                    (e)   (i) the operation of each Borrower's business is
          and will continue to be in compliance in all material respects
          with all applicable federal, state and local laws, including but
          not limited to all applicable environmental laws and regulations;


                         (ii) Borrowers will establish and maintain a
          system to assure and monitor continued compliance with all
          applicable environmental laws, which system shall include
          periodic reviews of such compliance.

                        (iii) In the event any Borrower obtains, gives or
          receives notice of any release or threat of release of a
          reportable quantity of any Hazardous Substances on its property
          (any such event being hereinafter referred to as a "Hazardous
          Discharge") or receives any notice of violation, request for
          information or notification that it is potentially responsible
          for investigation or cleanup of environmental conditions on its
          property, demand letter or complaint, order, citation, or other
          written notice with regard to any Hazardous Discharge or
          violation of any environmental laws affecting its property or any
          Borrower's interest therein (any of the foregoing is referred to
          herein as an "Environmental Complaint") from any Person or
          entity, including any state agency responsible in whole or in
          part for environmental matters in the state in which such
          property is located or the United States Environmental Protection
          Agency (any such person or entity hereinafter the "Authority"),
          then such Borrower shall, within five (5) Business Days, give
          written notice of same to the Lender detailing facts and
          circumstances of which such Borrower is aware giving rise to the
          Hazardous Discharge or Environmental Complaint and periodically
          inform Lender of the status of the matter.  Such information is
          to be provided to allow the Lender to protect its security
          interest in the Collateral and is not intended to create nor
          shall it create any obligation upon the Lender with respect
          thereto.

                         (iv) Borrowers shall respond promptly to any
          Hazardous Discharge or Environmental Complaint and take all
          necessary action in order to safeguard the health of any Person
          and to avoid subjecting the Collateral to any lien, charge, claim
          or encumbrance.  If any Borrower shall fail to respond promptly
          to any Hazardous Discharge or Environmental Complaint or any
          Borrower shall fail to comply with any of the requirements of any
          environmental laws, the Lender may, but without the obligation to
          do so, for the sole purpose of protecting the Lender's interest
          in Collateral:  (A) give such notices or (B) enter onto
          Borrowers' property (or authorize third parties to enter onto
          such property) and take such actions as the Lender (or such third
          parties as directed by the Lender) deem reasonably necessary or
          advisable, to clean up, remove, mitigate or otherwise deal with
          any such Hazardous Discharge or Environmental Complaint.  All
          reasonable costs and expenses incurred by the Lender (or such
          third parties) in the exercise of any such rights, including any
          sums paid in connection with any judicial or administrative
          investigation or proceedings, fines and penalties, together with
          interest thereon from the date expended at the Default Rate for
          Revolving Credit Advances shall be paid upon demand by Borrowers,
          and until paid shall be added to and become a part of the
          Obligations secured by the Liens created by the terms of this
          Agreement or any other agreement between Lender and Borrower.

                         (v)  Borrowers shall defend and indemnify the
          Lender and hold the Lender harmless from and against all loss,
          liability, damage and expense, claims, costs, fines and
          penalties, including attorney's fees, suffered or incurred by the
          Lender under or on account of any environmental laws, including,
          without limitation, the assertion of any lien thereunder, with
          respect to any Hazardous Discharge, the presence of any hazardous
          substances affecting Borrowers' property, whether or not the same
          originates or emerges from Borrowers' property or any contiguous
          real estate, including any loss of value of the Collateral as a
          result of the foregoing except to the extent such loss,
          liability, damage and expense is attributable to any Hazardous
          Discharge resulting from actions on the part of the Lender. 
          Borrowers' obligations under this paragraph 12(e) shall arise
          upon the discovery of the presence of any Hazardous Substances on
          Borrowers' property, whether or not any federal, state, or local
          environmental agency has taken or threatened any action in
          connection with the presence of any hazardous substances. 
          Borrowers' obligation and the indemnifications hereunder shall
          survive the termination of this Agreement.

                         (vi) For purposes of paragraph 12(e) all
          references to Borrowers' property shall be deemed to include all
          of Borrowers' right, title and interest in and to all owned
          and/or leased premises.

                    (f)  (x) based upon the Employee Retirement Income
          Security Act of 1974 ("ERISA"), and the regulations and published
          interpretations thereunder: (i) no Borrower has engaged in any
          Prohibited Transactions as defined in paragraph 406 of ERISA and
          paragraph 4975 of the Internal Revenue Code, as amended; (ii)
          each Borrower has met all applicable minimum funding requirements
          under paragraph 302 of ERISA in respect of its plans; (iii) no
          Borrower has knowledge of any event or occurrence which would
          cause the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation to institute
          proceedings under Title IV of ERISA to terminate any Plan; (iv)
          no Borrower has fiduciary responsibility for investments with
          respect to any Plan existing for the benefit of persons other
          than Borrower's employees; and (v) no Borrower has withdrawn,
          completely or partially, from any multi-employer pension plan so
          as to incur liability under the Multiemployer Pension Plan
          Amendments Act of 1980; and (y) Borrower does not maintain or
          contribute to any Plan other than those listed on SCHEDULE 12(F);

                    (g)  it is solvent, able to pay its debts as they
          mature, has capital sufficient to carry on its business and all
          businesses in which it is about to engage and the fair saleable
          value of its assets (calculated on a going concern basis) is in
          excess of the amount of its liabilities;

                    (h)  there is no pending or threatened litigation,
          actions or proceeding which involve the possibility of materially
          and adversely affecting Borrowers' business, assets, operations,
          condition or prospects, financial or otherwise, or the Collateral
          or the ability of Borrowers to perform this Agreement;

                    (i)  all balance sheets and income statements which
          have been delivered to Lender fairly, accurately and properly
          state the financial condition of Borrowers on a basis consistent
          with that of previous financial statements and there has been no
          material adverse change in the financial condition of Borrowers  
          as reflected in such statements since the date thereof and such
          statements do not fail to disclose any fact or facts which might
          materially and adversely affect Borrowers' financial condition;

                    (j)  (x) it possesses all of the licenses, patents,
          copyrights, trademarks, tradenames and permits necessary to
          conduct its business, (y) there has been no assertion or claim of
          violation or infringement with respect thereof and (z) all such
          licenses, patents, copyrights, trademarks, tradenames and permits
          are listed on SCHEDULE 12(J);

                    (k)  it will pay or discharge when due all taxes,
          assessments and governmental charges or levies imposed upon it; 

                    (l)  it will promptly inform Lender in writing of: (i)
          the commencement of all proceedings and investigations by or
          before and/or the receipt of any notices from, any governmental
          or nongovernmental body and all actions and proceedings in any
          court or before any arbitrator against or in any way concerning
          any of Borrowers' properties, assets or business, which might
          singly or in the aggregate, have a materially adverse effect on
          Borrowers; (ii) any amendment of any of Borrower's certificates
          of incorporation or by-laws; (iii) any change in Borrowers'
          business, assets, liabilities, condition (financial or
          otherwise), results of operations or business prospects which has
          had or might have a materially adverse effect on Borrowers; (iv)
          any Event of Default or Incipient Event of Default; (v) any
          default or any event which with the passage of time or giving of
          notice or both would constitute a default under any agreement for
          the payment of money to which Borrowers are a party or by which
          Borrowers or any of Borrowers' properties may be bound which
          would have a material adverse effect on Borrowers' business,
          operations, property or condition (financial or otherwise) or the
          Collateral; (vi) any change in the location of Borrowers'
          executive offices; (vii) any change in the location of any
          Borrower's Inventory or Equipment from the locations listed on
          SCHEDULE 12(L) attached hereto, (viii) any change in any
          Borrower's corporate name; (ix) any material delay in any
          Borrower's performance of any of its obligations to any account
          debtor and of any assertion of any material claims, offsets or
          counterclaims by any account debtor and of any allowances,
          credits and/or other monies granted by it to any account debtor;
          (x) furnish to and inform Lender of all material adverse
          information relating to the financial condition of any account
          debtor; and (xi) any material return of goods;

                    (m)  it will not (i) create, incur, assume or suffer to
          exist any indebtedness (exclusive of trade debt) whether secured
          or unsecured other than Borrowers' indebtedness to Lender and as
          set forth on SCHEDULE 12(M) attached hereto and made a part
          hereof; (ii) declare, pay or make any dividend or distribution on
          any shares of the common stock or preferred stock of Borrowers or
          apply any of its funds, property or assets to the purchase,
          redemption or other retirement of any common or preferred stock
          of Borrowers; (iii) directly or indirectly, prepay any
          indebtedness (other than to Lender), or repurchase, redeem,
          retire or otherwise acquire any indebtedness of Borrowers; (iv)
          makes advances, loans or extensions of credit to any Person; (v)
          become either directly or contingently liable upon the
          obligations of any Person by assumption, endorsement or guaranty
          thereof or otherwise; (vi) enter into any merger, consolidation
          or other reorganization with or into any  ther Person or acquire
          all or a portion of the assets or stock of any Person or permit
          any other Person to consolidate with or merge with it; (vii) form
          any Subsidiary or enter into any partnership, joint venture or
          similar arrangement; (viii) materially change the nature of the
          business in which it is presently engaged; (ix) change its fiscal
          year or make any changes in accounting treatment and reporting
          practices without prior written notice to Lender except as
          required by GAAP or in the tax reporting treatment or except as
          required by law; (x) enter into any transaction with any
          Affiliate, except in ordinary course on arms-length terms; or
          (xi) bill Receivables under any name except the present names of
          Borrowers;

                    (n)  it shall not permit Tangible Net Worth at the end
          of each fiscal quarter set forth below to be less than the amount
          set opposite such date:

                         DATE                TANGIBLE NET WORTH

                    December 31, 1993             5,735,000
                    March 31, 1994                5,775,000
                    June 30, 1994                 5,800,000
                    September 30, 1994            5,850,000


                    (o)  all financial projections of Borrowers'
          performance prepared by Borrowers or at Borrowers' direction and
          delivered to Lender will represent, at the time of delivery to
          Lender, Borrowers' best estimate of Borrowers' future financial
          performance and will be based upon assumptions which are
          reasonable in light of Borrowers' past performance and then
          current business conditions;

                    (p)  it will not make capital expenditures in any
          fiscal year which, when aggregated with capital expenditures for
          all other Borrowers, would exceed $200,000;

                    (q)  it shall not permit the Fixed Charge Coverage at
          the end of each fiscal quarter set forth below to be less than
          the amount set opposite such date:

                         DATE                FIXED CHARGE COVERAGE

                    December 31, 1993             1.75 to 1.00
                    March 31, 1994                1.75 to 1.00
                    June 30, 1994                 1.90 to 1.00
                    September 30, 1994            1.90 to 1.00


                    (r)  it shall not permit the ratio of Current Assets to
          Current Liabilities at the end of each fiscal quarter set forth
          below to be less than the amount set opposite such date:

                         DATE                        RATIO

                    December 31, 1993             1.10 to 1.00
                    March 31, 1994                1.10 to 1.00
                    June 30, 1994                 1.15 to 1.00
                    September 30, 1994            1.15 to 1.00


                    (s)  none of the proceeds of the Loans hereunder will
          be used directly or indirectly to "purchase" or "carry" "margin
          stock" or to repay indebtedness incurred to "purchase" or "carry"
          "margin stock" within the respective meanings of each of the
          quoted terms under Regulation G of the Board of Governors of the
          Federal Reserve System as now and from time to time hereafter in
          effect; and

                    (t)  it will bear the full risk of loss from any loss
          of any nature whatsoever with respect to the Collateral.  At it's
          own cost and expense in amounts and with carriers acceptable to
          Lender, it shall (i) keep all its insurable properties and
          properties in which it has an interest insured against the
          hazards of fire, flood, sprinkler leakage, those hazards covered
          by extended coverage insurance and such other hazards, and for
          such amounts, as is customary in the case of companies engaged in
          businesses similar to Borrowers' including, without limitation,
          business interruption insurance; (ii) maintain a bond in such
          amounts as is customary in the case of companies engaged in
          businesses similar to Borrowers' insuring against larceny,
          embezzlement or other criminal misappropriation of insured's
          officers and employees who may either singly or jointly with
          others at any time have access to the assets or funds of
          Borrowers either directly or through authority to draw upon such
          funds or to direct generally the disposition of such assets;
          (iii) maintain public and product liability insurance against
          claims for personal injury, death or property damage suffered by
          others; (iv) maintain all such workmen's compensation or similar
          insurance as may be required under the laws of any state or
          jurisdiction in which Borrowers are engaged in business; (v)
          furnish Lender with (x) copies of all policies and evidence of
          the maintenance of such policies at least thirty (30) days before
          any expiration date, and (y) appropriate loss payable
          endorsements in form and substance satisfactory to Lender, naming
          Lender as loss payee and providing that as to Lender the
          insurance coverage shall not be impaired or invalidated by any
          act or neglect of any Borrower and the insurer will provide
          Lender with at least thirty (30) days notice prior to
          cancellation.  Borrowers shall instruct the insurance carriers
          that in the event of any loss thereunder, the carriers shall make
          payment for such loss to lender and not to Borrowers and Lender
          jointly.  If any insurance losses are paid by check, draft or
          other instrument payable to any Borrower and Lender jointly,
          Lender may endorse such Borrower's name thereon and do such other
          things as Lender may deem advisable to reduce the same to cash. 
          Lender is hereby authorized to adjust and compromise claims.  All
          loss recoveries received by Lender upon any such insurance may be
          applied to the Obligations, in such order as Lender in its sole
          discretion shall determine.  Any surplus shall be paid by Lender
          to Borrowers or applied as may be otherwise required by law.  Any
          deficiency thereon shall be paid by Borrower to Lender, on
          demand.

                    13.  POWER OF ATTORNEY.  Each Borrower hereby appoints
          Lender or any other Person whom Lender may designate as each
          Borrower's attorney, with power to verify the validity, amount or
          any other matter relating to any Receivable by mail, telephone,
          telegraph or otherwise with account debtors and, upon the
          occurrence and during the continuation of an Event of Default,
          with power to (i) endorse any Borrower's name on any checks,
          notes, acceptances, money orders, drafts or other forms of
          payment or security that may come into Lender's possession; (ii)
          sign any Borrower's name on any invoice or bill of lading
          relating to any Receivables, drafts against customers, schedules
          and assignments of Receivables, notices of assignment, financing
          statements and other public records, verifications of account and
          notices to or from customers; (iii) execute customs declarations
          and such other documents as may be required to clear Inventory
          through Customs; (iv) do all things necessary to carry out this
          Agreement, any Ancillary Agreement and all related documents; and
          (v) notify the post office authorities to change the address for
          delivery of Borrowers' mail to an address designated by Lender,
          and to receive, open and dispose of all mail addressed to any
          Borrower.  Each Borrower hereby ratifies and approves all acts of
          the attorney.  Neither Lender nor the attorney will be liable for
          any acts or omissions or for any error of judgment or mistake of
          fact or law.  This power, being coupled with an interest, is
          irrevocable so long as any Receivable which is assigned to Lender
          or in which Lender has a security interest remains unpaid and
          until the Obligations have been fully satisfied.

                    14.  EXPENSES.  Borrowers shall pay all of Lender's
          out-of-pocket costs and expenses, including without limitation
          reasonable fees and disbursements of counsel and appraisers, in
          connection with the preparation, execution and delivery of this
          Agreement and the Ancillary Agreements, and in connection with
          the prosecution or defense of any action, contest, dispute, suit
          or proceeding concerning any matter in any way arising out of,
          related to or connected with this Agreement or any Ancillary
          Agreement.  Borrowers shall also pay all of Lender's out-of-
          pocket costs and expenses, including without limitation
          reasonable fees and disbursements of counsel, in connection with
          (a) the preparation, execution and delivery of any waiver, any
          amendment thereto or consent proposed or executed in connection
          with the transactions contemplated by this Agreement or the
          Ancillary Agreements, (b) Lender's obtaining performance of the
          Obligations under this Agreement and any Ancillary Agreements,
          including, but not limited to, the enforcement or defense of
          Lender's security interests, assignments of rights and liens
          hereunder as valid perfected security interests, (c) any attempt
          to inspect, verify, protect, collect, sell, liquidate or
          otherwise dispose of any Collateral, and (d) any consultations in
          connection with any of the foregoing.  Borrowers shall also pay
          Lender's customary bank charges for all bank services performed
          or caused to be performed by Lender for Borrowers at Borrowers'
          request.  All such costs and expenses together with all filing,
          recording and search fees, taxes and interest payable by
          Borrowers to Lender shall be payable on demand and shall be
          secured by the Collateral.  If any tax by any governmental
          authority is or may be imposed on or as a result of any
          transaction between Borrowers and Lender which Lender is or may
          be required to withhold or pay, Borrowers agree to indemnify and
          hold Lender harmless in respect of such taxes, and Borrowers will
          repay to Lender the amount of any such taxes which shall be
          charged to Borrowers' account; and until Borrower shall furnish
          Lender with indemnity therefor (or supply Lender with evidence
          satisfactory to it that due provision for the payment thereof has
          been made), Lender may hold without interest any balance standing
          to Borrowers' credit and Lender shall retain its security
          interests in any and all Collateral.

                    15.  ASSIGNMENT BY LENDER.  Lender may assign any or
          all of the Obligations together with any or all of the security
          therefor and any transferee shall succeed to all of Lender's
          rights with respect thereto.  Upon such transfer, Lender shall be
          released from all responsibility for the Collateral to the extent
          same is assigned to any transferee.  Lender may from time to time
          sell or otherwise grant participations in any of the Obligations
          and the holder of any such participation shall, subject to the
          terms of any agreement between Lender and such holder, be
          entitled to the same benefits as Lender with respect to any
          security for the Obligations in which such holder is a
          participant.  Each such holder may exercise any and all rights of
          banker's lien, set-off and counterclaim with respect to its
          participation in the Obligations as fully as though Borrowers
          were directly indebted to such holder in the amount of such
          participation.

                    16.  WAIVERS.  Each Borrower waives presentment and
          protest of any instrument and notice thereof, notice of default
          and all other notices to which each Borrower might otherwise be
          entitled.

                    17.  TERM OF AGREEMENT.  This Agreement shall continue
          in full force and effect until the expiration of the Term. 
          Borrowing Agent may terminate this Agreement at any time upon
          ninety (90) days' prior written notice ("Termination Date") upon
          payment in full of the Obligations; PROVIDED, that Borrowers pay
          an early termination fee in an amount equal to $70,000.

                    18.  EVENTS OF DEFAULT.  The occurrence of any of the
          following shall constitute an Event of Default:  

                    (a)  failure to make payment of any of the Obligations
          when required hereunder; 

                    (b)  failure to pay any taxes when due unless such
          taxes are being contested in good faith by appropriate
          proceedings and with respect to which adequate reserves have been
          provided on Borrowers' books;

                    (c)  failure to perform under and/or committing any
          breach of this Agreement or any Ancillary Agreement or any other
          agreement between Borrowers and Lender; 

                    (d)  occurrence of a default under any agreement to
          which any Borrower is a party with third parties which has a
          material adverse affect upon such Borrower's business,
          operations, property or condition (financial or otherwise)
          including all leases for any premises where Inventory or
          Equipment is located;

                    (e)  any representation, warranty or statement made by
          any Borrower hereunder, in any Ancillary Agreement, any
          certificate, statement or document delivered pursuant to the
          terms hereof, or in connection with the transactions contemplated
          by this Agreement should at any time be false or misleading in
          any material respect; 

                    (f)  an attachment or levy is made upon any of any
          Borrower's assets having an aggregate value in excess of $10,000,
          or a judgment is rendered against any Borrower or any of any
          Borrower's property involving a liability of more than $10,000,
          which shall not have been vacated, discharged, stayed or bonded
          pending appeal within thirty (30) days from the entry thereof;

                    (g)  any change in any Borrower's condition or affairs
          (financial or otherwise) which in Lender's opinion impairs the
          Collateral or the ability of Borrowers to perform its
          Obligations;

                    (h)  any lien created hereunder or under any Ancillary
          Agreement for any reason ceases to be or is not a valid and
          perfected lien having a first priority interest except for
          Permitted Liens;

                    (i)  if any Borrower shall (i) apply for or consent to
          the appointment of, or the taking of possession by, a receiver,
          custodian, trustee or liquidator of itself or of all or a
          substantial part of its property, (ii) make a general assignment
          for the benefit of creditors, (iii) commence a voluntary case
          under the federal bankruptcy laws (as now or hereafter in
          effect), (iv) be adjudicated a bankrupt or insolvent, (v) file a
          petition seeking to take advantage of any other law providing for
          the relief of debtors, (vi) acquiesce to, or fail to have
          dismissed, within thirty (30) days, any petition filed against it
          in any involuntary case under such bankruptcy laws, or (vii) take
          any action for the purpose of effecting any of the foregoing; 

                    (j)  any Borrower shall admit in writing its inability,
          or be generally unable, to pay its debts as they become due or
          cease operations of its present business;

                    (k)  any Affiliate or any Subsidiary or any Guarantor
          shall (i) apply for or consent to the appointment of, or the
          taking possession by, a receiver, custodian, trustee or
          liquidator of itself or of all or a substantial part of its
          property, (ii) admit in writing its inability, or be generally
          unable, to pay its debts as they become due or cease operations
          of its present business, (iii) make a general assignment for the
          benefit of creditors, (iv) commence a voluntary case under the
          federal bankruptcy laws (as now or hereafter in effect), (v) be
          adjudicated a bankrupt or insolvent, (vi) file a petition seeking
          to take advantage of any other law providing for the relief of
          debtors, (vii) acquiesce to, or fail to have dismissed, within
          thirty (30) days, any petition filed against it in any
          involuntary case under such bankruptcy laws, (viii) take any
          action for the purpose of effecting any of the foregoing;

                    (l)  any Borrower directly or indirectly sells,
          assigns, transfers, conveys, or suffers or permits to occur any
          sale, assignment, transfer or conveyance of any assets of such
          Borrower or any interest therein, except as permitted herein;

                    (m)  any Borrower fails to operate in the ordinary
          course of business;

                    (n)  Lender shall in good faith deem itself insecure or
          unsafe or shall fear diminution in value, removal or waste of the
          Collateral;

                    (o)  a default by Borrowers in the payment, when due,
          of any principal of or interest on any indebtedness for money
          borrowed;

                    (p)  if any Guarantor attempts to terminate, challenges
          the validity of, or its liability under any Guaranty Agreement; 

                    (q)  should any Guarantor default in its obligations
          under any Guaranty Agreement or if any proceeding shall be
          brought to challenge the validity, binding effect of any Guaranty
          Agreement, or should any Guarantor breach any representation,
          warranty or covenant contained in any Guaranty Agreement or
          should any Guaranty Agreement cease to be a valid, binding and
          enforceable obligation; or

                    (r)  any Change of Ownership.

                    19.  REMEDIES.  (a)  Upon the occurrence of an Event of
          Default pursuant to paragraph 18(i) herein, all Obligations shall
          be immediately due and payable and this Agreement shall be deemed
          terminated; upon the occurrence and continuation of any other of
          the Events of Default, Lender shall have the right to demand
          repayment in full of all Obligations, whether or not otherwise
          due.  Until all Obligations have been fully satisfied, Lender
          shall retain its security interest in all Collateral.  Lender
          shall have, in addition to all other rights provided herein, the
          rights and remedies of a secured party under the Uniform
          Commercial Code, and under other applicable law, all other legal
          and equitable rights to which Lender may be entitled, including
          without limitation, the right to take immediate possession of the
          Collateral, to require Borrowers to assemble the Collateral, at
          Borrowers' expense, and to make it available to Lender at a place
          designated by Lender which is reasonably convenient to both
          parties and to enter any of the premises of Borrowers or wherever
          the Collateral shall be located, with or without force or process
          of law, and to keep and store the same on said premises until
          sold (and if said premises be the property of any Borrower, such
          Borrower agrees not to charge Lender for storage thereof for a
          period up to at least sixty (60) days after sale or disposition
          of said Collateral).  Further, Lender may, at any time or times
          after default by Borrowers, sell and deliver all Collateral held
          by or for Lender at public or private sale for cash, upon credit
          or otherwise, at such prices and upon such terms as Lender, in
          Lender's sole discretion, deems advisable or Lender may otherwise
          recover upon the Collateral in any commercially reasonable manner
          as Lender, in its sole discretion, deems advisable.  Except as to
          that part of the Collateral which is perishable or threatens to
          decline speedily in nature or is of a type customarily sold on a
          recognized market, the requirement of reasonable notice shall be
          met if such notice is mailed postage prepaid to Borrowing Agent
          at Borrowing Agent's address as shown in Lender's records, at
          least ten (10) days before the time of the event of which notice
          is being given.  Lender may be the purchaser at any sale, if it
          is public.  In connection with the exercise of the foregoing
          remedies, Lender is granted permission to use all of Borrowers'
          trademarks, tradenames, tradestyles, patents, patent
          applications, licenses, franchises and other proprietary rights
          which are used in connection with (a) Inventory for the purpose
          of disposing of such Inventory and (b) Equipment for the purpose
          of completing the manufacture of unfinished goods.  The proceeds
          of sale shall be applied first to all costs and expenses of sale,
          including attorneys' fees, and second to the payment (in whatever
          order Lender elects) of all Obligations.  Lender will return any
          excess to Borrowing Agent and Borrowers shall remain liable to
          Lender for any deficiency.  

                    20.  WAIVER; CUMULATIVE REMEDIES.  Failure by Lender to
          exercise any right, remedy or option under this Agreement or any
          supplement hereto or any other agreement between Borrowers and
          Lender or delay by Lender in exercising the same, will not
          operate as a waiver; no waiver by Lender will be effective unless
          it is in writing and then only to the extent specifically stated. 
          Lender's rights and remedies under this Agreement will be
          cumulative and not exclusive of any other right or remedy which
          Lender may have.

                    21.  CONDITIONS TO INITIAL ADVANCES.  The agreement of
          Lender to make the initial Loans requested to be made on the
          Closing Date is subject to the satisfaction, or waiver by Lender,
          immediately prior to or concurrently with the making of such
          Loans, of the following conditions precedent:

                    (a)  Lender shall have received executed Guaranty
          Agreements from each Guarantor in form and substance satisfactory
          to Lender in its sole discretion.

                    (b)  Lender shall have received the Intercreditor
          Agreement and the Subordination Agreement, both in form and
          substance satisfactory to Lender in its sole discretion.

                    (c)  Lender shall have received a certificate from
          Borrowing Agent's chief financial officer or president certifying
          that Borrowers have received not less than $500,000 in cash as a
          capital contribution from a third party.

                    (d)  Lender shall have received the executed legal
          opinion of Kurtzman, Haspel & Stein in form and substance
          satisfactory to Lender which shall cover such matters incident to
          the transactions contemplated by this Agreement and related
          agreements as Lender may reasonably require.

                    (e)  On the Closing Date, after giving effect to all
          Loans which are outstanding, Undrawn Availability shall be in
          excess of $500,000.

                    (f)  Lender shall have received appraisals, the results
          of which shall be in form and substance satisfactory to Lender,
          of Borrowers' assets and all books and records in connection
          therewith.

                    (g)  The Plan shall (a) provide that Borrowers assume
          and/or adopt all executory contracts and unexpired leases arising
          from or relating to (i) the improved real property located at
          Blauvelt, New York and (ii) the IDB Bonds and (b) ratify and
          reaffirm all of Borrowers' obligations arising from or relating
          to the IDB Bonds.

                    22.  APPLICATION OF PAYMENTS.  Each Borrower
          irrevocably waives the right to direct the application of any and
          all payments at any time or times hereafter received by Lender
          from or on any Borrower's behalf and each Borrower hereby
          irrevocably agrees that Lender shall have the continuing
          exclusive right to apply and reapply any and all payments
          received at any time or times hereafter against Borrowers'
          Obligations hereunder in such manner as Lender may deem advisable
          notwithstanding any entry by Lender upon any of Lender's books
          and records.

                    23.  DEPOSITORY ACCOUNTS.  Any payment received by
          Borrowers on account of any Collateral shall be held by Borrowers
          in trust for Lender and Borrowers shall promptly deliver same in
          kind to Lender or deposit all such payments into a cash
          collateral account at such bank as Lender may designate for
          application to payment of the Obligations.  Each Borrower shall
          also execute such further documents as Lender may deem necessary
          to establish such an account and all funds deposited in such
          account shall immediately be deemed Lender's property.

                    24.  LOCK BOX ACCOUNTS.  Each Borrower shall, at
          Lender's request, instruct all of its customers and account
          debtors to make such payments on account of Receivables to an
          account under Lender's dominion and control at such bank as
          Lender may designate.  Each Borrower shall also execute such
          further documents as Lender may deem necessary to establish such
          an account and all funds deposited in such account shall
          immediately be deemed Lender's property.

                    25.  REVIVAL.  Borrowers further agree that to the
          extent Borrower makes a payment or payments to Lender, which
          payment or payments or any part thereof are subsequently
          invalidated, declared to be fraudulent or preferential, set aside
          and/or required to be repaid to a trustee, receiver or any other
          party under any bankruptcy act, state or federal law, common law
          or equitable cause, then, to the extent of such payment or
          repayment, the obligation or part thereof intended to be
          satisfied shall be revived and continued in full force and effect
          as if said payment had not been made.

                    26.  APPOINTMENT.  (a) Each Borrower hereby irrevocably
          designates Borrowing Agent as its attorney and agent to borrow,
          sign and endorse notes, and execute and deliver all instruments,
          documents, writings and further assurances now or hereafter
          required hereunder, on behalf of each Borrower, and does hereby
          authorize Lender to pay over or credit all loan proceeds
          hereunder in accordance with the advance request made by
          Borrowing Agent.

                         (b)  It is understood and agreed by each Borrower
          that the handling of this credit facility in the manner set forth
          in this Agreement is solely as an accommodation to Borrowers and
          at their request.  Lender shall not incur any liability to
          Borrowers as a result thereof.  To induce Lender to do so and in
          consideration thereof, each Borrower hereby agrees to indemnify
          Lender and to hold Lender harmless from and against any and all
          liabilities, expenses, losses, damages and claims of damage or
          injury asserted against Lender by any Person arising from or
          incurred by reason of Lender's handling of the financing
          arrangements of the Borrowers as provided herein, reliance by
          Lender on any request or instruction from Borrowing Agent or any
          other action taken by Lender with respect to this Paragraph 26
          except due to the gross (not mere) negligence or willful
          misconduct by the indemnified party.

                         (c)  Each Borrower represents and warrants to
          Lender that (i) the Borrowers have one or more common
          shareholders, directors and officers, (ii) the businesses and
          corporate activities of the other Borrowers are closely related
          to, and substantially benefit, the business and corporate
          activities of such Borrower, (iii) the financial and other
          operations of the Borrowers are performed on a combined basis as
          if the Borrowers constituted a consolidated corporate group, (iv)
          such Borrower has received substantial economic benefit from
          entering into this Agreement and shall receive substantial
          economic benefit from the application of each Loan hereunder, in
          each case whether or not such amount is used directly by such
          Borrower, and (v) all extensions of credit hereunder by the
          Borrowing Agent are for the exclusive and indivisible benefit of
          all Borrowers as though, for purposes of this Agreement and the
          Ancillary Agreements and the allocation of any Collateral
          thereunder, the Borrowers constituted a single entity.

                    27.  JOINT AND SEVERAL OBLIGATIONS.  Each Borrower
          further agrees that all Obligations shall be joint and several,
          and that each Borrower shall make payment upon any of the
          Obligations upon their maturity by acceleration or otherwise, and
          that such obligation and liability on the part of each Borrower
          shall in no way be affected by any extensions, renewals and
          forbearances granted by Lender to any Borrower, failure of Lender
          to give any Borrower notice of borrowing or any other notice, any
          failure of  Lender to pursue or preserve its rights against the
          other Borrower, the release by Lender of any Collateral now or
          hereafter acquired from any Borrower, failure of Lender to
          realize upon such Collateral in a commercially reasonably manner,
          and that such agreement by each Borrower to pay upon any notice
          issued pursuant hereto is unconditional and unaffected by prior
          recourse by Lender to the other Borrower or any Collateral or the
          lack thereof.

                    28.  WAIVER OF SUBROGATION. Each Borrower expressly
          waives any and all rights of subrogation, reimbursement,
          indemnity, exoneration, contribution or any other claim which
          such Borrower may now or hereafter have against any Borrower or
          other Person directly or contingently liable for the obligations
          hereunder, or against or with respect to any Borrower's property
          (including, without limitation, any property which is
          Collateral), arising from the existence or performance of this
          Agreement.

                    29.  NOTICES.  Any notice or request hereunder may be
          given to Borrowing Agent or Lender at the respective addresses
          set forth below or as may hereafter be specified in a notice
          designated as a change of address under this paragraph.  Any
          notice or request hereunder shall be given by registered or
          certified mail, return receipt requested, or by overnight mail or
          by telecopy (confirmed by mail).  Notices and requests shall be,
          in the case of those by mail or overnight mail, deemed to have
          been given when deposited in the mail or with the overnight mail
          carrier, and, in the case of a telecopy, when confirmed.

                    Notices shall be provided as follows:

          If to the Lender:   The Bank of New York Commercial Corporation
                              530 Fifth Avenue
                              New York, New York 10036
                              Attention: Robert Nuytkens
                              Telephone: (212) 852-4207
                              Telecopy:  (212) 852-4013
           
          with a copy to:     Hahn & Hessen
                              350 Fifth Avenue
                              New York, New York  10118
                              Attention:  Steven J. Seif, Esq.
                              Telephone: (212) 736-1000
                              Telecopy:  (212) 594-7167

          If to Borrowing     General Bearing Corporation
          Agent:              44 High Street
                              West Nyack, New York 10994
                              Attention: David Gussack
                              Telephone: (914) 358-6000
                              Telecopy:  (914) 358-6277

          With a copy to:     Kurtzman, Haspel & Stein
                              9 Perlman Drive
                              Spring Valley, New York 10977
                              Attention: Eric Kurtzman, Esq.
                              Telephone: (914) 352-8800
                              Telecopy:  (914) 352-8865

                    30.  GOVERNING LAW AND WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL.  THIS
          AGREEMENT SHALL BE GOVERNED BY AND CONSTRUED AND ENFORCED IN
          ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK.  LENDER SHALL
          HAVE THE RIGHTS AND REMEDIES OF A SECURED PARTY UNDER APPLICABLE
          LAW INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE UNIFORM COMMERCIAL CODE OF
          NEW YORK.  EACH BORROWER AGREES THAT ALL ACTIONS AND PROCEEDINGS
          RELATING DIRECTLY OR INDIRECTLY TO THIS AGREEMENT OR ANY
          ANCILLARY AGREEMENT OR ANY OTHER OBLIGATIONS SHALL BE LITIGATED
          IN THE FEDERAL DISTRICT COURT OF THE SOUTHERN DISTRICT OF NEW
          YORK OR, AT LENDER'S OPTION, IN ANY OTHER COURTS LOCATED IN NEW
          YORK STATE OR ELSEWHERE AS LENDER MAY SELECT AND THAT SUCH COURTS
          ARE CONVENIENT FORUMS AND EACH BORROWER SUBMITS TO THE PERSONAL
          JURISDICTION OF SUCH COURTS.  EACH BORROWER WAIVES PERSONAL
          SERVICE OF PROCESS AND CONSENTS THAT SERVICE OF PROCESS UPON
          BORROWER MAY BE MADE BY CERTIFIED OR REGISTERED MAIL, RETURN
          RECEIPT REQUESTED, DIRECTED TO EACH BORROWER AT SUCH BORROWER'S
          ADDRESS APPEA ING ON LENDER'S RECORDS, AND SERVICE SO MADE SHALL
          BE DEEMED COMPLETED TWO (2) DAYS AFTER THE SAME SHALL HAVE BEEN
          SO MAILED.  BOTH PARTIES HERETO WAIVE THE RIGHT TO A TRIAL BY
          JURY IN ANY ACTION OR PROCEEDING BETWEEN BORROWERS AND LENDER AND
          EACH BORROWER WAIVES THE RIGHT TO ASSERT IN ANY ACTION OR
          PROCEEDING INSTITUTED BY LENDER WITH REGARD TO THIS AGREEMENT OR
          ANY OF THE OBLIGATIONS ANY OFFSETS OR COUNTERCLAIMS WHICH IT MAY
          HAVE.

                    31.  LIMITATION OF LIABILITY.  Each Borrower
          acknowledges and understands that in order to assure repayment of
          the Obligations hereunder Lender may be required to exercise any
          and all of Lender's rights and remedies hereunder and agrees that
          neither Lender nor any of Lender's agents shall be liable for
          acts taken or omissions made in connection herewith or therewith
          except for actual bad faith.

                    32.  ENTIRE UNDERSTANDING.  This Agreement and the
          Ancillary Agreements contain the entire understanding between
          Borrowers and Lender and any promises, representations,
          warranties or guarantees not herein contained shall have no force
          and effect unless in writing, signed by Borrowers' and Lender's
          respective officers.  Neither this Agreement, the Ancillary
          Agreements, nor any portion or provisions thereof may be changed,
          modified, amended, waived, supplemented, discharged, cancelled or
          terminated orally or by any course of dealing, or in any manner
          other than by an agreement in writing, signed by the party to be
          charged.

                    33.  MODIFICATION.  This Agreement and the Ancillary
          Agreements constitute the complete agreement between the parties
          with respect to the subject matter hereof and thereof and may not
          be modified, altered or amended except by an agreement in writing
          signed by the parties hereto and thereto.

                    34.  SEVERABILITY.  Wherever possible each provision of
          this Agreement or the Ancillary Agreements shall be interpreted
          in such manner as to be effective and valid under applicable law,
          but if any provision of this Agreement or the Ancillary
          Agreements shall be prohibited by or invalid under applicable law
          such provision shall be ineffective to the extent of such
          prohibition or invalidity, without invalidating the remainder of
          such provision or the remaining provisions thereof.

                    35.  CAPTIONS.  All captions are and shall be without
          substantive meaning or content of any kind whatsoever.

                    36.  COUNTERPARTS.  This Agreement may be executed in
          one or more counterparts, each of which taken together shall
          constitute one and the same instrument.

                    37.  CONSTRUCTION.  The parties acknowledge that each
          party and its counsel have reviewed this Agreement and that the
          normal rule of construction to the effect that any ambiguities
          are to be resolved against the drafting party shall not be
          employed in the interpretation of this Agreement or any
          amendments, schedules or exhibits thereto.

                    IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this Agreement has been duly
          executed as of the day and year first above written.


                                   GENERAL BEARING CORPORATION

                                   By:_________________________
                                   Name:_______________________
                                   Title:______________________



                                   HYATT RAILWAY PRODUCTS CORP.
                                                                            

                                   By:_________________________
                                   Name:_______________________
                                   Title:______________________


                                   THE BANK OF NEW YORK COMMERCIAL
                                   CORPORATION

                                  
                                   By:__________________________
                                   Name:________________________
                                   Title:_______________________


     [PAGE BREAK]

                                  LIST OF SCHEDULES


          Schedule 1(A) Permitted Liens
          Schedule 12(f) Plans
          Schedule 12(j) Licenses, Patents, Trademarks and Copyrights
          Schedule 12(l) Inventory Locations
          Schedule 12(m) Permitted Indebtedness


     [PAGE BREAK]

          Schedule 12(f) 

                                        Plans

               General Bearing Corporation and Hyatt Railway Products Corp.
          maintain the General Bearing Corporation Profit Sharing Trust
          which covers certain eligible salaried and nonunion employees.


     [PAGE BREAK]

          Schedule 12(j) 

                     Licenses, Patents, Trademarks and Copyrights
                                     [PAGE BREAK]
          Schedule 12(m)

                                Permitted Indebtedness

               Indebtedness owed by Borrowers to World Machinery Company in
          the principal amount of $2,500,000.00


     [PAGE BREAK]


                                   AMENDMENT NO. 1

                                          TO

                             LOAN AND SECURITY AGREEMENT

               THIS AMENDMENT NO. 1 ("Amendment") is entered into as of
          April __, 1994, by and among GENERAL BEARING CORPORATION
          ("General Bearing"), a Delaware corporation, HYATT RAILWAY
          PRODUCTS CORP. ("Hyatt"), a New York corporation, each having its
          principal place of business at 616 Route 303, Blauvelt, New York
          (General Bearing and Hyatt each a "Borrower" and jointly and
          severally referred to as "Borrowers") and THE BANK OF NEW YORK
          COMMERCIAL CORPORATION having its principal place of business at
          530 Fifth Avenue, New York, New York 10036 ("Lender").

                                      BACKGROUND

               Borrowers and Lender are parties to a Loan and Security
          Agreement dated as of December 20, 1993 (as amended, supplemented
          or otherwise modified from time to time, the "Loan Agreement")
          pursuant to which Lender provided Borrowers with certain
          financial accommodations.

               Borrowers have requested that Lender amend the Loan
          Agreement to (i) temporarily increase the Maximum Loan Amount and
          the Inventory Advance Rate (ii) amend the definition of Inventory
          Availability and (iii) increase the maximum amount of outstanding
          Letters of Credit, and Lender is willing to do so on the terms
          and conditions hereafter set forth.

               NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of any loan or advance or
          grant of credit heretofore or hereafter made to or for the
          account of Borrowers by Lender, and for other good and valuable
          consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby
          acknowledged, the parties hereto hereby agree as follows:

               1.   DEFINITIONS.  All capitalized terms not otherwise
          defined herein shall have the meanings given to them in the Loan
          Agreement.

               2.   AMENDMENT TO LOAN AGREEMENT.  Subject to satisfaction
          of the conditions precedent set forth in Section 3 below, the
          Loan Agreement is hereby amended as follows:

               2.1. The following defined terms in Section 1.2 are hereby
          amended in their entirety to provide as follows:

               "INVENTORY ADVANCE RATE" means (i) 40% of the amount of
          Eligible Inventory consisting of raw materials; PLUS (ii)(a) from
          the Closing Date through and including June 30, 1994, 45% of the
          amount of Eligible Inventory consisting of finished goods
          (b) from July 1, 1994 until the expiration of the Term, 40% of
          the amount of Eligible Inventory consisting of finished goods;
          PLUS (iii)(a) from the Closing Date through and including
          June 30, 1994, 45% of the amount of Eligible Inventory in transit
          under Letters of Credit and (b) from July 1, 1994 until the
          expiration of the Term, 40% of the amount Eligible Inventory in
          transit under Letters of Credit.

               "INVENTORY AVAILABILITY" means the amount of Revolving
          Credit Advances against Eligible Inventory Lender may from time
          to time during the Term make available to Borrowers based upon
          the Inventory Advance Rate (calculated on the basis of the lower
          of cost or market, on a first-in first-out basis) but which shall
          not, in any event exceed at any time outstanding the lesser of
          (i) $4,000,000, and (ii) 50% of the then outstanding Loans.

               "MAXIMUM LOAN AMOUNT" means (i) from April 14, 1994 through
          and including June 30, 1994, $8,000,000 and (ii) at all other
          times during the Term, $7,000,000.

               "MAXIMUM REVOLVING AMOUNT" means (i) from April 14, 1994
          through and including June 30, 1994, $8,000,000 and (ii) at all
          other times during the Term, $7,000,000.

               2.2. The second full sentence of Section 2(h) of the Loan
          Agreement is hereby amended by deleting "$1,000,000" and
          inserting "$1,600,000" in its place and stead.

               3.   CONDITIONS OF EFFECTIVENESS.  This Amendment shall
          become effective when Lender shall have received (i) four (4)
          copies of this Amendment executed by each Borrower and consented
          and agreed to by each of Fisco Industries, Ltd., Seymour Gussack,
          General Bearing and Hyatt as guarantors and (ii) an amendment fee
          in the amount of $10,000 which fee shall be charged to Borrowers'
          account.

               4.   REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES.  Each Borrower hereby
          represents and warrants as follows:

                    (a)  This Amendment and the Loan Agreement, as amended
               hereby, constitute legal, valid and binding obligations of
               each Borrower and are enforceable against each Borrower in
               accordance with their respective terms.

                    (b)  Upon the effectiveness of this Amendment, each
               Borrower hereby reaffirms all covenants, representations and
               warranties made in the Loan Agreement to the extent the same
               are not amended hereby and agree that all such covenants,
               representations and warranties shall be deemed to have been
               remade as of the effective date of this Amendment.

                    (c)  No Event of Default or Default has occurred and is
               continuing or would exist after giving effect to this
               Amendment No. 1.

                    (d)  No Borrower has any defense, counterclaim or
               offset with respect to the Loan Agreement.

               5.   EFFECT ON THE LOAN AGREEMENT.

               (a)  Upon the effectiveness of SECTION 2 hereof, each
          reference in the Loan Agreement to "this Agreement," "hereunder,"
          "hereof," "herein" or words of like import shall mean and be a
          reference to the Loan Agreement as amended hereby.

               (b)  Except as specifically amended herein, the Loan
          Agreement, and all other documents, instruments and agreements
          executed and/or delivered in connection therewith, shall remain
          in full force and effect, and are hereby ratified and confirmed.

               (c)  The execution, delivery and effectiveness of this
          Amendment shall not operate as a waiver of any right, power or
          remedy of Lender, nor constitute a waiver of any provision of the
          Loan Agreement, or any other documents, instruments or agreements
          executed and/or delivered under or in connection therewith.

               6.   GOVERNING LAW.  This Amendment shall be binding upon
          and inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and their
          respective successors and assigns and shall be governed by and
          construed in accordance with the laws of the State of New York.

               7.   HEADINGS.  Section headings in this Amendment are
          included herein for convenience of reference only and shall not
          constitute a part of this Amendment for any other purpose.


                [THE REMAINDER OF THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK]

     [PAGE BREAK]


               8.   COUNTERPARTS.  This Amendment may be executed by the
          parties hereto in one or more counterparts, each of which taken
          together shall be deemed to constitute one and the same
          instrument.

               IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this Amendment No. 1 has been duly
          executed as of the day and year first written above.

                                   GENERAL BEARING CORPORATION

                                   By: _______________________________
                                   Name: _____________________________
                                   Title: ____________________________

                                   HYATT RAILWAY PRODUCTS CORP.

                                   By: _______________________________
                                   Name: _____________________________
                                   Title: ____________________________

                                   THE BANK OF NEW YORK COMMERCIAL


                                     CORPORATION

                                   By: _______________________________
                                   Name: _____________________________
                                   Title: ____________________________

          CONSENTED AND AGREED TO:

          _____________________________
                SEYMOUR GUSSACK

          FISCO INDUSTRIES, LTD.

          By:___________________________
          Name:_________________________
          Title:________________________

          GENERAL BEARING CORPORATION


          By:___________________________
          Name:_________________________
          Title:________________________


          HYATT RAILWAY PRODUCTS CORP.


          By:___________________________
          Name:_________________________
          Title:________________________



     [PAGE BREAK]

                                   AMENDMENT NO. 2

                                          TO

                             LOAN AND SECURITY AGREEMENT



               THIS AMENDMENT NO. 2 ("Amendment") is entered into as of
          May __, 1994, by and among GENERAL BEARING CORPORATION ("General
          Bearing"), a Delaware corporation, HYATT RAILWAY PRODUCTS CORP.
          ("Hyatt"), a New York corporation, each having its principal
          place of business at 616 Route 303, Blauvelt, New York (General
          Bearing and Hyatt each a "Borrower" and jointly and severally
          referred to as "Borrowers") and THE BANK OF NEW YORK COMMERCIAL
          CORPORATION having its principal place of business at 530 Fifth
          Avenue, New York, New York 10036 ("Lender").


                                      BACKGROUND

               Borrowers and Lender are parties to a Loan and Security
          Agreement dated as of December 20, 1993, as amended by an
          Amendment No. 1 to Loan and Security Agreement dated as of April
          __, 1994 (as further amended, supplemented or otherwise modified
          from time to time, the "Loan Agreement") pursuant to which Lender
          provided Borrowers with certain financial accommodations.

               Borrowers have requested that Lender amend the Loan
          Agreement to (i) increase the Maximum Loan Amount, (ii) amend the
          definition of Inventory Availability, (iii) increase the maximum
          amount of outstanding Letters of Credit and (iv) amend certain
          financial covenants, and Lender is willing to do so on the terms
          and conditions hereafter set forth.

               NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of any loan or advance or
          grant of credit heretofore or hereafter made to or for the
          account of Borrowers by Lender, and for other good and valuable
          consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby
          acknowledged, the parties hereto hereby agree as follows:

               1.   DEFINITIONS.  All capitalized terms not otherwise
          defined herein shall have the meanings given to them in the Loan
          Agreement.

               2.   AMENDMENT TO LOAN AGREEMENT.  Subject to satisfaction
          of the conditions precedent set forth in Section 3 below, the
          Loan Agreement is hereby amended as follows:

               2.1. The following defined terms in Section 1.2 are hereby
          amended in their entirety to provide as follows:

               "INVENTORY AVAILABILITY" means the amount of Revolving
          Credit Advances against Eligible Inventory Lender may from time
          to time during the Term make available to Borrowers based upon
          the Inventory Advance Rate (calculated on the basis of the lower
          of cost or market, on a first-in first-out basis) but which shall
          not, in any event exceed at any time outstanding the lesser of
          (i) $5,000,000, and (ii) 50% of the then outstanding Loans.

               "MAXIMUM LOAN AMOUNT" means $10,000,000.

               "MAXIMUM REVOLVING AMOUNT" means $10,000,000.

               2.2. The second full sentence of Section 2(h) of the Loan
          Agreement is hereby amended by deleting "$1,600,000" and
          inserting "$1,800,000" in its place and stead.

               2.3. Subsections (n), (p), (q) and (r) of Section 12 of the
          Loan Agreement are hereby amended in their entirety to provide as
          follows:

               (n)  it shall not permit Tangible Net Worth at the end of
                    each fiscal quarter set forth below to be less than the
                    amount set opposite such date:

                                                      Tangible Net
                                  DATE                    WORTH   

                          December 31, 1993            $4,165,000
                          March 31, 1994                4,565,000
                          June 30, 1994                 4,550,000
                          September 30, 1994            5,125,000
                          December 31, 1994             6,115,000

               (p)  it will not make capital expenditures in any fiscal
                    year which, when aggregated with capital expenditures
                    for all other Borrowers, would exceed $1,200,000 of
                    which up to $750,000 may be externally financed on
                    terms and acceptable to Lender;

               (q)  it shall not permit the Fixed Charge Coverage at the
                    end of each fiscal quarter set forth below to be less
                    than the amount set opposite such date:

                                  DATE           FIXED CHARGE COVERAGE

                          December 31, 1993            1.75:1.00
                          March 31, 1994               1.75:1.00
                          June 30, 1994                3.00:1.00
                          September 30, 1994           1.40:1.00
                          December 31, 1994            2.50:1.00

               (r)  it shall not permit the ratio of Current Assets to
                    Current Liabilities at the end of each fiscal quarter
                    set forth below to be less than the amount set opposite
                    such date:
                                  DATE                   RATIO

                          December 31, 1993            1.10:1.00
                          March 31, 1994               1.10:1.00
                          June 30, 1994                1.05:1.00
                          September 30, 1994           1.00:1.00
                          December 31, 1994            1.05:1.00


               2.4. A new subsection 12(r-1) is hereby inserted after
          subsection 12(r) which provides as follows:

                    (r-1) it shall not permit the ratio of (x) the sum of
                    cash PLUS cash equivalents PLUS accounts receivable, to
                    (y) Current Liabilities, at the end of each fiscal
                    quarter set forth below to be less than the amount set
                    opposite such date:

                                  DATE                QUICK RATIO

                          June 30, 1994                .35 to 1.0
                          September 30, 1994           .35 to 1.0
                          December 31, 1994            .35 to 1.0


               3.   CONDITIONS OF EFFECTIVENESS.  This Amendment shall
          become effective when Lender shall have received (i) four (4)
          copies of this Amendment executed by each Borrower and consented
          and agreed to by each of Fisco Industries, Ltd., Seymour Gussack,
          General Bearing and Hyatt as guarantors and (ii) the first
          $10,000 installment of a total amendment fee in the amount of
          $30,000 which installment shall be charged to Borrowers' account. 
          The second and third installments of the amendment fee, each in
          the sum of $10,000, shall be due and payable on July 1, 1994 and
          August 1, 1994, respectively, and shall be charged to Borrowers'
          account.

               4.   REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES.  Each Borrower hereby
          represents and warrants as follows:

                    (a)  This Amendment and the Loan Agreement, as amended
               hereby, constitute legal, valid and binding obligations of
               each Borrower and are enforceable against each Borrower in
               accordance with their respective terms.

                    (b)  Upon the effectiveness of this Amendment, each
               Borrower hereby reaffirms all covenants, representations and
               warranties made in the Loan Agreement to the extent the same
               are not amended hereby and agree that all such covenants,
               representations and warranties shall be deemed to have been
               remade as of the effective date of this Amendment.

                    (c)  No Event of Default or Default has occurred and is
               continuing or would exist after giving effect to this
               Amendment.

                    (d)  No Borrower has any defense, counterclaim or
               offset with respect to the Loan Agreement.

               5.   EFFECT ON THE LOAN AGREEMENT.

               (a)  Upon the effectiveness of SECTION 2 hereof, each
          reference in the Loan Agreement to "this Agreement," "hereunder,"
          "hereof," "herein" or words of like import shall mean and be a
          reference to the Loan Agreement as amended hereby.

               (b)  Except as specifically amended herein, the Loan
          Agreement, and all other documents, instruments and agreements
          executed and/or delivered in connection therewith, shall remain
          in full force and effect, and are hereby ratified and confirmed.

               (c)  The execution, delivery and effectiveness of this
          Amendment shall not operate as a waiver of any right, power or
          remedy of Lender, nor constitute a waiver of any provision of the
          Loan Agreement, or any other documents, instruments or agreements
          executed and/or delivered under or in connection therewith.

               6.   GOVERNING LAW.  This Amendment shall be binding upon
          and inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and their
          respective successors and assigns and shall be governed by and
          construed in accordance with the laws of the State of New York.

               7.   HEADINGS.  Section headings in this Amendment are
          included herein for convenience of reference only and shall not
          constitute a part of this Amendment for any other purpose.

               8.   COUNTERPARTS.  This Amendment may be executed by the
          parties hereto in one or more counterparts, each of which taken
          together shall be deemed to constitute one and the same
          instrument.

               IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this Amendment has been duly executed as
          of the day and year first written above.

                                   GENERAL BEARING CORPORATION

                                   By: _______________________________
                                   Name: _____________________________
                                   Title: ____________________________

                                   HYATT RAILWAY PRODUCTS CORP.

                                   By: _______________________________
                                   Name: _____________________________
                                   Title: ____________________________

                                   THE BANK OF NEW YORK COMMERCIAL
                                     CORPORATION

                                   By: _______________________________
                                   Name: _____________________________
                                   Title: ____________________________

          CONSENTED AND AGREED TO:

          _____________________________
                SEYMOUR GUSSACK

          FISCO INDUSTRIES, LTD.

          By:___________________________
          Name:_________________________
          Title:________________________

          GENERAL BEARING CORPORATION

          By:___________________________
          Name:_________________________
          Title:________________________


          HYATT RAILWAY PRODUCTS CORP.


          By:___________________________
          Name:_________________________
          Title:________________________



     [PAGE BREAK]

                                   AMENDMENT NO. 3

                                          TO

                             LOAN AND SECURITY AGREEMENT


                    THIS AMENDMENT NO. 3 ("Amendment") is entered into as
          of November__, 1994, by and among GENERAL BEARING CORPORATION
          ("General Bearing"), a Delaware corporation, HYATT RAILWAY
          PRODUCTS CORP. ("Hyatt"), a New York corporation, each having its
          principal place of business at 616 Route 303, Blauvelt, New York
          (General Bearing and Hyatt each a "Borrower" and jointly and
          severally referred to as "Borrowers") and THE BANK OF NEW YORK
          COMMERCIAL CORPORATION having its principal place of business at
          1290 Avenue of the Americas, New York, New York 10104 ("Lender").

                                      BACKGROUND

               Borrowers and Lender are parties to a Loan and Security
          Agreement dated as of December 20, 1993, as amended by (i)
          Amendment No. 1 to Loan and Security Agreement dated as of April
          __, 1994 and (ii) Amendment No. 2 to Loan and Security Agreement
          dated as of May 31, 1994 (as further amended, supplemented or
          otherwise modified from time to time, the "Loan Agreement")
          pursuant to which Lender provided Borrowers with certain
          financial accommodations.

               Borrowers have requested that Lender amend the Loan
          Agreement to (i) increase the Maximum Loan Amount and the
          Inventory Advance Rate, (ii) amend the definition of Inventory
          Availability, and (iii) amend the definition of Term, and Lender
          is willing to do so on the terms and conditions hereafter set
          forth.

               NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of any loan or advance or
          grant of credit heretofore or hereafter made to or for the
          account of Borrowers by Lender, and for other good and valuable
          consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby
          acknowledged, the parties hereto hereby agree as follows:

               1.   DEFINITIONS.  All capitalized terms not otherwise
          defined herein shall have the meanings given to them in the Loan
          Agreement.

               2.   AMENDMENT TO LOAN AGREEMENT.  Subject to satisfaction
          of the conditions precedent set forth in Section 3 below, the
          Loan Agreement is hereby amended as follows:

               2.1. The following defined terms in Section 1.2 are hereby
          amended in their entirety to provide as follows:

                    "INVENTORY ADVANCE RATE" means (i) 50% of the amount of
          Eligible Inventory consisting of raw materials; PLUS (ii) 50% of
          the amount of Eligible Inventory consisting of finished goods;
          PLUS (iii) 50% of the amount of Eligible Inventory in transit
          under Letters of Credit.

               "INVENTORY AVAILABILITY" means the amount of Revolving
          Credit Advances against Eligible Inventory Lender may from time
          to time during the Term make available to Borrowers based upon
          the Inventory Advance Rate (calculated on the basis of the lower
          of cost or market, on a first-in first-out basis) but which shall
          not, in any event exceed $8,000,000 at any time outstanding.

               "MAXIMUM LOAN AMOUNT" means $15,000,000.

               "MAXIMUM REVOLVING AMOUNT" means $15,000,000.

               "RECEIVABLES AVAILABILITY" means the amount of Revolving
          Credit Advances against Eligible Receivables Lender may from time
          to time during the term of this Agreement make available to
          Borrowers up to 85% ("Receivables Advance Rate") of the net face
          amount of Borrower's Eligible Receivables.

               "TERM" means the Closing Date through December 20, 1996
          subject to acceleration upon the occurrence of an Event of
          Default hereunder or other termination hereunder.

               2.2.  Section 1.2 is hereby further amended by adding the
          following defined term in the appropriate alphabetical order:

               "EFFECTIVE DATE" shall mean the date Amendment No. 3 to Loan
          and Security Agreement becomes effective.

               2.3. Section 2(a)(y) is hereby amended in its entirety to
          provide as follows:

                (y)  an amount equal to the sum of:

                    (i)  Receivables Availability; PLUS

                   (ii)  Inventory Availability; MINUS

                  (iii)  the aggregate amount of outstanding Letters of
                         Credit; MINUS

                  (iv)   such reserves as Lender may reasonably deem proper
                         and necessary from time to time.

                         The sum of 2(a)(y)(i) plus (ii) shall be referred
          to as the "Formula Amount".

               2.4. Section 2(b) is hereby amended in its entirety to
          provide as follows:

                    (i)  Notwithstanding the limitations set forth above,
                         Lender retains the right to lend Borrowers from
                         time to time such amounts in excess of such
                         limitations as Lender may determine in its sole
                         discretion; and

                   (ii)  Notwithstanding the Inventory Advance Rate set
                         forth in Section 1.2, Borrowers may elect to have
                         the Inventory Advance Rate permanently reduced to
                         45% of the Eligible Inventory consisting of raw
                         materials, 45% of the Eligible Inventory
                         consisting of finished goods, and 45% of the
                         Eligible Inventory in transit under Letters of
                         Credit at any time during the life of the Loan
                         Agreement.  If Borrowers so elect, the Contract
                         Rate will be reduced by one quarter of one percent
                         (0.25%) per annum.

               2.5. Section 5(a)(i) is hereby amended in its entirety to
          provide as follows:

                    (i)  Except as modified by paragraphs 5 (a) (iii), (vi)
                         and (viii) below, Borrowers shall pay interest on
                         the unpaid principal balance of the Revolving
                         Credit Advances for each day they are outstanding
                         at the Contract Rate.

               2.6. Section 5(a) is hereby amended by inserting the
          following provisions at the end thereof:

                   (vi)  Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the Borrowers
                         elect under Section 2(b)(ii) to have the Inventory
                         Advance Rate permanently reduced, then the
                         Contract Rate will be reduced by one quarter of
                         one percent (0.25%) per annum.

                  (vii)  Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the sales and
                         net income of Borrowers on a consolidated basis
                         for any rolling three (3) month period is at least
                         ninety five percent (95%) of the amounts projected
                         to be achieved by Borrowers for such rolling three
                         (3) month period as set forth on the October 1994
                         projections delivered by Borrowers to Lender and
                         annexed hereto as SCHEDULE 5(A)(VII) (the "October
                         Projections") and if the amount of Borrowers'
                         inventory for any rolling three (3) month period
                         does not vary from the amount projected by
                         Borrowers in the October Projections by more than
                         five percent (5%), then the Contract Rate will be
                         reduced by one quarter of one percent (0.25%) per
                         annum.  

               2.7. Section 5(b) is hereby amended by inserting the
          following provision at the end thereof:

               (v)  RESTRUCTURING FEE. Borrowers shall pay to Lender a fee
                    in an amount equal to $50,000, of which $20,000 is
                    payable on the Effective Date, and $30,000 is payable
                    in two (2) consecutive equal monthly installments of
                    $15,000 each the first of which shall be paid thirty
                    (30) days after the Effective Date.  Payments of this
                    fee may be charged to Borrowers' account.

               2.8. The proviso appearing at the end of Section 17 is
          hereby amended in its entirety to provide as follows:   

                    PROVIDED, that if Borrowers voluntarily prepay the
          Loans in full prior to the expiration of the Term, Borrowers at
          the time of prepayment shall pay to Lender an early termination
          fee in an amount equal to $300,000 if the Loans are prepaid in
          full prior to December 20, 1995, or $150,000 if the Loans are
          prepaid in full on or after December 21, 1995 and prior to the
          end of the Term.  

               2.9. Subsections (n), (q) and (r) of Section 12 are hereby
          amended in their entirety to provide as follows:

                 (n)  it shall not permit Tangible Net Worth at the end of
          each fiscal quarter set forth below to be less than the amount
          set forth opposite such date:

                         DATE                TANGIBLE NET WORTH

                    December 31, 1994            $5,315,000
                    March 31, 1995                5,695,000
                    June 30, 1995                 5,745,000
                    September 30, 1995            6,275,000
                    December 31, 1995             6,840,000
                            and thereafter

                 (q)  it shall not permit the Fixed Charge Coverage at the
          end of each fiscal quarter set forth below to be less than the
          amount set opposite such date:

                         DATE                FIXED CHARGE COVERAGE

                    December 31, 1994             1.80 to 1.00
                    March 31, 1995                0.90 to 1.00
                    June 30, 1995                 1.00 to 1.00
                    September 30, 1995            2.80 to 1.00
                    December 31, 1995             3.90 to 1.00
                            and thereafter



                 (r)  it shall not permit the ratio of Current Assets to
          Current Liabilities at the end of each fiscal quarter set forth
          below to be less than the amount set forth opposite such date:

                         DATE                        RATIO

                    December 31, 1994             1.10 to 1.00
                    March 31, 1995                1.10 to 1.00
                    June 30, 1995                 1.10 to 1.00
                    September 30, 1995            1.10 to 1.00
                    December 31, 1995             1.10 to 1.00
                            and thereafter

          Lender agrees to consider adjusting the covenants set forth above
          for each of Tangible Net Worth, Fixed Charge Coverage and ratio
          of Current Assets to Current Liabilities for the fiscal quarters 
          ending March 31, 1996, June 30, 1996 and September 30, 1996.
          Borrower shall provide Lender with fiscal projections for such
          fiscal periods no later than November 15, 1995 to enable Lender
          to make such determination.  However, nothing contained herein
          shall obligate Lender to amend any of the foregoing covenants.

               3.   CONDITIONS OF EFFECTIVENESS.  This Amendment shall
          become effective when Lender shall have received (i) four (4)
          copies of this Amendment executed by each Borrower and consented
          and agreed to by each of Fisco Industries, Ltd., General Bearing
          and Hyatt as guarantors, (ii) four (4) copies of a guaranty
          executed by David Gussack in form and substance satisfactory to
          Lender, and (iii) the first $20,000 installment of a
          total Restructuring Fee in the amount of $50,000 (which
          installment shall be charged to Borrowers' account).  

               4.   REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES.  Each Borrower hereby
          represents and warrants as follows:

                    (a)  This Amendment and the Loan Agreement, as amended
               hereby, constitute legal, valid and binding obligations of
               each Borrower and are enforceable against each Borrower in
               accordance with their respective terms.

                    (b)  Upon the effectiveness of this Amendment, each
               Borrower hereby reaffirms all covenants, representations and
               warranties made in the Loan Agreement to the extent the same
               are not amended hereby and agree that all such covenants,
               representations and warranties shall be deemed to have been
               remade as of the effective date of this Amendment.

                    (c)  No Event of Default or Default has occurred and is
               continuing or would exist after giving effect to this
               Amendment.

                    (d)  No Borrowers has any defense, counterclaim or
               offset with respect to the Loan Agreement.

               5.   EFFECT ON THE LOAN AGREEMENT.

               (a)  Upon the effectiveness of SECTION 2 hereof, each
          reference in the Loan Agreement to "this Agreement," "hereunder,"
          "hereof," "herein" or words of like import shall mean and be a
          reference to the Loan Agreement as amended hereby.

               (b)  Except as specifically amended herein, the Loan
          Agreement, and all other documents, instruments and agreements
          executed and/or delivered in connection therewith, shall remain
          in full force and effect, and are hereby ratified and confirmed.

               (c)  The execution, delivery and effectiveness of this
          Amendment shall not operate as a waiver of any right, power or
          remedy of Lender, nor constitute a waiver of any provision of the
          Loan Agreement, or any other documents, instruments or agreements
          executed and/or delivered under or in connection therewith.

               6.   GOVERNING LAW.  This Amendment shall be binding upon
          and inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and their
          respective successors and assigns and shall be governed by and
          construed in accordance with the laws of the State of New York.

               7.   HEADINGS.  Section headings in this Amendment are
          included herein for convenience of reference only and shall not
          constitute a part of this Amendment for any other purpose.

               8.   COUNTERPARTS.  This Amendment may be executed by the
          parties hereto in one or more counterparts, each of which taken
          together shall be deemed to constitute one and the same
          instrument.

               IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this Amendment has been duly executed as
          of the day and year first written above.

                                   GENERAL BEARING CORPORATION

                                   By: _______________________________
                                   Name: _____________________________
                                   Title: ____________________________

                                   HYATT RAILWAY PRODUCTS CORP.
                                   By: _______________________________
                                   Name: _____________________________
                                   Title: ____________________________

                                   THE BANK OF NEW YORK COMMERCIAL
                                     CORPORATION

                                   By: _______________________________
                                   Name: _____________________________
                                   Title: ____________________________

          CONSENTED AND AGREED TO:



          FISCO INDUSTRIES, LTD.

          By:___________________________
          Name:_________________________
          Title:________________________

          GENERAL BEARING CORPORATION


          By:___________________________
          Name:_________________________
          Title:________________________


          HYATT RAILWAY PRODUCTS CORP.


          By:___________________________
          Name:_________________________
          Title:________________________


     [PAGE BREAK]

                                   AMENDMENT NO. 4

                                          TO

                             LOAN AND SECURITY AGREEMENT


                    THIS AMENDMENT NO. 4 ("Amendment") is entered into as
          of June __, 1995, by and among GENERAL BEARING CORPORATION
          ("General Bearing"), a Delaware corporation, HYATT RAILWAY
          PRODUCTS CORP. ("Hyatt"), a New York corporation, each having its
          principal place of business at 616 Route 303, Blauvelt, New York
          (General Bearing and Hyatt each a "Borrower" and jointly and
          severally referred to as "Borrowers") and THE BANK OF NEW YORK
          COMMERCIAL CORPORATION having its principal place of business at
          1290 Avenue of the Americas, New York, New York 10104 ("Lender").

                                      BACKGROUND

               Borrowers and Lender are parties to a Loan and Security
          Agreement dated as of December 20, 1993, as amended by (i)
          Amendment No. 1 to Loan and Security Agreement dated as of April
          __, 1994, (ii) Amendment No. 2 to Loan and Security Agreement
          dated as of May 31, 1994 and (iii) Amendment No. 3 to Loan and
          Security Agreement dated as of November 14, 1994 (as further
          amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time,
          the "Loan Agreement") pursuant to which Lender provided Borrowers
          with certain financial accommodations.

               Borrowers have requested that Lender make a Term Loan to
          them in the principal amount of $1,560,000, and Lender is willing
          to do so on the terms and conditions hereafter set forth.

               NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of any loan or advance or
          grant of credit heretofore or hereafter made to or for the
          account of Borrowers by Lender, and for other good and valuable
          consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby
          acknowledged, the parties hereto hereby agree as follows:

               1.   DEFINITIONS.  All capitalized terms not otherwise
          defined herein shall have the meanings given to them in the Loan
          Agreement.

               2.   AMENDMENT TO LOAN AGREEMENT.  Subject to satisfaction
          of the conditions precedent set forth in Section 3 below, the
          Loan Agreement is hereby amended as follows:

               2.1. The following defined terms in Section 1.2 are hereby
          amended in their entirety to provide as follows:

               "EFFECTIVE DATE" shall mean the date Amendment No. 4 to the
          Loan and Security Agreement becomes effective.

                    "LOANS" means the Revolving Credit Advances, the Term
          Loan and all other extensions of credit hereunder (including
          Letters of Credit).

               "MAXIMUM REVOLVING AMOUNT" means $15,000,000 less the
          outstanding principal amount of the Term Loan.

               "TERM" means the Closing Date through the later of
          (x) December 20, 1996, or (y) the third anniversary of the
          advancing of the Term Loan.

               2.2.  Section 1.2 is hereby further amended by adding the
          following defined term in the appropriate alphabetical order:
               "TERM LOAN" shall mean the Loans made pursuant to Section
          2(o) hereof.

               "TERM LOAN RATE" shall mean an interest rate per annum equal
          to the (i) Alternate Base Rate PLUS (ii) two percent (2.00%).

               "TERM NOTE" shall mean the promissory note described in
          Section 2(o).

               2.3. A new Section 2(o) is hereby inserted in the Loan
          Agreement to provide as follows:

                    (o)  TERM LOAN.  Subject to the terms and conditions of
               this Agreement, Lender will make a Term Loan to Borrowers in
               the sum of $1,560,000.  The Term Loan shall be advanced on
               the Effective Date and shall be, with respect to principal,
               payable as follows, subject to acceleration upon the
               occurrence of an Event of Default under this Agreement or
               termination of this Agreement: thirty-six consecutive
               monthly installments, the first thirty-five (35) of which
               each shall be in the amount of $18,570.00 commencing on July
               1, 1995 and payable on the first day of each month
               thereafter with the thirty-sixth (36th) and final payment in
               an amount equal to the unpaid principal amount of the Term
               Loan plus all accrued interest payable on the last day of
               the Term.  The Term Loan shall be evidenced by and subject
               to the terms and conditions set forth in the secured
               promissory note ("Term Note") in substantially the form
               attached hereto as EXHIBIT 2(O).  The Term Loan may be
               prepaid, in whole or in part, at the option of Borrowers but
               only (i) with the proceeds of Equipment and of General
               Intangibles relating to Equipment and/or (ii) except as
               specifically provided in the foregoing subsection (ii), from
               a source other than the proceeds of Collateral.  All
               prepayments shall be applied to installments of the Term
               Loan in the inverse order of the maturities thereof.

               2.4. Section 5(a)(i) is hereby amended in its entirety to
          provide as follows:

               (i)  Except as modified by paragraphs 5 (a) (iii), (vi) and
                    (vii) below, Borrowers shall pay interest on the (X)
                    unpaid principal balance of the Revolving Credit
                    Advances for each day they are outstanding at the
                    Contract Rate and (Y) outstanding principal amount of
                    the Term Loan at the Term Loan Rate.

               2.5. Section 5(a)(vii) is hereby amended by adding the
          following sentence at the end thereof:

               "Only one reduction to the Contract Rate pursuant to this
               subsection (vii) shall occur while this Agreement is in
               effect."

               2.6. Section 5(b)(v) is hereby amended in its entirety to
          provide as follows:

               (v)  RESTRUCTURING FEE. Borrowers shall pay to Lender on the
                    Effective Date a fee in an amount equal to $18,000
                    which fee may be charged to Borrowers' account.

               3.   CONDITIONS OF EFFECTIVENESS.  This Amendment shall
          become effective when Lender shall have received (i) four (4)
          copies of this Amendment executed by each Borrower and consented
          and agreed to by each of Fisco Industries, Ltd., General Bearing
          and Hyatt as guarantors, (ii) four (4) copies of a limited
          guaranty executed by David Gussack in form and substance
          satisfactory to Lender and (iii) the Restructuring Fee in an
          amount equal to $18,000 (which fee shall be charged to Borrowers'
          account).  

               4.   REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES.  Each Borrower hereby
          represents and warrants as follows:

                    (a)  This Amendment and the Loan Agreement, as amended
               hereby, constitute legal, valid and binding obligations of
               each Borrower and are enforceable against each Borrower in
               accordance with their respective terms.

                    (b)  Upon the effectiveness of this Amendment, each
               Borrower hereby reaffirms all covenants, representations and
               warranties made in the Loan Agreement to the extent the same
               are not amended hereby and agree that all such covenants,
               representations and warranties shall be deemed to have been
               remade as of the effective date of this Amendment.

                    (c)  No Event of Default or Default has occurred and is
               continuing or would exist after giving effect to this
               Amendment.

                    (d)  No Borrowers has any defense, counterclaim or
               offset with respect to the Loan Agreement.

               5.   NOTICE OF MOVE.  Borrowers shall give Lender not less
          than thirty (30) days' prior written notice of the date they will
          move out of the premises in Blauvelt, New York to West Nyack, New
          York, and Borrowers shall execute and deliver such UCC-3
          financing statements amending Borrowers' mailing address as
          Lender and its counsel deem necessary.

               6.   EFFECT ON THE LOAN AGREEMENT.

               (a)  Upon the effectiveness of SECTION 2 hereof, each
          reference in the Loan Agreement to "this Agreement," "hereunder,"
          "hereof," "herein" or words of like import shall mean and be a
          reference to the Loan Agreement as amended hereby.

               (b)  Except as specifically amended herein, the Loan
          Agreement, and all other documents, instruments and agreements
          executed and/or delivered in connection therewith, shall remain
          in full force and effect, and are hereby ratified and confirmed.

               (c)  The execution, delivery and effectiveness of this
          Amendment shall not operate as a waiver of any right, power or
          remedy of Lender, nor constitute a waiver of any provision of the
          Loan Agreement, or any other documents, instruments or agreements
          executed and/or delivered under or in connection therewith.

               7.   GOVERNING LAW.  This Amendment shall be binding upon
          and inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and their
          respective successors and assigns and shall be governed by and
          construed in accordance with the laws of the State of New York.

               8.   HEADINGS.  Section headings in this Amendment are
          included herein for convenience of reference only and shall not
          constitute a part of this Amendment for any other purpose.

               9.   COUNTERPARTS.  This Amendment may be executed by the
          parties hereto in one or more counterparts, each of which shall
          be deemed an original and all of which taken together shall
          constitute one and the same agreement.

                                     [PAGE BREAK]
               IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this Amendment has been duly executed as
          of the day and year first written above.

                                   GENERAL BEARING CORPORATION

                                   By: _______________________________
                                   Name: _____________________________
                                   Title: ____________________________

                                   HYATT RAILWAY PRODUCTS CORP.

                                   By: _______________________________
                                   Name: _____________________________
                                   Title: ____________________________

                                   THE BANK OF NEW YORK COMMERCIAL
                                     CORPORATION

                                   By: _______________________________
                                   Name: _____________________________
                                   Title: ____________________________



          CONSENTED AND AGREED TO:

          FISCO INDUSTRIES, LTD.

          By:___________________________
          Name:_________________________
          Title:________________________

          GENERAL BEARING CORPORATION


          By:___________________________
          Name:_________________________
          Title:________________________


          HYATT RAILWAY PRODUCTS CORP.


          By:___________________________
          Name:_________________________
          Title:________________________


     [PAGE BREAK]

                                   AMENDMENT NO. 5

                                          TO

                             LOAN AND SECURITY AGREEMENT


                    THIS AMENDMENT NO. 5 ("Amendment") is entered into as
          of March 1, 1996, by and among GENERAL BEARING CORPORATION
          ("General Bearing"), a Delaware corporation, HYATT RAILWAY
          PRODUCTS CORP. ("Hyatt"), a New York corporation, each having its
          principal place of business at 616 Route 303, Blauvelt, New York
          (General Bearing and Hyatt each a "Borrower" and jointly and
          severally referred to as "Borrowers") and THE BANK OF NEW YORK
          COMMERCIAL CORPORATION having its principal place of business at
          1290 Avenue of the Americas, New York, New York 10104 ("Lender").

                                      BACKGROUND

               Borrowers and Lender are parties to a Loan and Security
          Agreement dated as of December 20, 1993, as amended by (i)
          Amendment No. 1 to Loan and Security Agreement dated as of April
          __, 1994, (ii) Amendment No. 2 to Loan and Security Agreement
          dated as of May 31, 1994, (iii) Amendment No. 3 to Loan and
          Security Agreement dated as of November 14, 1994 and (iv)
          Amendment No. 4 to Loan and Security Agreement dated as of June
          19, 1995 (as may be further amended, supplemented or otherwise
          modified from time to time, the "Loan Agreement") pursuant to
          which Lender provided Borrowers with certain financial
          accommodations.

               Borrowers have requested that Lender provide an overadvance
          facility for a ten (10) day period commencing on the Effective
          Date (as defined below), and Lender is willing to do so on the
          terms and conditions hereafter set forth.

               NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of any loan or advance or
          grant of credit heretofore or hereafter made to or for the
          account of Borrowers by Lender, and for other good and valuable
          consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby
          acknowledged, the parties hereto hereby agree as follows:

               1.   DEFINITIONS.  All capitalized terms not otherwise
          defined herein shall have the meanings given to them in the Loan
          Agreement.

               2.   AMENDMENT TO LOAN AGREEMENT.  Subject to satisfaction
          of the conditions precedent set forth in Section 3 below, the
          Loan Agreement is hereby amended as follows:

               2.1. Paragraph 1.2 of the Loan Agreement is hereby amended
          as follows:

               (a) the following defined terms are hereby inserted in
          appropriate alphabetical order:

               "OVERADVANCE GUARANTY" shall mean the guaranty executed by
          David Gussack guaranteeing to Lender the amount of $300,000.

               "OVERADVANCE AMOUNT" shall mean for the period commencing on
          the Effective Date through March 14, 1996, $300,000 and
          thereafter, $0.

               (b) the following defined terms are hereby amended in their
          entirety:

               "EFFECTIVE DATE" shall mean the date on which Amendment No.
          5 to the Loan and Security Agreement becomes effective.

                    "LOANS" means the Revolving Credit Advances, the Term
          Loan and all other extensions of credit hereunder (including
          Letters of Credit and the Overadvance Amount).

               2.2. Section 2(a)(y) is hereby amended in its entirety to
          provide as follows:

                (y)  an amount equal to the sum of:

                    (i)  Receivables Availability; PLUS

                   (ii)  Inventory Availability; PLUS

                   (iii) the Overadvance Amount; MINUS"

                   (iv)  the aggregate amount of outstanding Letters of
                         Credit; MINUS

                   (v)   such reserves as Lender may reasonably deem proper
                         and necessary from time to time.

                         The sum of 2(a)(y)(i) plus (ii) plus (iii) plus
          (v) shall be referred to as the "Formula Amount".

               3.   CONDITIONS OF EFFECTIVENESS.  This Amendment shall
          become effective when Lender shall have received (i) four (4)
          copies of this Amendment executed by each Borrower and consented
          and agreed to by each of Fisco Industries, Ltd., General Bearing
          and Hyatt as guarantors, (ii) four (4) copies of the Overadvance
          Guaranty executed by David Gussack in form and substance
          satisfactory to Lender and (iii) an overadvance fee in an amount
          equal to $3,000 (which fee shall be charged to Borrowers'
          account).  
               4.   REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES.  Each Borrower hereby
          represents and warrants as follows:

                    (a)  This Amendment and the Loan Agreement, as amended
               hereby, constitute legal, valid and binding obligations of
               each Borrower and are enforceable against each Borrower in
               accordance with their respective terms.

                    (b)  Upon the effectiveness of this Amendment, each
               Borrower hereby reaffirms all covenants, representations and
               warranties made in the Loan Agreement to the extent the same
               are not amended hereby and agree that all such covenants,
               representations and warranties shall be deemed to have been
               remade as of the effective date of this Amendment.

                    (c)  No Event of Default or Default has occurred and is
               continuing or would exist after giving effect to this
               Amendment.

                    (d)  No Borrowers has any defense, counterclaim or
               offset with respect to the Loan Agreement.

               5.   EFFECT ON THE LOAN AGREEMENT.

               (a)  Upon the effectiveness of SECTION 2 hereof, each
          reference in the Loan Agreement to "this Agreement," "hereunder,"
          "hereof," "herein" or words of like import shall mean and be a
          reference to the Loan Agreement as amended hereby.

               (b)  Except as specifically amended herein, the Loan
          Agreement, and all other documents, instruments and agreements
          executed and/or delivered in connection therewith, shall remain
          in full force and effect, and are hereby ratified and confirmed.

               (c)  The execution, delivery and effectiveness of this
          Amendment shall not operate as a waiver of any right, power or
          remedy of Lender, nor constitute a waiver of any provision of the
          Loan Agreement, or any other documents, instruments or agreements
          executed and/or delivered under or in connection therewith.

               6.   GOVERNING LAW.  This Amendment shall be binding upon
          and inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and their
          respective successors and assigns and shall be governed by and
          construed in accordance with the laws of the State of New York.

               7.   HEADINGS.  Section headings in this Amendment are
          included herein for convenience of reference only and shall not
          constitute a part of this Amendment for any other purpose.

               8.   COUNTERPARTS.  This Amendment may be executed by the
          parties hereto in one or more counterparts, each of which shall
          be deemed an original and all of which taken together shall
          constitute one and the same agreement.  Any signature delivered
          by a party by facsimile transmission shall be deemed to be an
          original signature hereto.

               IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this Amendment has been duly executed as
          of the day and year first written above.

                                   GENERAL BEARING CORPORATION

                                   By: _______________________________
                                   Name: _____________________________
                                   Title: ____________________________

                                   HYATT RAILWAY PRODUCTS CORP.

                                   By: _______________________________
                                   Name: _____________________________
                                   Title: ____________________________

                                   THE BANK OF NEW YORK COMMERCIAL
                                     CORPORATION

                                   By: _______________________________
                                   Name: _____________________________
                                   Title: ____________________________



          CONSENTED AND AGREED TO:



          FISCO INDUSTRIES, LTD.

          By:___________________________
          Name:_________________________
          Title:________________________


          GENERAL BEARING CORPORATION


          By:___________________________
          Name:_________________________
          Title:________________________


          HYATT RAILWAY PRODUCTS CORP.


          By:___________________________
          Name:_________________________
          Title:________________________


     [PAGE BREAK]

                              WAIVER AND AMENDMENT NO. 6

                                          TO

                             LOAN AND SECURITY AGREEMENT


                    THIS WAIVER AND AMENDMENT NO. 6 ("Amendment") is
          entered into as of March __, 1996, by and among GENERAL BEARING
          CORPORATION ("General Bearing"), a Delaware corporation, HYATT
          RAILWAY PRODUCTS CORP. ("Hyatt"), a New York corporation, each
          having its principal place of business at 44 High Street, West
          Nyack, New York (General Bearing and Hyatt each a "Borrower" and
          jointly and severally referred to as "Borrowers") and THE BANK OF
          NEW YORK COMMERCIAL CORPORATION having its principal place of
          business at 1290 Avenue of the Americas, New York, New York 10104
          ("Lender").

                                      BACKGROUND

               Borrowers and Lender are parties to a Loan and Security
          Agreement dated as of December 20, 1993, as amended by (i)
          Amendment No. 1 to Loan and Security Agreement dated as of April
          __, 1994, (ii) Amendment No. 2 to Loan and Security Agreement
          dated as of May 31, 1994, (iii) Amendment No. 3 to Loan and
          Security Agreement dated as of November 14, 1994, (iv) Amendment
          No. 4 to Loan and Security Agreement dated as of June 19, 1995
          and (v) Amendment No. 5 to Loan and Security Agreement dated as
          of March 1, 1996 (as may be further amended, supplemented or
          otherwise modified from time to time, the "Loan Agreement")
          pursuant to which Lender provided Borrowers with certain
          financial accommodations.

               Borrowers have requested that Lender provide an overadvance
          facility for a certain period of time commencing on the Effective
          Date (as defined below), and Lender is willing to do so on the
          terms and conditions hereafter set forth.

               NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of any loan or advance or
          grant of credit heretofore or hereafter made to or for the
          account of Borrowers by Lender, and for other good and valuable
          consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby
          acknowledged, the parties hereto hereby agree as follows:

               1.   DEFINITIONS.  All capitalized terms not otherwise
          defined herein shall have the meanings given to them in the Loan
          Agreement.

               2.   AMENDMENT TO LOAN AGREEMENT.  Subject to satisfaction
          of the conditions precedent set forth in Section 4 below, the
          Loan Agreement is hereby amended as follows:

               2.1. Paragraph 1.2 of the Loan Agreement is hereby amended
          as follows:

               (a) the following defined terms are hereby inserted in
          appropriate alphabetical order:

               "AMENDMENT TO OVERADVANCE GUARANTY" shall mean the Amendment
          to the Overadvance Guaranty executed by David Gussack increasing
          the amount guaranteed under the Overadvance Guaranty to
          $1,700,000.

               "CD PLEDGE" shall mean the Collateral Deposit Letter
          executed by World pledging to Lender certificate of deposit
          number ____ issued by The Bank of New York in the amount of
          $250,000.00.

               "MORTGAGE" shall mean the Mortgage and Security Agreement
          executed by Realty granting Lender a first priority lien on the
          Real Property in form and substance satisfactory to Lender.

               "REAL PROPERTY" shall mean all of the right, title and
          interest of Realty in and to the premises located at 217 Route
          59, West Nyack, New York.

               "REALTY" shall mean Gussack Realty Company, a ____
          corporation.

               "WORLD" shall mean World Machinery Company, a _______
          corporation.

               (b) the following defined terms are hereby amended in their
          entirety:

               "CONTRACT RATE" means an interest rate per annum equal to
          the (i) Alternate Base Rate PLUS (ii) two and one-half percent
          (2.50%), subject to adjustment pursuant to Section 5(a) hereof.

               "EFFECTIVE DATE" shall mean the date on which Waiver and
          Amendment No. 6 to the Loan and Security Agreement becomes
          effective.

               "OVERADVANCE AMOUNT" shall mean for the period commencing on
          (i) the Effective Date through April 30, 1996, $1,700,000, (ii)
          May 1, 1996 through May 31, 1996, $1,150,000, (iii) June 1, 1996
          through June 30, 1996, $1,050,000, (iv) July 1, 1996 through
          August 31, 1996, $700,000, (v) September 1, 1996 through
          September 30, 1996, $650,000, (vi) October 1, 1996 through
          October 31, 1996, $450,000, (vii) November 1, 1996 through
          November 30, 1996, $300,000, (viii) December 1, 1996 through
          December 31, 1996, $150,000 and (ix) at all times thereafter, $0.

               2.2. Section 5(a) is hereby amended by inserting the
          following provision at the end thereof:

                    "(viii) Notwithstanding the foregoing, at such time
               that the Overadvance Amount is equal to the (i) dollar-for-
               dollar amount of the certificate of deposit referenced in
               the CD Pledge PLUS (ii) seventy percent (70%) of the fair
               market value of the Real Property (the events set forth in
               (i) and (ii) hereof shall be referred to as the "Reduction
               Events"), then, so long as the Reduction Events are
               continuous for the balance of the month in which the
               Reduction Events occur, the Contract Rate will be reduced by
               three-quarters of one percent (.75%) effective as of the
               first day of the month following the month in which the
               Reduction Events occur; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, if at any time
               following a reduction in the Contract Rate the Reduction
               Events are not satisfied, the Contract Rate will increase by
               three-quarters of one percent (.75%) effective immediately."

               2.3. Section 12 of the Loan Agreement is hereby amended as
          follows:

               (i) Subsections (n), (q) and (r) of Section 12 are hereby
          amended in their entirety to provide as follows:

                    "(n)  it shall not permit Tangible Net Worth at the end
               of each fiscal quarter set forth below to be less than the
               amount set forth opposite such date:

                         DATE           TANGIBLE NET WORTH

                    March 31, 1996           $2,365,000
                    June 30, 1996            $2,576,000
                    September 30, 1996       $2,835,000
                    December 31, 1996        $3,096,000
                       and thereafter

                    (q)  it shall not permit the Fixed Charge Coverage at
               the end of each fiscal quarter set forth below to be less
               than the amount set opposite such date:

                         DATE           FIXED CHARGE COVERAGE

                    March 31, 1996           1.20 to 1.00
                    June 30, 1996            1.20 to 1.00
                    September 30, 1996       1.30 to 1.00
                    December 31, 1996        1.30 to 1.00
                       and thereafter

                    (r)  it shall not permit the ratio of Current Assets to
               Current Liabilities at the end of each fiscal quarter set
               forth below to be less than the amount set forth opposite
               such date:

                         DATE                     RATIO

                    March 31, 1996           1.00 to 1.00
                    June 30, 1996            1.00 to 1.00
                    September 30, 1996        .90 to 1.00
                    December 31, 1996         .90 to 1.00
                       and thereafter

               Lender agrees to consider adjusting the covenants set forth
               above for each of Tangible Net Worth, Fixed Charge Coverage
               and ratio of Current assets to Current Liabilities for the
               fiscal quarters ending March 31, 1997, June 30, 1997,
               September 30, 1997, December 31, 1997 (collectively, the
               "'97 Periods"), March 31, 1998 and June 30, 1998
               (collectively, the "'98 Periods").  Borrower shall provide
               Lender with fiscal projections for the (i) '97 Periods no
               later than November 15, 1996 and (ii) '98 Periods no later
               than November 15, 1997, to enable Lender to make such
               determinations.  However, nothing contained herein shall
               obligate Lender to amend any of the foregoing covenants."

               (ii) the "and" at the end of subsection (s) is hereby
          deleted in its entirety; 

               (iii) the period at the end of subsection (t) is deleted and
          "; and" inserted in its place and stead; and 

               (iv) a new subsection (u) is hereby added which provides as
          follows:

                    "(u) it will, within forty-five (45) days of the
               Effective Date, deliver to Lender (i) four (4) copies of the
               fully-executed Mortgage, (ii) a survey for the Real
               Property, (iii) an appraisal on the Real Property in form
               and substance satisfactory to Lender and (iv) a fully paid
               mortgagee title insurance policy (or binding commitment to
               issue a title insurance policy, marked to Lender's
               satisfaction to evidence the form of such policy to be
               delivered with respect to the Mortgage), in standard ALTA
               form, issued by a title insurance company satisfactory to
               Lender, in an amount equal to not less than the fair market
               value of the Real Property subject to the Mortgage, insuring
               the Mortgage to create a valid lien on the Real Property
               with no exceptions which Lender shall not have approved in
               writing and no survey exceptions and it will pay all filing
               fees and recording taxes related to the Mortgage; and"

               3.   WAIVER.  Subject to satisfaction of the conditions
          precedent set forth in Section 4 below, Lender hereby waives the
          Events of Default which have occurred as a result of Borrower's
          non-compliance with the following provisions of the Loan
          Agreement:

               (a) Section 12(n), to the extent such Event of Default arose
          solely as a result of Borrower's failure to comply with the
          Tangible Net Worth requirement as of December 31, 1995.

               (b) Section 12(q), to the extent such Event of Default arose
          solely as a result of Borrower's failure to comply with the Fixed
          Charge Coverage requirement as of December 31, 1995.

               4.   CONDITIONS OF EFFECTIVENESS.  This Amendment shall
          become effective when Lender shall have received (i) four (4)
          copies of this Amendment executed by each Borrower and consented
          and agreed to by each of Fisco Industries, Ltd., General Bearing
          and Hyatt as guarantors, (ii) four (4) copies of the Amendment to
          Overadvance Guaranty executed by David Gussack in form and
          substance satisfactory to Lender, (iii) four (4) copies of the
          executed CD Pledge and all related documents including, without
          limitation, a Notice of Assignment from World to The Bank of New
          York and a Confirmation of Assignment from The Bank of New York
          to Lender, all in form and substance satisfactory to Lender,
          (iv) an overadvance fee in an amount equal to $8,500 (which fee
          shall be charged to Borrowers' account), and (v) a waiver fee in
          the amount of $5,000 (which fee shall be charged to Borrower's
          account).  

               5.   REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES.  Each Borrower hereby
          represents and warrants as follows:

                    (a)  This Amendment and the Loan Agreement, as amended
               hereby, constitute legal, valid and binding obligations of
               each Borrower and are enforceable against each Borrower in
               accordance with their respective terms.

                    (b)  Upon the effectiveness of this Amendment, each
               Borrower hereby reaffirms all covenants, representations and
               warranties made in the Loan Agreement to the extent the same
               are not amended hereby and agree that all such covenants,
               representations and warranties shall be deemed to have been
               remade as of the effective date of this Amendment.

                    (c)  No Event of Default or Default has occurred and is
               continuing or would exist after giving effect to this
               Amendment.

                    (d)  No Borrowers has any defense, counterclaim or
               offset with respect to the Loan Agreement.

               6.   EFFECT ON THE LOAN AGREEMENT.

               (a)  Upon the effectiveness of SECTION 2 hereof, each
          reference in the Loan Agreement to "this Agreement," "hereunder,"
          "hereof," "herein" or words of like import shall mean and be a
          reference to the Loan Agreement as amended hereby.

               (b)  Except as specifically amended herein, the Loan
          Agreement, and all other documents, instruments and agreements
          executed and/or delivered in connection therewith, shall remain
          in full force and effect, and are hereby ratified and confirmed.

               (c)  The execution, delivery and effectiveness of this
          Amendment shall not, except as expressly provided in SECTION 3
          hereof, operate as a waiver of any right, power or remedy of
          Lender, nor constitute a waiver of any provision of the Loan
          Agreement, or any other documents, instruments or agreements
          executed and/or delivered under or in connection therewith.

               7.   GOVERNING LAW.  This Amendment shall be binding upon
          and inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and their
          respective successors and assigns and shall be governed by and
          construed in accordance with the laws of the State of New York.

               8.   HEADINGS.  Section headings in this Amendment are
          included herein for convenience of reference only and shall not
          constitute a part of this Amendment for any other purpose.

               9.   COUNTERPARTS.  This Amendment may be executed by the
          parties hereto in one or more counterparts, each of which shall
          be deemed an original and all of which taken together shall
          constitute one and the same agreement.  Any signature delivered
          by a party by facsimile transmission shall be deemed to be an
          original signature hereto.

                [THE REMAINDER OF THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK]
                                     [PAGE BREAK]

               IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this Amendment has been duly executed as
          of the day and year first written above.

                                   GENERAL BEARING CORPORATION

                                   By: _______________________________
                                   Name: _____________________________
                                   Title: ____________________________

                                   HYATT RAILWAY PRODUCTS CORP.

                                   By: _______________________________
                                   Name: _____________________________
                                   Title: ____________________________

                                   THE BANK OF NEW YORK COMMERCIAL
                                     CORPORATION

                                   By: _______________________________
                                   Name: _____________________________
                                   Title: ____________________________



          CONSENTED AND AGREED TO:



          FISCO INDUSTRIES, LTD.

          By:___________________________
          Name:_________________________
          Title:________________________

          GENERAL BEARING CORPORATION


          By:___________________________
          Name:_________________________
          Title:________________________


          HYATT RAILWAY PRODUCTS CORP.


          By:___________________________
          Name:_________________________
          Title:________________________



     [PAGE BREAK]


                              WAIVER AND AMENDMENT NO. 7

                                          TO

                             LOAN AND SECURITY AGREEMENT

                    THIS WAIVER AND AMENDMENT NO. 7 ("Amendment") is
          entered into as of September 25, 1996, by and among GENERAL
          BEARING CORPORATION ("General Bearing"), a Delaware corporation,
          HYATT RAILWAY PRODUCTS CORP. ("Hyatt"), a New York corporation,
          each having its principal place of business at 44 High Street,
          West Nyack, New York (General Bearing and Hyatt each a "Borrower"
          and jointly and severally referred to as "Borrowers") and THE
          BANK OF NEW YORK COMMERCIAL CORPORATION having its principal
          place of business at 1290 Avenue of the Americas, New York, New
          York 10104 ("Lender").

                                      BACKGROUND
                                      ----------

               Borrowers and Lender are parties to a Loan and Security
          Agreement dated as of December 20, 1993, as amended by (i)
          Amendment No. 1 to Loan and Security Agreement dated as of April
          __, 1994, (ii) Amendment No. 2 to Loan and Security Agreement
          dated as of May 31, 1994, (iii) Amendment No. 3 to Loan and
          Security Agreement dated as of November 14, 1994, (iv) Amendment
          No. 4 to Loan and Security Agreement dated as of June 19, 1995,
          (v) Amendment No. 5 to Loan and Security Agreement dated as of
          March 1, 1996 and (vi) Waiver and Amendment No. 6 to Loan and
          Security Agreement dated as of March 22, 1996 (as may be further
          amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time,
          the "Loan Agreement") pursuant to which Lender provided Borrowers
          with certain financial accommodations.

               Based upon an inventory audit, Lender has increased the slow
          moving inventory reserve by $979,000 resulting in a loss of
          availability of $480,000.  Borrowers have requested that Lender
          forbear from a scheduled reduction in the Overadvance Amount and
          to increase the Overadvance Amount to $1,130,000 for a certain
          period of time commencing on the Effective Date (as defined
          below), and Lender is willing to do so on the terms and
          conditions hereafter set forth.

               NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of any loan or advance or
          grant of credit heretofore or hereafter made to or for the
          account of Borrowers by Lender, and for other good and valuable
          consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby
          acknowledged, the parties hereto hereby agree as follows:

               1.   Definitions.  All capitalized terms not otherwise 
                    -----------
          defined herein shall have the meanings given to them in the Loan
          Agreement.

               2.   Amendment to Loan Agreement.  Subject to satisfaction 
                    ---------------------------
          of the conditions precedent set forth in Section 3 below, the
          Loan Agreement is hereby amended as follows:

               2.1. Paragraph 1.2 of the Loan Agreement is hereby amended
          by amending certain defined terms in their entirety as follows:

               "Effective Date" shall mean the date on which Waiver and 
                --------------
          Amendment No. 7 to the Loan and Security Agreement becomes
          effective.

               "Overadvance Amount" shall mean for the period commencing on
                ------------------
          (i) March 22, 1996 through April 30, 1996, $1,700,000, (ii) May
          1, 1996 through May 31, 1996, $1,150,000, (iii) June 1, 1996
          through June 30, 1996, $1,050,000, (iv) July 1, 1996 through
          August 31, 1996, $700,000, (v) September 1, 1996 through
          September 24, 1996, $650,000, (vi) September 25, 1996 through
          October 31, 1996, $1,130,000, (vii) November 1, 1996 through
          November 30, 1996, $847,500, (viii) December 1, 1996 through
          December 31, 1996, $565,000, (ix) January 1, 1997 through January
          31, 1997, $282,500 and (x) at all times thereafter, $0.

               2.2. Paragraph 2(a) is hereby amended by deleting "plus (v)"
          in the last line thereof.

               3.   Conditions of Effectiveness.  This Amendment shall 
                    ---------------------------
          become effective when Lender shall have received (i) four (4)
          copies of this Amendment executed by each Borrower and consented
          and agreed to by each of David Gussack, Fisco Industries, Ltd.,
          General Bearing and Hyatt as guarantors and by World Machinery
          Company, as pledgor, and (ii) an amendment to Collateral Deposit
          Letter executed by World Machinery Company in the form of Exhibit
          A annexed hereto and made a part hereof.

               4.   Representations and Warranties.  Each Borrower hereby 
                    ------------------------------
          represents and warrants as follows:

                    (a)  This Amendment and the Loan Agreement, as amended
               hereby, constitute legal, valid and binding obligations of
               each Borrower and are enforceable against each Borrower in
               accordance with their respective terms.

                    (b)  Upon the effectiveness of this Amendment, each
               Borrower hereby reaffirms all covenants, representations and
               warranties made in the Loan Agreement to the extent the same
               are not amended hereby and agree that all such covenants,
               representations and warranties shall be deemed to have been
               remade as of the effective date of this Amendment.

                    (c)  No Event of Default or Default has occurred and is
               continuing or would exist after giving effect to this
               Amendment.

                    (d)  No Borrower has any defense, counterclaim or
               offset with respect to the Loan Agreement.

               5.   Effect on the Loan Agreement.
                    ----------------------------

               (a)  Upon the effectiveness of Section 2 hereof, each 
                                              ---------
          reference in the Loan Agreement to "this Agreement," "hereunder,"
          "hereof," "herein" or words of like import shall mean and be a
          reference to the Loan Agreement as amended hereby.

               (b)  Except as specifically amended herein, the Loan
          Agreement, and all other documents, instruments and agreements
          executed and/or delivered in connection therewith, shall remain
          in full force and effect, and are hereby ratified and confirmed.

               (c)  The execution, delivery and effectiveness of this
          Amendment shall not, except as expressly provided in Section 3 
                                                               ---------
          hereof, operate as a waiver of any right, power or remedy of
          Lender, nor constitute a waiver of any provision of the Loan
          Agreement, or any other documents, instruments or agreements
          executed and/or delivered under or in connection therewith.

               6.   Governing Law.  This Amendment shall be binding upon 
                    -------------
          and inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and their
          respective successors and assigns and shall be governed by and
          construed in accordance with the laws of the State of New York.

               7.   Headings.  Section headings in this Amendment are 
                    --------
          included herein for convenience of reference only and shall not
          constitute a part of this Amendment for any other purpose.

               8.   Counterparts.  This Amendment may be executed by the 
                    ------------
          parties hereto in one or more counterparts, each of which shall
          be deemed an original and all of which taken together shall
          constitute one and the same agreement.  Any signature delivered
          by a party by facsimile transmission shall be deemed to be an
          original signature hereto.

               IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this Amendment has been duly executed as
          of the day and year first written above.

                                   GENERAL BEARING CORPORATION

                                   By: _______________________________
                                   Name: _____________________________
                                   Title: ____________________________


                          SIGNATURES CONTINUED ON NEXT PAGE


     [PAGE BREAK]


                                   HYATT RAILWAY PRODUCTS CORP.

                                   By: _______________________________
                                   Name: _____________________________
                                   Title: ____________________________


                                   THE BANK OF NEW YORK COMMERCIAL
                                     CORPORATION

                                   By: _______________________________
                                   Name: _____________________________
                                   Title: ____________________________



          CONSENTED AND AGREED TO:

          FISCO INDUSTRIES, LTD.

          By:___________________________
          Name:_________________________
          Title:________________________

          GENERAL BEARING CORPORATION


          By:___________________________
          Name:_________________________
          Title:________________________


          HYATT RAILWAY PRODUCTS CORP.


          By:___________________________
          Name:_________________________
          Title:________________________

          ________________________________
          David Gussack, Limited Guarantor


          WORLD MACHINERY COMPANY, as Pledgor


          By:______________________________
          Its______________________________



     [PAGE BREAK]


                                      EXHIBIT A


                                             September __, 1996


          The Bank of New York Commercial Corporation
          1290 Avenue of the Americas
          New York, NY 10104

          Gentlemen:

               Reference is made to the Collateral Deposit Letter dated
          March 22, 1996 from the undersigned to you (the "Agreement"). 
          Capitalized terms not otherwise defined herein shall have the
          meaning given to them in the Agreement.

               The last sentence of the Agreement is hereby amended in its
          entirety to provide as follows:

               "This Agreement shall remain in full force and effect until
               (x) the value attributed to the Overadvance Amount (as such
               term is defined in the Loan Agreement) is $0, and (y) the
               amount of Revolving Credit Advances does not exceed the
               amount permitted to be outstanding pursuant to paragraph
               2(a) of the Loan Agreement, but in no event shall this
               Agreement be terminated prior to January 31, 1997.

               In all other respects, the Agreement is unamended and
          remains in full force and effect and is hereby ratified and
          confirmed.

                                        Very truly yours,

                                        WORLD MACHINERY COMPANY


                                        By:___________________________
                                        Its:__________________________

          ACCEPTED:

          THE BANK OF NEW YORK 
           COMMERCIAL CORPORATION


          By:___________________________
          Its:__________________________


     [PAGE BREAK]


                                   AMENDMENT NO. 8

                                          TO

                             LOAN AND SECURITY AGREEMENT


                    THIS AMENDMENT NO. 8 ("Amendment") is entered into as
          of October 31, 1996, by and among GENERAL BEARING CORPORATION
          ("General Bearing"), a Delaware corporation, HYATT RAILWAY
          PRODUCTS CORP. ("Hyatt"), a New York corporation, each having its
          principal place of business at 44 High Street, West Nyack, New
          York (General Bearing and Hyatt each a "Borrower" and jointly and
          severally referred to as "Borrowers") and THE BANK OF NEW YORK
          COMMERCIAL CORPORATION having its principal place of business at
          1290 Avenue of the Americas, New York, New York 10104 ("Lender").

                                      BACKGROUND
                                      ----------

                    Borrowers and Lender are parties to a Loan and Security
          Agreement dated as of December 20, 1993, as amended by (i)
          Amendment No. 1 to Loan and Security Agreement dated as of April
          __, 1994, (ii) Amendment No. 2 to Loan and Security Agreement
          dated as of May 31, 1994, (iii) Amendment No. 3 to Loan and
          Security Agreement dated as of November 14, 1994, (iv) Amendment
          No. 4 to Loan and Security Agreement dated as of June 19, 1995,
          (v) Amendment No. 5 to Loan and Security Agreement dated as of
          March 1, 1996, (vi) Waiver and Amendment No. 6 to Loan and
          Security Agreement dated as of March 22, 1996 and (vii) Waiver
          and Amendment No. 7 to Loan and Security Agreement dated as of
          September 25, 1996 (as may be further amended, restated,
          supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the "Loan
          Agreement") pursuant to which Lender provided Borrowers with
          certain financial accommodations.

                    Borrowers have requested that Lender forbear from a
          scheduled reduction in the Overadvance Amount and to increase the
          Overadvance Amount to $1,500,000 for a certain period of time
          commencing on the Effective Date (as defined below), and Lender
          is willing to do so on the terms and conditions hereafter set
          forth.

                    NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of any loan or advance
          or grant of credit heretofore or hereafter made to or for the
          account of Borrowers by Lender, and for other good and valuable
          consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby
          acknowledged, the parties hereto hereby agree as follows:

                    1.   Definitions.
                         -----------
                         All capitalized terms not otherwise defined herein
          shall have the meanings given to them in the Loan Agreement.

                    2.   Amendment to Loan Agreement. 
                         ---------------------------
                         Subject to satisfaction of the conditions
          precedent set forth in Section 4 below, the Loan Agreement is
          hereby amended as follows:

                    2.1. Paragraph 1.2 of the Loan Agreement is hereby
          amended as follows:

                    (a)  the following defined term is hereby inserted in
          appropriate alphabetical order:

                    "Amendment No. 8 Effective Date" shall mean the date on
                     ------------------------------
          which  Amendment No. 8 to the Loan and Security Agreement becomes
          effective.

                    (b)  the following defined term is hereby amended in
          its entirety:

                    "Overadvance Amount" shall mean for the period 
                     ------------------
          commencing on (i) the Amendment No. 8 Effective Date through
          November 30, 1996, $1,500,000 (ii) December 1, 1996 through
          December 31, 1996, $1,350,000, (iii) January 1, 1997 through
          January 31, 1997, $1,200,000, (iv) February 1, 1997 through
          February 28, 1997, $1,050,000 (v) March 1, 1997 through March 31,
          1997, $1,000,000, (vi) April 1, 1997 through April 30, 1997,
          $850,000, (vii) May 1, 1997 through May 31, 1997, $500,000,
          (viii) June 1, 1997 through June 30, 1997, $200,000 and (ix) at
          all times thereafter, $0 provided, that, the "Overadvance Amount"
                                   --------  ----  
          shall be $0 at all times after the CD Pledge, as amended, has
          been terminated.

                    2.2. The last line of Paragraph 2(a) is hereby amended
          in its entirety as follows:

                    The sum of 2(a)(y)(i) plus (ii) plus (iii) minus (v)
          shall be referred to as the "Formula Amount".

                    3.   Section 5(b)(v) is hereby amended in its entirety
          to provide as follows:

                    (v)  Restructuring Fee. Borrowers shall pay to Lender 
                         -----------------
                         on the Amendment No. 8 Effective Date a fee in an
                         amount equal to $7,500 (the "Restructuring Fee")
                         which may be charged to Borrowers' account.

                    4.   Conditions of Effectiveness.
                         ---------------------------
                         This Amendment shall become effective when Lender
          shall have received (i) four (4) copies of this Amendment
          executed by each Borrower and consented and agreed to by each of
          David Gussack, Fisco Industries, Ltd., General Bearing and Hyatt
          as guarantors and by World Machinery Company, as pledgor, (ii)
          the Restructuring Fee and (iii) an amendment to Collateral
          Deposit Letter executed by World Machinery Company in the form of
          Exhibit A annexed hereto and made a part hereof.

                    5.   Representations and Warranties.
                         ------------------------------
                         Each Borrower hereby represents and warrants as
          follows:

                         (a)  This Amendment and the Loan Agreement, as
                    amended hereby,  constitute legal, valid and binding
                    obligations of each Borrower and are enforceable
                    against each Borrower in accordance with their
                    respective terms.

                         (b)  Upon the effectiveness of this Amendment,
                    each Borrower hereby reaffirms all covenants,
                    representations and warranties made in the Loan
                    Agreement to the extent the same are not amended hereby
                    and agree that all such covenants, representations and
                    warranties shall be deemed to have been remade as of
                    the effective date of this Amendment.

                         (c)  No Event of Default or Default has occurred
                    and is continuing or would exist after giving effect to
                    this Amendment.

                         (d)  No Borrower has any defense, counterclaim or
                    offset with respect to the Loan Agreement.

                    6.   Effect on the Loan Agreement.
                         ----------------------------

                    (a)  Upon the effectiveness of Section 2 hereof, each 
                                                   ---------
          reference in the Loan Agreement to "this Agreement," "hereunder,"
          "hereof," "herein" or words of like import shall mean and be a
          reference to the Loan Agreement as amended hereby.

                    (b)  Except as specifically amended herein, the Loan
          Agreement, and all other documents, instruments and agreements
          executed and/or delivered in connection therewith, shall remain
          in full force and effect, and are hereby ratified and confirmed.

                    (c)  The execution, delivery and effectiveness of this
          Amendment shall not operate as a waiver of any right, power or
          remedy of Lender, nor constitute a waiver of any provision of the
          Loan Agreement, or any other documents, instruments or agreements
          executed and/or delivered under or in connection therewith.

                    7.   Governing Law.  This Amendment shall be binding
                         -------------
          upon and inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and their
          respective successors and assigns and shall be governed by and
          construed in accordance with the laws of the State of New York.

                    8.   Headings.  Section headings in this Amendment are
                         --------
          included herein for convenience of reference only and shall not
          constitute a part of this Amendment for any other purpose.

                    9.   Counterparts.  This Amendment may be executed by
                         ------------
          the parties hereto in one or more counterparts, each of which
          shall be deemed an original and all of which taken together shall
          constitute one and the same agreement. Any signature delivered by
          a party by facsimile transmission shall be deemed to be an
          original signature hereto.

                    IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this Amendment has been duly
          executed as of the day and year first written above.

                                             GENERAL BEARING CORPORATION

                                             By: __________________________
                                             Name: ________________________
                                             Title: _______________________

                                             HYATT RAILWAY PRODUCTS CORP.

                                             By: __________________________
                                             Name: ________________________
                                             Title: _______________________

                                             THE BANK OF NEW YORK
                                               COMMERCIAL CORPORATION

                                             By: __________________________
                                             Name: ________________________
                                             Title: _______________________



          CONSENTED AND AGREED TO:

          FISCO INDUSTRIES, LTD.

          By:___________________________
          Name:_________________________
          Title:________________________

          GENERAL BEARING CORPORATION


          By:___________________________
          Name:_________________________
          Title:________________________


          HYATT RAILWAY PRODUCTS CORP.


          By:___________________________
          Name:_________________________
          Title:________________________

          ________________________________
          David Gussack, Limited Guarantor

                          SIGNATURES CONTINUED ON NEXT PAGE



     [PAGE BREAK] 



          WORLD MACHINERY COMPANY, as Pledgor


          By:___________________________
          Its___________________________



     [PAGE BREAK] 



                                      EXHIBIT A


                                                       October 31, 1996



          The Bank of New York Commercial Corporation
          1290 Avenue of the Americas
          New York, NY 10104

          Gentlemen:

                    Reference is made to the Collateral Deposit Letter
          dated March 22, 1996 as amended by the Letter Agreement dated
          September 25, 1996 from the undersigned to you (the "Agreement").
          Capitalized terms not otherwise defined herein shall have the
          meaning given to them in the Agreement.

                    The last sentence of the Agreement is hereby amended in
          its entirety to provide as follows:

                    "This Agreement shall remain in full force and effect
                    until (x) the value attributed to the Overadvance
                    Amount (as such term is defined in the Loan Agreement)
                    is $0 and the Borrowers notify Lender in writing that
                    the Overadvance Amount shall remain at $0 at all times
                    thereafter, and (y) the amount of Revolving Credit
                    Advances does not exceed the amount permitted to be
                    outstanding pursuant to paragraph 2(a) of the Loan
                    Agreement.

                    In all other respects, the Agreement is unamended and
          remains in full force and effect and is hereby ratified and
          confirmed.

                                             Very truly yours,

                                             WORLD MACHINERY COMPANY


                                             By:___________________________
                                             Its:__________________________

          ACCEPTED:

          THE BANK OF NEW YORK
            COMMERCIAL CORPORATION


          By:___________________________
          Its:__________________________             










                                                          EXHIBIT 10.2





                                       Contract



                        Shanghai General Bearing Company, Ltd.







                        



                                      June 1988

 <PAGE> 


                                       CONTENTS
                                       --------
          Chapter 1      General Provisions
          Chapter 2      Parties to the Joint Venture
          Chapter 3      Establishment of the Joint Venture Company
          Chapter 4      Objective and Scope of Operation
          Chapter 5      Total Investment and the Registered Capital
          Chapter 6      Obligations of the Parties
          Chapter 7      Sales of Product and Price
          Chapter 8      The Board of Directors
          Chapter 9      Managing Organization
          Chapter 10     Purchasing of Materials
          Chapter 11     Land Use
          Chapter 12     Start-up of the Joint Venture Company
          Chapter 13     Labour Management
          Chapter 14     Taxation,Accounting, Audition
          Chapter 15     Duration of the Joint Venture
          Chapter 16     Liquidation of Assets after Expiration
          Chapter 17     Insurance
          Chapter 18     Trademark and Confidentiality
          Chapter 19     The Amendment, Alteration and Discharge of
                         the Contract and Liabilties for 
                         Breach of Contract
          Chapter 20     Force Majeure
          Chapter 21     Applicable Law
          Chapter 22     Settlement of Disputes
          Chapter 23     Language
          Chapter 24     Effectiveness of the Contract Miscellaneous


 <PAGE> 
 
                             CHAPTER 1 GENERAL PROVISIONS
                             ----------------------------
               Shanghai Rolling Bearing Factery and General Bearing
          Corporation, basing upon the 'Law of the People'S Republic of
          China on Joint Venture Using Chinese and Foreign Investment' and
          other relevant Chinese Laws and Rehulations and adhering to the
          principle of equality and mutual benefit and thorugh friendly
          consultation agree to jointly invest in setting up a joint
          venture enterprise in Shanghai, the People's Republic of China.
               The parties have agreed to enter into this Contract for the
          purposes of regulating their respective interests in the joint
          venture.


  <PAGE>


                        CHAPTER 2 PARTIES TO THE JOINT VENTURE
                        --------------------------------------
          Article 1
          ---------
               The parties to the joint venture are:
          (1)  Shanghai Rolling Bearing Factory (hereinafter referred to as
          Party A) registered in Shanghai, the People's Republic of China.
          Legal representative: Mr. Yu You-Pin
          Position: director
          Nationality: Chinese
          (2)  General Bearing Corporation (hereinafter referred to as
          Party B) registered in New York. United state, with its legal
          address at 304 Route 303, Blauvely, New York 10913, United State.
          Legal representative: Mr. Seymor Irving Gussack
          Position: Chairman of the Board of GBC.
          Nationality: America


  <PAGE>


          CHAPTER 3 ESTABLISHMENT OF THE JOINT VENTURE COMPANY
          ----------------------------------------------------

          Article 2
          ---------
               In accordance with the 'Law of the People's Republic of
          china on Joint Venture Using Chinese and Foreign Investment'and
          other relevant Chinese Laws and Regulations, the above mentioned
          two parties to the joint venture agree to set up in Shanghai, the
          People's Republic of China, a joint venture limited liability
          company, Shanghai General Bearing Company, LTD, (hereinafter
          referred to as the Joint Venture Company or JVC).

          Article 3
          ---------
               The name of the Joint Venture Company is Shanghai General
          Bearing Company Limited'.  The legal address of the JVC is at
          505-I, Humin Road, Shanghai, the people's Republic of china.
               Both Chinese and English names of the JVC are only used
          during the operation period of the JVC.

          Article 4
          ---------
               All activities of the Joint Venture Company shall be
          governed by the laws, decrees and pertinent rules and regulations
          of the People's Republic of China.

          Article 5
          ---------
               The organization form of Joint Venture Company is a limited
          liability company.  Each party to the Joint Venture Company is
          respectively liable to the Joint Venture Company within the limit
          of the capital subscribed by it.  The profits, risks and losses
          of the Joint Venture Company shall be shared by the parties in
          proportion to their contributions of registered capital, but the
          liabilities for risks and losses shall be within the limit of
          their respective subscribed amounts to the registered capital.

               In case guarantees are required in order to secure loans to
          the Joint Venture Company, the parties shall provide such
          guarantees in proportion to their respective contributions of the
          registered capital of the Joint


  <PAGE>


                      CHAPTER 4 OBJECTIVE AND SCOPE OF OPERATION
                      -----------------------------------------
          Article 6
          ---------
               The purpose of the parties to the Joint Venture Company is
          in conformity wish of enhancing the exonomic cooperation and
          technical exchanges, by adopting advanced and appropriate
          technology and scientific management to improve the product
          quality of the Bearing and other industrial products.to be
          manufactured by the Joint Venture Company in China, develop new
          products and gain competitive position in the world market in
          quality, efficiency and price, so as to raise economic results
          and ensure satisfactory benefits for all the parties hereto.

          Article 7
          ---------
               The scope of operation of the Joint Venture Company is:
          (1)  Manufacturing of bearinga; parts and compinents of bearings
          and semi-finishod bearings.
          (2)  Other industrial products.
          (3)  Selling of all above-mentioned products.


  <PAGE>


                     Chapter 5 Total AMOUNT of Investment and the
                     --------------------------------------------
                                  Registered Capital
                                  ------------------
          Article 8
          ---------
               The total amount of investment of the JVC is US Dollar Four
          Million and Mine Hundred Fifty Thousand ($4,950,000)

          Article 9
          ---------
               The total registered capital of the JVC. is US Dollar three
          million ($3,000,000)
          os which:
               Party A shall pay US Dollars Two Million and Two Hundred
          Fifty Thousand ($2,250,000), accounts for 75%.
               Party B shallpay US Dollars Seven Hundred and Fifg Thousand
          ($750,000), accounts for 25%.
               The registered capital contributed by each participant may
          consist of cash and assets to be transferred and shall be paid in
          all within ----month after issuance of the JVC.

          Article 10
          ----------
               Each party Shall contribute the followings as its registered
          capital:
          Party A:
          Buildings and other equipment $1,500,000
          (See detailed in Appendix 1)
               Cash           $750,000
          i.e. fifty percent of $1,500,000 entrusted by Party B to purchase
          the needed equipment and software of the JVC.  (See detailed in
          Appendix1 of the contract)
          Aarty B:
               Machinery and equipment $750,000
          i.e. fifty percent of $1,500,000 to be jointlyused by Party A and
          Party B to purchase the needed equipment and software of the JVC. 
          (See detailed in Appendx 2 of the contract).

          Article 11
          ----------
               The difference between the total amount of investment and
          the registered captal equivalent to USD 1,950,000.

          Article 12
          ----------
               In case any party to the Joint Venture Company intends to
          assign all or part of its investment to a third party, consent
          shall be obtained from the other party of the Joint Venture
          Company, and approval from the original examination and approval
          authorities is required.
               When one party to the Joint Venture Company assigns all or
          part of its investment, the party shall have preemptive right for
          a period of six months.


  <PAGE>


                         CHAPTER 6 OBLIGATION OF THE PARTIES
                         -----------------------------------
          Article 13
          ----------
               Both paties shall respectively be responsible for the
          following matters:
          A.   Responsibilities
          --------------------
          1)   Handling of applications for approval, registration,
          business license and other matters concerning the establishment
          of the Joint Venture Company from relevant departments in charge
          of China;
          2)   Processing and making the application for the right to the
          use of a site at the authority in charge of the land;
          3)   Assisting the Joint Venture Company in designing and
          constructing additional parts to the premises and other
          engineering facilties, and thereupon negotiate and contract with
          Chinese contractors;
          4)   Assisting the Joint Venture Company in purchasing or leasing
          in China, equipments, materials, articles for office use, means
          of transportation and communication facilities, ets;
          5)   Providing buildings, machinery and equipments, low cost
          consumable article and cash in accordance with the stipulations
          in Article 10;
          6)   Assisting the Joint Venture Company in contacting the
          relevant departments and settling the fundamental facilities such
          as water, electricity, transportation, etc;
          7)   Assisting the Joint Venture Company in recruiting Chinese
          management personnnel, technical personnel, workers and other
          presonnel needed;
          8)   Be responsible for mounting, commissioning and operation of
          machines and equipment.
          9)   Handling other matters entrusted by the Joint Venture
          Company.
          B.   Responsibilities of Party 3
          --------------------------------
          1)   Providing equipment purchased by Party B (see detailed in
          Appendix 2)
          2)   Providing all technical drawings, dies, fixtures, measuring
          appliances for hot and cold forgings, automatic feeding pipes,
          cutting tools and fittings in kinds in accordance with the
          stipulations in Article (10)
          3)   Handling the matters entrusted by the JVC, such as selecting
          and pruchasing equipment and materials outside China.
          4)   Assisting Chinese party for handling matters such as
          dismantling and until shipping of the equipment.
          5)   Training the technical personnel and workers of the JVC.
          6)   Be liable to assist Party A for. accomplishing the
          installing, testing and trial production of the equipment.
          7)   Responsible for handling other matters entrusted by the JVC.


   <PAGE>


                       Chapter 7 Selling of Products and Price
                       ---------------------------------------

          Article 14
          ----------
               PARTY B shall be responsible in principle for selling the
          products of the JVC outside China.  The inspection standard for
          the quality of the products shall be conducted in accordance with
          ISO standard or the standard of the correspondent components made
          in China.
               Party B has the right to export the products of the JVC.
          being further machinedin China.

          Article 15
          ----------
               Party B will enjoy priority in selling the products of the
          JVC outside China.

          Article 16
          ----------
               Selling pland and price
          a.   year 1:   trial production for 3,000,000 sets
                         (Completed with lathe machining)
          b.   year 2:   8,000,000 sets (completed with lathe machining)
          c.   year 3:   Come up to regular production at the beginning of
                         year 3  10,000,000 sets per year 
                         (Completed with lathe machining)

          Article 17
          ----------
          a.   The export price of the products in year 1 and 2 will be set
          on the basis of the export price laid down in the Feasibility
          Study Report in consideration of all factors of inflation.
          b.   The export price of the product manufactured during the
          period of regular production until the expiration of the JVC will
          be set on the basis of the cost of product.  The 15% sales profit
          will be ensured to be inclucled in the selling pricl of the
          products.


   <PAGE>


                                      Chapter 8
                                      ----------
               The Board of Directors
          Article 18
          ----------
               Both parties shall immediately submit a list of nominated
          directors of the Board of Directors (hereinafter referred to as
          BOD) upon signing of the Contract of the JVC.  The first board
          meeting shall be held in Shanghai within 14 days after the set up
          of the BOD.

          Article 19
          ----------
               The BOD are composed of 8 directors (including one chairman
          and one vice-chairman), of which 5 shall be appointed by Party A,
          3 by Party B.  The chairman of the board shall be appointed by
          Party A, and its vice-chairman by Party B.  The term of office
          for the directors, chairman and vice-chairman is four years,
          their term of office may be renewed if continuously appointed by
          the relevant party.  Should any of the directors be altered by
          one party for some reasons, that party shall notify in written
          form to other party of the JVC.

          Article 20
          ----------
               The highest authority of the JVC. is the Board of Dorectprs.
          (1)  The contents mentioned in Article 36 of the regulation for
          the implementation of the Law of the People's Republic of China
          on Joint Venture Using Chinese and Foreign Investment shall be
          adopted unanimously by all directors, such as:
               Amendment of the articles of association of the Joint
          ventnre:
          2)   Termination and dissolution of the joint venture;
          3)   Increase or assignment of the registered capital of the
          joint venture;
          4)   Merger of the joint venture with other economic
          organization.
          (2)  The following issues shall be agreed upon through
          consultation between the Chinese and foreign directors, and at
          least one foreign director's vote is required.
          a)   Operating philosophy and management policy of the Joint
          VENTURE Company;
          b)   Annual production plan, labor plan, sales plan, export plan
          of products and import plan of equipment, parts and components.
          c)   Annual financial budget and final settlement, Profit and
          Loss disposition;
          d)   Drafting and execution of Rules and Regulations of the Joint
          Venture Company;
          e)   Increasing workshops as well as purchasing large number of
          new equipment;
          f)   Establishment of branch office;
          g)   Appointment and dismissal of the general manager, deputy
          general manager, chief accountant, chief engineer.
          h)   Any revision of stipulation regarding despatching oftrainees
          and the acceptance of foreign engineers under the ContraCT. (see
          Appendix 3)
          i)   Determination of different opinons between general manager
          and deputy general mangers of the Joint Venture Company on daily
          administrative and production matters.
          (3)  The wages and salaries of the employees and the issues other
          than above mentioned (1) and (2) shall be adopted simply by a
          majority vote.

          Article 21
          ----------
               The chairman of the Board is the legal representative of the
          Joint Venture Company.  Should the chairman be unable to perform
          functions for some reasons, he shall authorize the vice chairman
          or any other directors to represent the Joint Venture Company
          temporarily.

          Article 22
          ----------
               The Board of Directors shall convene the meeting once every
          year, in April.  The chairman may convene an extra meeting based
          upon a proposal made by more than one third of the total number
          of directors.

          Article 23
          ----------
               The chairman of the Board shall no later than one month
          prior to the date of each meeting notify directors with written
          notice indicating the agenda, time,place and content of such
          meeting.

          Article 24
          ----------
               If any director is unable to attend the meeting, he may, by
          a formal written proxy, designate another person to attend the
          meeting in his place and vote on his behalf.  A quorum for a
          meeting of the Board of Directors shall be constituted by the
          presence of two thirds of the total munber of directors attending
          in person or proxy.  If any meeting in which the presence of
          directors does not constitute a quorum or for which the directors
          appointed by both parties have not been duly notified, or both
          parties have not confirmed such notification, then any decision
          passed by such meeting shall be null and void.

          Article 25
          ----------
               The resolution of each meeting shall be recorded in Chinese
          and English.  The Joint Venture Company and Party A, Party B
          shall keep one copy of the resolution for file.


   <PAGE>


                           CHARTER 9 MANAGING ORGANIZATION
                           -------------------------------
          Article 26
          ----------
               The Board of Directors shall appoint one general manager and
          two deputy general managers to be responsbile for daily
          management.  Party A shall nominate one general manager and one
          deputy general manger, and Party B shall nominate one deputy
          general manager.  The term of office for general manager and
          deputy general managers shall be four years and may be renewed by
          the Board of Directors.

          Article 27
          ----------
               The responsibility of the general manager is to carry out
          the decisions of the Board of Directors and organize and conduct
          the daily management of the Joint Venture Company.  The deputy
          general managers shall assist the general manager in his work. 
          In handling major issues, the general manager shall consult with
          the two deputy general managers, and if there is a different
          opinion between athe general manager and the deputy general
          managers, the general manager's decision can be put into action
          at first, provided either of the deputy general managers can
          request the Board of Directors to solve such discrepancy by
          Article 20 (2)of this contract.

          Article 28
          ----------
               The Board of Directors shall also appoint one chief
          engineer, one chief accountant all under the leadership of the
          general manager.
               The chief engineer shall be responsible for organizing and
          implementing the work on development of product, improvement of
          technology and complete quality control, and approval of
          important technical quality report during production.
               The chief accountant shall be responsible for the financing
          and accounting work of the Joint Venture Company, organizing the
          Joint Venture Company to develop complete business accounting and
          implementing the economic responsibility system.
               Every year the Board of directors shall engage an
          independent certified public accountant registered in Shanghai
          for conducting financial checking and examination of the JVC and
          an auditing report in written form shall be submitted to the
          Board of Directors.

          Article 29
          ----------
               Should the general manager, deputy general managers, chief
          engineer, chief accountant, wish to resign, written appliction
          shall be submitted to the Board one month in advance.


   <PAGE>


                          CHAPTER 10 PURCHASING OF MATERIALS
                          ----------------------------------
          Article 30
          ----------
               In its purchase of required materials, parts and etc.
          theJoint Venture Company shall give first priority to purchase in
          China where quality, specifications and price are the same.


   <PAGE>


                                 CHAPTER 11 LAND USE
                                 -------------------
          Article 31
          ----------
               Party A shall procure the right of using land required bythe
          Joint Venture Company.  The payment of using the land shall be
          made to the Shanghai Branch of the People's Construction Bank of
          China, The land use fee shall be implemented in accordarce with
          relevant regulations stipulated by Chirese goverment.


  <PAGE>


                   CHAPTER 12 Start-up OF THE JOINT VENTURE COMPANY
                   -----------------------------------------------
          Article 32
          ----------
               Both parties agree to set up a preparation office to handle
          the establishment matters of the Joint Venture Company upon the
          Joint Venture Company being approved by the government of the
          People's Republic of China.  The preparation office composed of
          five (5) persons, among them four (4) persons from Party A and
          one (1) person fromParty B.The preparation office shall have one
          manager appointed by Party A andParty B.  The preparation office
          shall be under the leadership of the general manager of the Joint
          Venture Company once the general manager is appointed.

          Article 33
          ----------
               The taske of the preparation office of the Joint Venture
          Company are as follows:
          1)   Obtaining business license;
          2)   Checking up the investment contributed by both parties
          3)   Checking up the name lists of staffs and workers transferred
          from Party A.
          4)   Contacting banks for opening accounts;
          5)   Preparation for the Board of Directors' meeting;
          6)   Other necessary works.

          Article 34
          ----------
               The budget of expenses of the preparation office shall be
          made by the manager and be approved by both parties.  After the
          tasks of the preparation office being completed, the general
          manager of the Joint Venture Company shall dissolve the
          preparation office.  The actual expenses incurred during
          preparation time and the work done by thepreparation office shall
          be transferred to the Joint Venture Company and be reported to
          the general manager.

          Article 35
          ----------
               Both parties shall give full assistance and support to the
          preparation office.


   <PAGE>

                            CHAPTEDR 13 LABOUR MANAGEMENT
                            -----------------------------
          Article 36
          ----------
               The recruitment, employment, dismissal and resignation,
          wages, labgour insurance, welfare, rewards, penalty and other
          matters concerning the staffs and workers of the Joint Venture
          Comany shall, in accordance with the "Regulations of the People's
          Republic of China on Labour Management in Joint Venture Using
          Chinese and Foreign Investment and its Implementation Rules",be
          discussed and decided by the Board of Directors, and be
          stipulated in the labour contract drawn up between the Joint
          Venture Company and the Trade Union of the Joint Venture Company
          as a whole or individual employees.
               The labour contract shall, after being signed, be filed with
          the loacl labour management department.

          Article 37
          ----------
               Party A shall transfer necessary employees of Shanghai
          Rolling Bearing Factory to the Joint Venture Company as agreed
          upon by parties.

          Article 38
          ----------
               The appointment of high-ranking administrative personnel
          such as general manager, deputy general manager, chief engineer,
          chief accountant recommended by both parties, their salaries,
          welfare, social insurance and the standard of travelling expenses
          etc. shall be decidedd by the meeting of the Board of Directors.


   <PAGE>


                      CHAPTER 14 TAXATION, ACCOUNTING, AUDITLNG
                      -----------------------------------------
          Artidle 39
          ----------
               Joint Venture Company shall pay taxes in accordance with the
          stipulations of Chinese laws and other relative regulations.

          Article 40
          ----------
               Staff menbers and workers of the Joint Venture Company shnll
          pay individual income tax or individual incomre adjusting tax
          according to the "Individual Income Tax Law of the People's
          Republic of China".

          Article 41
          ----------
               Allocations for reserve funds, expansion funds of the Joint
          Venture Company and welfare funds and bonuses for staffs and
          workers shall be set aside in accordance with the stipulation in
          the "Law ofthe People's Republic of China On Joint Venture Using
          Chinese and Foreign Investment".  The annual proportion of
          allocations shall be decided by the Board of Directors according
          to the business situations of the Joint Venture Company.

          Article 42
          ----------
               The fiscal year of the Joint Venture Company shall be from
          January 1 to December 31.  All documents, vouchers, statements
          and accounting books shall be written in Chinese.

          Article 43
          ----------
               The certificate of investment of parties and annual fiscal
          report of the Joint Venture company shall be valid only after
          ratification by an accountant registered in China.

               In case Party B considers it necessary to employ a foreign
          auditor registered in other countries to undertake annual
          financial checking and examination, Party A shall give its
          consent.  All the expenses thereof shall be borne by the
          employing part.

          Article 44
          ----------
               The auditing work shall be done by an auditor (accountant)
          registered in China.  The auditor (accountant) shall report the
          results to the Board of Directors after inspection and auditing
          the annual fiscal reports of the Joint Venture Company.

          Article 45
          ----------
               In the first three months of each fiscal year, the general
          manager shall prepare previous year's balance sheet, profit and
          loss statement and proposal regarding the disposal of profits,
          and submit them to the Board of Directors for examination and
          approval.


   <PAGE>


                       CHAPTER 15 DURATION OF THE JOINT VENTURE
                       ----------------------------------------


          Article 46
          ----------

               The duration of the Joint Venture Company is ten (10) years,
          starting from the date on which the business license of the Joint
          Venture Company is issued.
               An application for the extension of the duration, proposed
          by one party and unaminously approved by the Board of Directors,
          shall be submitted 6 months before the date of expiration to the
          original examination and approval authorities for approval and
          thereafter register with the administrative department for
          industry and commerce.  The extension of the duration shall be
          effective only after approval by and registration with the
          relevant authorities.


    <PAGE>


                  CHAPTER 16 LIQUIDATION OR ASSETS AFTER EXPIRATION
                  -------------------------------------------------

          Article 47
          ----------
               Upon the expiration of the duration or termination before
          the date of expiration of the Joint Yenture Company, liquidation
          shall be carried out according to the relevant laws.  The Joint
          Venture Company shall be liable to its debts with all of its
          property The remaining property, of the JVC, after the
          liquidation for debts being conducted in accordance with the
          principle of profits distribution stipulated in the Articles of
          Association of the JVC shall be turned over to Party A.


  <PAGE>


                                 CHAPTER 17 INSURANCE
                                 --------------------

          Article 48
          ----------
               Various kinds of insurance of the Joint Venture Company
          shall be effected with the People's Insurance Company of China. 
          Types, values and duration of insurance shall be decided by the
          Bosrd of Directors in accordance with the stipulations of the
          Chinese goverment.


   <PAGE>


                      CHAPTER 18 TRADE MARK AND CONFIDENTIALITY
                      -----------------------------------------
          Article 49
          ----------
               The trademark used on contract products shall be SGBC? GBC?
          HYATT or other trademarks.
          
          Article 50
          ----------
               Information and materials relating to total invesment,
          business management, technology, customers list, sales and
          financial affairs of the Joint Venture Company shall not be
          disclosed to any third party by Party A and Party B, except those
          as required in reports to government authorities or unless such
          information and materials have previously been made known to the
          public and the subcontractors who make the parts and components
          for the product of the Joint Venture Company.

               The contents of this contract or any other understanding
          between Party A and Partr B shall not be disclosed to other third
          party without unanimous consent by the two parties.

               After expiration of the Joint Venture Company, the documents
          of business management, customers lists, sales and financial
          affairs of the Joint Venture Company shall not be disclosed to
          any third party, too.


    <PAGE>


                    The Amendment, Alterstion and Discharge of the
                    ----------------------------------------------
                   Contract and Liabilities for Breach of Contract
                   -----------------------------------------------

          Article 51
          ----------
               The amendment of the contract or other appendices shall come
          into force only after the written agreement signed by Party A,
          and Party B, and approved by the original examination and
          approval authority.

          Article 52
          ----------
               In case of inability to fulfil the contract or to continue
          operation due to heavy losses in successive years as a result of
          force majeure, the duration of the Joint Venture Company and the
          contract shall be terminated before the time of expiration after
          unanimously agreed upon by the Board of Directors and approved by
          the original examination and approval authority.

          Article 53
          ----------
               Should the Joint Venture Company be unable to continue its
          operations or achieve the business purpose stipulated in the
          contract due to the fact that one of the contracting parties
          fails to fulfil the obligations prescribed by the Contract and
          Articles of Association, or serioualy violate the stipulations of
          the Contract and Articles of Association, the Board of Directors
          of JVC shall hold a meeting immediately for trying to solve the
          issues.  If there is no result being reached and the fact of the
          party who fails or violates the said obligations prescribed by
          the Contract and Articles of Association is real, that party
          shall be deemed as unilaterally terminates the contract.  The
          other party shall have the right to lodge a claim against
          violation party and ask for compensation or payment payable to
          other partiy to be made in US dolars and terminate the contract
          in accordance with the provisions of the contract after approved
          by the original examination and approval authority.  If both
          parties breach the contract, then each party shall undertake the
          liabilities for breach of contract respectively.

               Should the Joint Venture Company be unable to continue its
          operations or achieve the business purpose stipulated in the
          contract due to the heavy losses suffered, the Joint Venture
          Company can terminate the contract subject to such a decision
          being made out unanimously by the Board of Directors of the Joint
          Venture Company and in accordance with the provisions of the
          contract after approved by the original examination and approval
          authority.


   <PAGE>


                               CHAPTER 20 FORCE MAJEURE
                               ------------------------

          Article 54
          ----------
               Should any of the parties to the contract be directly
          prevented from executing or complete implementation of the
          provisions of the contract by force majeure, such as earthquake,
          typhoon, flood, fire and war and other unforeseen events, and
          their happening and consequences are unpreventable and
          unavoidable, the prevented party shall notify the other party by
          cable without any delay, and within 15 days thereafter provide
          the detailed information of the events and a valid document for
          evidence issued by the relevant public notary organization, for
          explaining the reason of its inability to execute or delay
          theexecution of all or part of the contract.  Both parties shall,
          through consultations, decide whether to terminate the contract
          or to exempt the part of obligations for implemention of the
          contract or whether to delay the execution of the contract
          according to the effects of the event on the performance of the
          contract.


    <PAGE>


                              CHAPTER 21 APPLICABLE LAW
                              -------------------------

          Article 55
          ----------
               The formation of this contract, its validity,
          interpretation, execution and settlement of the disputes shall be
          governed and be protected by the related laws of the People's
          Republic of China.


  <PAGE>


                          CHAPTER 22 SETTLEMENT OF DISPUTES
                          ---------------------------------

          Article 56
          ----------
               Any disputes arising from the execution of, or in connection
          with the contract shall be settled through friendly consultatlons
          by both parties.  In case no settlement can be reached through
          consultations, the disputes shall be submitted to the Commerce
          Arbitration Commission of Stockholm, Sweden for arbitration in
          accordance with its rules of procedure.

               The arbitral award is final and binding upon both parties.

  <PAGE>


                                 CHAPTER 23 LANGUAGE
                                 -------------------

          Article 57
          ----------
               The contract shall be written in Chinese version and in
          English version.  Both versions are equally authentic.


  <PAGE>


              CHAPTER 24 EFFECTIVENESS OF THE CONTRACT AND MISCELLANEOUS
              ----------------------------------------------------------

          Article 58
          ----------
               The appendices drawn up ln accordance with the principles of
          this contract are integral part of this contract, including:
          Articles of Association, etc.

          Article 59
          ----------
               The contract and its appendices shall come into force
          beginning from the date of approval of Shanghai Mechanical and
          Electrical Industries Administration.

          Article 60
          ----------
               Should notices in connection with any party's rights and
          obligations be sent by either party by telegram or telex in
          English, the written letter confirmation in English too, shall
          also be required afterwards.

               The legal addresses of Party A and Party B listed in this
          contract shall be the posting addresses.

          Article 61
          ----------
               The contract is signed in Shanghai, the People's Republic of
          China, by the authorized representatives of parties on 25 June,
          1988.

          For Party A                             For Party B

          Shanghai Rolling                        General Bearing
          Bearing Factory                         Corporation


          _________________________               _________________________


   <PAGE>


          Appendix 1

          List of Buildings and Auxiliary Facilities Worth

          US$ 1,500,000

          1)   Forging shop (civil construction)  4062m2    Y 1,500,000 

          2)   Office building                    1197m2    Y 420,000

          3)   Indoor rewage                                Y 20,000

          4)   Electric Wiring                              Y 300,000

          5)   Piping mounting                              Y 120,000

          6)   Lighting installation (indoor)               Y 15,000

          7)   Inlet and outlet of water                    Y 10,000

          8)   Late machining shop                1987m2    Y 800,000

          9)   Electric wiring                              Y 240,000

          10)  Variance of materials                        Y 100,000

          11)  Dock (inside factory area)                   Y 150,000

          12)  Enclosing wall road and guard Room           Y 250,000

          13)  Four (4) cranes (5 ton)                      Y 290,000

          14)  One (1) pallet                               Y 30,000

          15)  Rail mounting                                Y 100,000

          16)  Cable and transformer                        Y 150,000

          17)  Compressed air and steam pipe                Y 60,000

          18)  One (1) compressor (20m)                     Y 50,000

          19)  Lighting instsllation (Factory area)         Y 60,000

          20)  Fixed expenses needed for additional
               power supply                                 Y 600,000

          21)  Foundatlon for equipment and
               installation                                 Y 300,000

               The total cost of the above-mentioned items (1)-(2) is    
          RMB 5,565,000.  It is equivlant to US$ 1,500,000 whlch converted
          at the exchange rate quoted on the day of the signing of the
          Contract by the State Administration of Foreign Exchange Control
          of PRC.  ( $1= 3.71)


   <PAGE>


                          SHANGHAI GENERAL BEARING CO. LTD.


                   AGREEMENT FOR THE REVISION AND AMENDMENT TO THE

                         CONTRACT AND ARTICLE OF THE COMPANY


               According to the resolution of the first Board of Directors
          meeting of Shanghai General Bearing Co. Ltd. the Company will
          increase its capital.  In order to clarify the rights,
          obligations, responsibilities and profit shares of both parties
          after the capital increase, the following agreement for the
          revision of and amendment to the original Contract and Article of
          Shanghai General Bearing Co. Ltd has been reached.

               (1)       To Contract Chapter 4, Article 7 and Article
                         Chapter 2 Article 7 the revisions are:

                         The scope of operation of the Joint Venture
                         Company is:

                         1.   Manufacturing of bearings, bearing parts and
                              components, and semi-finished bearings.

                         2.   Other industrial products for export which,
                              do not require export license.

                         3.   The sale of above products.

               (2)       To Contract Chapter 5 Article 9, and Article
                         Chapter 3 Article 9 the revisions are:

                         The total amount of investment after reinvestment
                         of the JVC is U.S. Dollars, nine million nine
                         hundred thusand (U.S. $9,900.00).  (Original total
                         investment was U.S. $4,950,000.  New investment is
                         U.S. $4,950,000).

               (3)       To Contract Chapter 5 Article 9, and Article
                         Chapter 3 Article 9 the revisions are:

                         The total registered capital after reinvestment of
                         the JVC is U.S. $5,500,000.  (Original registered
                                         -----------
                         capital was U.S. $3,000,000, new investment is U.S.
                         $2,500,000) of which:

                         Party A shall pay U.S. $4,125,000 (Original
                                                -----------
                         registered capital was $2,250,000, new investment 
                         in U.S. $1,875,000), to account kfor 75% of the total
                         registered capital.

                         Party B shall pay U.S. $1,375,000 (Original 
                                                 ----------
                         registered capital was U.S. $750,000.  New investment 
                         is U.S. $625,000), to account for 25% of the total
                         registered capital.

               (4)       To Contract Chapter 5 Article 10, and Article
                         Chapter 3 Article 10, the amendments are:

                         Each party shall contribute as its new investment
                         of the registered capitals as follows:

                         Party A:  Buildings, equipment installation and
                         start-up cost U.S. $ 1,000,000 and cash U.S. 
                         $875,000 to be used to purchase part of the
                         equipment to be provided by party B of which
                         $500,000 shall be paid to party B within 10 days
                         after the approval of this Agreement, U.S.
                         $375,000 will be the loan without interest from
                         party B to party A, to be paid back to party B
                         from year 1989 through 1991, with a payment of
                         U.S. $125,000 each year.

                         Party B:  Machinery and equipment U.S. $625,000
                         (For details see attachment 3).  The new
                         investment of machinery and equipment from party B
                         has a total value of U.S. $1,500,000, of which:

                         U.S. $625,000 will be new investment of Party B.

                         U.S. $500,000 will be purchased in cash by party
                         A.

                         U.S. $ 375,000 will be purchased by party A of the
                         JVC by a loan granted by party B to Party A.

               (5)       To Contract Chapter 5 Article 11 and Article
                         Chapter 3 Article 11 the revisions are:

                         The difference between the total investment and
                         the registered investment, U.S. $4,400,000
                         (originally U.S. $1,950,000.  New investment U.S.
                         $ 2,450,000), can be obtained  through a loan to
                         the JVC when needed.

               (6)       To Contract Chapter 7 Article 16 the revisions
                         are:

                         Sales plan and Prices:

                         Annually to produce bearing rollers 100,000,000
                         pieces.  For bearing rings the production plans
                         is:

                         A.   First year 3,000,000 sets (to turning)

                         B.   Second year 8,000,000 sets (to turning).

                         C.   Third year to reach regular production of
                              10,000,000 sets of which 5,500,000 sets to be
                              further processed by JVC as finished bearings
                              to be sold by party B.  The remainding
                              4,500,000 sets to be sold by party B as semi-
                              finished products.

               (7)       To Article Chapter 7 Article 39 the revisions are:

                         The JVC will pay taxes in accordance with the law. 
                         The JVC will allocate the net profit, after paying
                         all necessary funds, and after obtaining approval
                         from the Board of Directors, to distribute the net
                         profit to parties A & B proportional to their
                         share of investment.  Party B agrees that after
                         receiving U.S. $1,375,000 of profit (including the
                         profit from reinvestment) its right for receiving
                         any more dividend will terminate.  All profits of
                         the JVC after that time will be distributed
                         exclusively to Party A.  After termination of the
                         JVC, all equipment and machinery invested by Party
                         B and other assets shall be turned over to party A
                         without compensation.

               (8)       This agreement shall become effective after
                         approval by the Shanghai Mechanical & Electrical
                         Industries Administration.  This agreement is as
                         legally binding as the contract and the Article of
                         Shanghai General Bearing Co. Ltd.



          GENERAL BEARING CORPORATION             SHANGHAI ROLLING BEARING

          REPRESENTATIVE                          FACTORY REPRESENTATIVE



          ___________________________             _________________________

          Vice President                          Director








                                                          EXHIBIT 10.3     

                                   LEASE AGREEMENT

          This lease Agreement, made this 1st day of November, 1996,

          Between GUSSACK REALTY COMPANY, residing or located at 44 High
          Street, West Nyack, New York, 10994, herein designated as the
          Landlord, and GENERAL BEARING CORPORATION, residing or located at
          44 High Street, West Nyack, New York, 10994, herein designated as
          the Tenant;

               WITNESSETH that, the Landlord does hereby lease to the
          Tenant and the Tenant does hereby rent from the Landlord, the
          following described premises: 44 High Street, West Nyack, New
          York 10994, consisting of approximately one hundred ninety
          thousand (190,000) square feet situated on 18 acres, for a term
          of seven years, commencing on November 1, 1996 and ending on
          October 31, 2003, to be used and occupied only and for no other
          purpose than offices, manufacturing, warehousing and other
          incidental uses, at the following Annual Rents in the monthly
          installments indicated:

               November 1, 1996 October 31,1997-$912,840.00 payable at
          $76,070.00 per month.

               November 1, 1997 October 31,1998-$912,840.00 payable at 
          $76,070.00 per month.

               Commencing on November 1, 1998 and every two years
          thereafter (referred to as a new rent year), the annual rent
          shall be increased to the greater of A) 106% of the next
          preceding year's rent or B) said preceding year's rent multiplied
          by a fraction, the numerator of which is the Consumer Price Index
          (CPI) in effect ninety (90) days prior to November 1st of the new
          rent year and the denominator of which is the CPI in effect (90)
          days prior to November 1st of the preceding year. The Consumer
          Price Index (CPI) used shall be as published by the United States
          Government for the area including Rockland County, New York, or
          if no such Index is published, then for northern New Jersey. If
          no CPI is published specifically for any of the above dates, then
          the CPI published for the most recent date before each such date
          shall be used. The amount of rent for each year which is not a
          "new rent" year shall be the same amount as that for the next
          preceding year.

               The tenant shall have the option of extending this lease for
          an additional six years (the extended period) provided it
          exercises such option and gives written notice thereof to the
          landlord no later than 6 months prior to the expiration of the
          lease term.

               If the tenant exercises such option, the rent for first year
          of the extended period shall be at fair market value (FMV) as
          agreed upon by the parties. If the parties do not reach agreement
          as to FMV by February 1, 2003, they shall jointly retain a
          mutually acceptable appraiser to appraise FMV and whose appraisal
          shall be binding. The landlord and the tenant shall each pay one
          half the cost of the appraisal.

               The third and fifth years of the extended period shall be
          deemed "new rent years" for which the rent shall be increased
          pursuant to the above formula applicable to "new rent years"
          occurring during the base term of the lease.

               All monthly rental installments shall be payable in advance
          on the first day of the month. If Tenant defaults in any rent
          payment for a period of 15 days, Tenant shall pay Landlord a late
          charge of 5% (of the amount of rent due) which shall be payable
          as "additional rent".

                              CONDITIONS AND COVENANTS:

               FIRST.-The Tenant covenants and agrees to pay to the
          Landlord the rent as above provided. 

               SECOND. Throughout said term the Tenant shall take good care
          of the demised premises, fixtures and appurtenances, including
          all heating, ventilating and air conditioning equipment (HVAC),
          electrical systems, sprinkler system, plumbing and all
          alterations, additions and improvements thereto, make all repairs
          in and about same necessary to preserve them in good order and
          condition, ordinary wear and tear and damage by fire or other
          casualty excepted, which repairs shall be, in quality and class,
          equal to the original work; promptly pay the expense of such
          repairs; suffer no waste or injury; give notice to the Landlord
          of any fire that may occur; execute and comply with all laws,
          rules, orders, ordinances and regulations at any time issued or
          in force (except those requiring structural alterations for which
          tenant is not liable hereunder, if any) applicable to the demised
          premises or to the Tenant's occupation thereof, of the Federal,
          State and Local Governments, and of each and every department,
          bureau and official thereof, and of the New York Board of Fire
          Underwriters; permit at all times during usual business hours,
          the Landlord and representatives of the landlord to enter the
          demised premises for the purpose of inspection, and to exhibit
          them for purposes of sale or rental; suffer the landlord to make
          repairs and improvements to all parts of the building, and to
          comply with all orders and requirements of governmental authority
          applicable to said building or to any occupation thereof; suffer
          the landlord to erect, use, maintain, repair and replace pipes
          and conduits in the demised premises and to the floors above and
          below; forever indemnify and save harmless the Landlord for and
          against any and all liability, penalties, damages, expenses and
          judgments arising from injury during said term to person or
          property of any nature, occasioned wholly or in part by any act
          or acts, omission or omissions of the Tenant, or of the
          employees, guests, agents, assigns or sub-tenants of the Tenant
          and also for any matter or thing growing out of the occupation of
          the demised premises or of the streets, sidewalks or vaults
          adjacent thereto; permit, during the six months next prior to the
          expiration of the term the usual notice "To Let" or similar
          language, to be placed and to remain unmolested in a conspicuous
          place upon the exterior of the demised premises; repair, at or
          before the end of the term, all injury done by the installation
          or removal of furniture and property; and at the end of the term,
          to quit and surrender the demised premises with all alterations,
          additions and improvements in good order and condition.

               The landlord shall be responsible for all structural repairs
          to the walls of the premises (other than damage caused by Tenant,
          its agents, servants or employees) except that Tenant shall be
          responsible for maintenance, repair and replacement of the roof
          and all HVAC equipment.

               THIRD.  Tenant will not perform any alterations or
          renovations, shall not disfigure or deface any part of the
          building; or suffer the same to be done, except so far as may be
          necessary for its business purposes and as are specifically
          consented to in advance by the Landlord; the Tenant will not
          obstruct, or permit the obstruction of the street or the sidewalk
          adjacent thereto; will not do anything, or suffer anything to be
          done upon the demised premises which will increase the rate of
          fire insurance upon the building or any of its contents, or be
          liable to cause structural injury to said building; will not
          permit the accumulation of waste or refuse matter, and will not,
          without the prior written consent of the landlord (which consent
          shall not be unreasonably withheld) in each case, either sell,
          assign, mortgage or transfer this lease, sublet the demised
          premises or any part thereof, permit the same or any part thereof
          to be occupied by anybody other than the Tenant and the Tenant's
          employees, make any alterations in the demised premises, use the
          demised premises or any part thereof for any purpose other than
          the one first above stipulated, or for any purpose deemed extra
          hazardous on account of fire risk, nor in violation of any law or
          ordinance. The Tenant will not obstruct or permit the obstruction
          of the light, halls, stairway or entrances to the building, and
          will not erect or inscribe any sign, signals or advertisements
          unless and until the style and location thereof have been
          approved by the Landlord; and if any be erected or inscribed
          without such approval, the Landlord may remove the same. No water
          cooler, air conditioning unit or system or other apparatus shall
          be installed or used without the prior written consent of the
          Landlord, which shall not be unreasonably withheld.

          The tenant shall comply with the Rules and Regulations annexed to
          this lease.

               FOURTH.-If the demised premises shall be partially damaged
          by fire or other cause without the fault or neglect of Tenant,
          Tenant's servants, employees, agents, visitors or licensees, the
          damages shall be repaired by and at the expense of the Landlord
          and the rent until such repairs shall be made shall be
          apportioned according to the part of the demised premises which
          is usable by Tenant. But if such partial damage is due to the
          fault or neglect of Tenant, Tenant's servants, employees, agents,
          visitors or licensees, without prejudice to any other rights and
          remedies of Landlord and without prejudice to the rights of
          subrogation of Landlord's insurer, the damages shall be repaired
          by the Landlord but there shall be no apportionment or abatement
          of rent. No penalty shall accrue for reasonable delay which may
          arise by reason of adjustment of insurance on the part of the
          Landlord and/or Tenant, and for reasonable delay on account of
          "labor troubles", or any other cause beyond Landlord's control.
          If the demised premises are totally damaged or are rendered
          wholly untenantable by fire or other cause, and if Landlord shall
          decide not to restore or not to rebuild the same, or if the
          building shall be so damaged that Landlord shall decide to 
          demolish it or to rebuild it, then or in any of such events
          Landlord may, within ninety (90) days after such fire or other
          cause, give Tenant a notice in writing of such decision, which
          notice shall be given as in Paragraph Twelfth hereof provided,
          and thereupon the term of this lease shall expire by lapse of
          time upon the third day after such notice is given, and Tenant
          shall vacate the demised premises and surrender the same to
          Landlord. If Tenant shall not be in default under the lease then,
          upon the termination of this lease under the conditions provided
          for in the sentence immediately preceding, Tenant's liability for
          rent shall cease as of the day following the casualty. Tenant
          hereby expressly waives the provisions of Section 227 of the Real
          Property Law and agrees that the foregoing provisions of this
          Article shall govern and control in lieu thereof. If the damage
          or destruction is due to the fault or neglect of Tenant the
          debris shall be removed by, and at expense of Tenant.

               FIFTH.-If the whole or any part of the premises hereby
          demised shall be taken or condemned by any competent authority
          for any public use or purpose then the term hereby granted shall
          cease from the time when possession of the part so taken shall be
          required for such public purpose and without apportionment of
          award (except with regard to Tenant's trade fixtures), the Tenant
          hereby assigning to the Landlord all right and claim to any such
          award (other than for trade fixtures), the current rent, however,
          in such case to be apportioned.

               SIXTH.-If, before the commencement of the term, the Tenant
          be adjudicated a bankrupt, or make a "general assignment", or
          take the benefit of any insolvent act, or if a Receiver or
          Trustee be appointed for the Tenant's property, or if this lease
          or the estate of the Tenant hereunder be assigned, transferred or
          pass to or devolve upon any other person or corporation,
          voluntarily or involuntarily, or if the Tenant shall default in
          the performance of any agreement by the Tenant contained in any
          other lease between the Tenant and the Landlord or between Tenant
          and any corporation of which an officer of the Landlord is a
          Director, this lease shall thereby, at the option of the
          Landlord, be terminated and in that case, neither the Tenant nor
          anybody claiming under the Tenant shall be entitled to go into
          possession of the demised premises. If after the commencement of
          the term, any of the events mentioned above in this subdivision
          shall occur, or if Tenant shall default in fulfilling any of the
          covenants of this lease, other than the covenants for the payment
          of rent or "additional rent" or if the demised premises become
          vacant or deserted, The Landlord may give to the Tenant ten days'
          notice of intention to end the term of this lease, and thereupon
          at the expiration of said ten days (if said condition which was
          the basis of said notice shall continue to exist) the term under
          this lease shall expire as fully and completely as if that day
          were the date herein definitely fixed for the expiration of the
          term and Tenant will then quit and surrender the demised premises
          to the Landlord, but the Tenant shall remain liable as
          hereinafter provided.

               If the Tenant shall default in the payment of the rent
          reserved hereunder, or any item of "additional rent" herein
          mentioned, or any part of either or in making any other payment
          herein provided for, or if the notice last above provided for
          shall have been given and if the condition for which the basis of
          said notice shall exist at the expiration of said ten days'
          period, the Landlord may immediately, or at any time thereafter,
          re-enter the demised premises and remove all persons and all or
          any property therefrom either by summary dispossess proceedings,
          or by any suitable action or proceeding at law, or by force or
          otherwise, without being liable to indictment, prosecution or
          damages therefor, and re-possess and enjoy said premises together
          with all additions, alterations and improvements. In any such
          case or in the event that this lease be "terminated" before the
          commencement of the term, as above provided, the Landlord may
          either re-let the demised premises or any part or parts thereof
          as the agent of the Tenant, and receive the rents therefor,
          applying the same first to the payment of such expenses as the
          Landlord may have incurred, and then to the fulfillment of the
          covenants of the Tenant herein, and the balance, if any, at the
          expiration of the term first above provided for, shall be paid to
          the Tenant. Landlord may rent the premises for a term extending
          beyond the term hereby granted without releasing Tenant from any
          liability. In the event that the term of this lease shall expire
          as above in this subdivision "Sixth" provided, or terminate by
          summary proceedings or otherwise, and if the Landlord shall not
          re-let, the Tenant shall remain liable for, and the Tenant hereby
          agrees to pay to the Landlord, until the time when this lease
          would have expired but for such termination or expiration, the
          equivalent of the amount of all of the rent and "additional rent"
          reserved herein, less the costs of reletting, if any, and the
          same shall be due and payable by the Tenant to the Landlord on
          the several rent days above specified, that is upon each of such
          rent days the Tenant shall pay to the Landlord the amount of
          deficiency then existing. The Tenant hereby expressly waives any
          and all right of redemption in case the Tenant shall be
          dispossessed by judgment or warrant of any court or judge, and
          the Tenant waives and will waive all right to trial by jury in
          any summary proceedings hereafter instituted by the Landlord
          against the Tenant in respect to the demised premises. The words
          "re-enter" and "re-entry" as used in this lease are not
          restricted to their technical legal meaning.

               In the event of a breach or threatened breach by the Tenant
          of any of the covenants or provisions hereof, the Landlord shall
          have the right of injunction and the right to invoke any remedy
          allowed at law or in equity, as if re-entry, summary proceedings
          and other remedies were not herein provided for.

               SEVENTH.-If the Tenant shall default in the performance of
          any covenant herein contained, the Landlord may immediately, or
          at any time thereafter, without notice, perform the same for the
          account of the Tenant. If a notice of mechanic's lien be filed
          against the demised premises or against premises of which the
          demised premises are part, for or purporting to be for, labor or
          material alleged to have been furnished, or to be furnished to or
          for the Tenant at the demised premises, and if the Tenant shall
          fail to take such action as shall cause such lien to be
          discharged within fifteen days after the filing of such notice,
          the Landlord may pay the amount of such lien or discharge the
          same by deposit or by bonding proceedings, and in the event of
          such deposit or bonding proceedings, the Landlord may require the
          lienor to prosecute an appropriate action to enforce the lienor's
          claim. In such case, the Landlord may pay any judgment recovered
          on such claim. Any amount paid or expense incurred by the
          Landlord as in this subdivision of this lease provided, and any
          amount as to which the Tenant shall at any time be in default for
          or in respect to the use of water, electric current or sprinkler
          supervisory service, and any expense incurred or sum of money
          paid by the Landlord by reason of the failure of the Tenant to
          pay any taxes, insurance or maintenance or repairs, or to comply
          with any provision of this lease, or in defending any such
          action, shall be deemed to be "additional rent" for the demised
          premises, and shall be due and payable by the Tenant to the
          Landlord on the first day of the next month, or, at the option of
          the Landlord, on the first day of any succeeding month. The
          receipt by the Landlord of any instalment of the regular
          stipulated rent hereunder or any of said " additional rent" shall
          not be a waiver of any other "additional rent" then due.

               EIGHTH.-The failure of the Landlord to insist, in any one or
          more instances upon a strict performance of any of the covenants
          of this lease, or to exercise any option herein contained, shall
          not be construed as a waiver or a relinquishment for the future
          of such covenant or option, but the same shall continue and
          remain in full force and effect. The receipt by the Landlord of
          rent, with knowledge of the breach of any covenant hereof, shall
          not be deemed a waiver of such breach and no waiver by the
          Landlord of any provision hereof shall be deemed to have been
          made unless expressed in writing and signed by the Landlord. Even
          if the Landlord consents to an assignment hereof no further
          assignment shall be made without further express consent in
          writing by the Landlord.  No waiver by Landlord or Tenant of any
          provision hereof shall be deemed a waiver of any other provision
          hereof or of any subsequent breach by the other party of any
          other provision.

               NINTH.-If this lease be assigned, or if the demised premises
          or any part thereof be sublet or occupied by anybody other than
          the Tenant the Landlord may collect rent from the assignee, sub-
          tenant or occupant, and apply the net amount collected to the
          rent herein reserved, and no such collection shall be deemed a
          waiver of the covenant herein against assignment and subletting,
          or the acceptance of the assignee, sub-tenant, or occupant as
          tenant, or a release of the Tenant from the further performance
          by the Tenant of the covenants herein contained on the part of
          the Tenant.

               TENTH.-This lease shall be subject and subordinate at all
          times, to the lien of the mortgages now on the demised premises,
          and to all advances made or hereafter to be made upon the
          security thereof, and subject and subordinate to the lien of any
          mortgage or mortgages which at any time may be made a lien upon
          the premises, provided the holder of any such mortgage shall
          execute and deliver to Tenant in a form reasonably acceptable to
          Tenant an agreement that it will recognize this lease and not
          disturb Tenant's possession of the premises in the event of
          foreclosure if the Tenant is not then in default hereunder. The
          Tenant will execute and deliver such further instrument or
          instruments subordinating this lease to the lien of any such
          mortgage or mortgages as shall be requested by the Landlord. 

               ELEVENTH.-All improvements made by the Tenant to or upon the
          demised premises, except said trade fixtures and other non-
          fixture property of Tenant necessary for the Tenant's business,
          shall when made, at once be deemed to be attached to the
          freehold, and become the property of the Landlord, and at the end
          or other expiration of the term, shall be surrendered to the
          Landlord in as good order and condition as they were when
          installed, reasonable wear and damages by the elements excepted.

               TWELFTH.-Any notice or demand which under the terms of this
          lease or under any statute must or may be given or made by the
          parties hereto shall be in writing and shall be given or made by
          mailing the same by certified or registered mail addressed to the
          respective parties at the following addresses:

          Tenant:   General Bearing Corporation
                    44 High Street
                    West Nyack, New York 10994
                    Attn:     John E. Stein
                              Staff Counsel

          Landlord: Gussack Realty Co.
                    44 High Street
                    West Nyack, New York 10994

               THIRTEENTH.-The Landlord shall not be liable for any failure
          of water supply or electrical current, sprinkler damage, or
          failure of sprinkler service, nor for injury or damage to person
          or property caused by the elements or by other tenants or persons
          in said building, or resulting from steam, gas, electricity,
          water, rain or snow, which may leak or flow from any part of said
          buildings, or from the pipes, appliances or plumbing works of the
          same, or from the street or sub-surface, or from any other place,
          nor for interference with light or other incorporeal
          hereditaments by anybody other than the Landlord, or caused by
          operations by or for a governmental authority in construction of
          any public or quasi-public work, neither shall the Landlord be
          liable for any latent defect in the building, unless caused by
          the Landlord's negligent acts or omissions and Landlord has not
          cured the same within 15 days of notification thereof.

               FOURTEENTH.-No diminution or abatement of rent, or other
          compensation shall be claimed or allowed for inconvenience or
          discomfort arising from the making of repairs or improvements to
          the building or to its appliances, nor for any space taken to
          comply with any law, ordinance or order of a governmental
          authority. In respect to the various "services," if any, herein
          expressly or impliedly agreed to be furnished by the Landlord to
          the Tenant, it is agreed that there shall be no diminution or
          abatement of the rent, or any other compensation, for
          interruption or curtailment of such "service" when such
          interruption or curtailment shall be due to accident, alterations
          or repairs desirable or necessary to be made or to inability or
          difficulty in securing supplies or labor for the maintenance of
          such "service" or to some other cause not due to negligence on
          the part of the Landlord. No such interruption or curtailment of
          any such "service" shall be deemed a constructive eviction. The
          Landlord shall not be required to furnish, and the Tenant shall
          not be entitled to receive, any of such "services" during any
          period wherein the Tenant shall be in default in respect to the
          payment of rent. Neither shall there be any abatement or
          diminution of rent because of making of repairs, improvements or
          decorations to the demised premises after the date above fixed
          for the commencement of the term, it being understood that rent
          shall, in any event, commence to run at such date so above fixed.

               FIFTEENTH.-In the event that an excavation shall be made for
          building or other purposes upon land adjacent to the demised
          premises or shall be contemplated to be made, the Tenant shall
          afford to the person or persons causing or to cause such
          excavation, license to enter upon the demised premises for the
          purpose of doing such work as said person or persons shall deem
          to be necessary to preserve the wall or walls, structure or
          structures upon the demised premises from injury and to support
          the same by proper foundations.

               SIXTEENTH.-No vaults or space not within the property line
          of the building are leased hereunder. Landlord makes no
          representation as to the location of the property line of the
          building. Such vaults or space as Tenant may be permitted to use
          or occupy are to be used or occupied under a revocable license
          and if such license be revoked by the Landlord as to the use of
          part or all of the vaults or space Landlord shall not be subject
          to any liability; Tenant shall not be entitled to any
          compensation or reduction in rent nor shall this be deemed
          constructive or actual eviction. Any tax, fee or charge of
          municipal or other authorities for such vaults or space shall be
          paid by the Tenant for the period of the Tenant's use or
          occupancy thereof.

               SEVENTEENTH .-That during six months prior to the expiration
          of the term hereby granted, on reasonable advance notice,
          applicants shall be admitted at all reasonable hours of the day
          to view the premises until rented; and the Landlord and the
          Landlord's agents shall be permitted at any time during the term
          to visit and examine them at any reasonable hour of the day, and
          workmen may enter at any time, when authorized by the Landlord or
          the Landlord's agents, to make or facilitate repairs in any part
          of the building; and if the said Tenant shall not be personally
          present to open and permit an entry into said premises, at any
          time, when for any reason an entry therein shall be necessary or
          permissible hereunder, the Landlord or the Landlord's agents may
          forcibly enter the same without rendering the Landlord or such
          agents liable to any claim or cause of action for damages by
          reason thereof (if during such entry the Landlord shall accord
          reasonable care to the Tenant's property) and without in any
          manner affecting the obligations and covenants of this lease; it
          is, however, expressly understood that the right and authority
          hereby reserved, does not impose, nor does the Landlord assume,
          by reason thereof, any responsibility or liability whatsoever for
          the care or supervision of said premises, or any of the pipes,
          fixtures, appliances or appurtenances therein contained or
          therewith in any manner connected.

               EIGHTEENTH.-The Landlord has made no representations or
          promises in respect to said building or to the demised premises
          except those contained herein, and those, if any, contained in
          some written communication to the Tenant, signed by the Landlord.
          This instrument represents the entire agreement of the parties
          and may not be changed, modified, discharged or terminated
          orally.

               NINETEENTH.-If the Tenant shall at any time be in default
          hereunder, and if the Landlord shall institute an action or
          summary proceeding against the Tenant based upon such default,
          then the Tenant will reimburse the Landlord for the expense of
          attorneys' fees and disbursements thereby incurred by the
          Landlord, so far as the same are reasonable in amount. Also so
          long as the Tenant shall be a tenant hereunder the amount of such
          expenses shall be deemed to be "additional rent" hereunder and
          shall be due from the Tenant to the Landlord on the first day of
          the month following the incurring of such respective expenses.

               TWENTIETH.-Landlord shall not be liable for failure to give
          possession of the premises upon commencement date by reason of
          the fact that premises are not ready for occupancy, if due to a
          prior Tenant other than Landlord or its affiliates wrongfully
          holding over in possession. In such event the rent shall not
          commence until possession is given or is available, but the term
          herein shall not be extended.

               TWENTY-FIRST.-The Tenant will keep the sidewalk, roadways,
          parking areas and curb clean at all times and free from snow and
          ice and shall be solely responsible for all repairs and
          maintenance thereto and for all landscaping. Landscape plants and
          trees surrounding the building shall be maintained at a level
          equivalent to that at the time of the commencement of this lease
          and trees and shrubs that die are to be replaced by tenant.
          Tenant acknowledges that at the commencement of this lease the
          premises and surrounding grounds, including wooded areas, were
          free of trash, debris and garbage and tenant shall maintain the
          premises and grounds in such condition.

               TWENTY-SECOND.-If a separate water meter be installed for
          the demised premises, or any part thereof, the Tenant will keep
          the same in repair and pay the charges made by the municipality
          or water supply company for or in respect to the consumption of
          water, as and when bills therefor are rendered. If the demised
          premises, or any part thereof, be supplied with water through a
          meter which supplies other premises, the Tenant will pay to the
          Landlord, as and when bills are rendered therefor, the Tenant's
          proportionate part of all charges which the municipality or water
          supply company shall make for all water consumed through said
          meter, as indicated by said meter. Such proportionate part shall
          be fixed by apportioning the respective charge according to floor
          area against all of the rentable floor area in the building
          (exclusive of the basement) which shall have been occupied during
          the period of the respective charges, taking into account the
          period that each part of such area was occupied. Tenant agrees to
          pay as additional rent the Tenant's proportionate part,
          determined as aforesaid, of the sewer charge imposed or assessed
          upon the building of which the premises are a part.

               TWENTY-THIRD.-From the date of occupancy by Tenant, Tenant
          shall pay all charges or fees for use or consumption of all
          utilities provided to the premises occupied by Tenant including
          water, gas, electricity, telephone and other utilities and
          services together with any taxes thereon. In the event the
          premises are not separately metered Landlord may secure an
          independent audit of Tenant's consumption of such utilities or
          install a device to monitor same, advising Tenant of the
          percentage of such utilities used and consumed by Tenant.
          Landlord shall thereupon invoice Tenant for Tenant's share of
          such utilities on a monthly basis and Tenant shall reimburse the
          Landlord for such expense. All utilities shall be paid to the
          Landlord (if applicable) within ten days of receipt of billings. 

               TWENTY-FOURTH.-If there now is or shall be installed in said
          building a "sprinkler system" the Tenant agrees to keep the
          appliances thereto in the demised premises in repair and good
          working condition, and if the New York Board of Fire Underwriters
          of the New York Fire Insurance Exchange or any bureau, department
          or official of the State or local government requires or
          recommends that any changes, modifications, alterations or
          additional sprinkler heads or other equipment be made or supplied
          by reason of the Tenant's business, or the location of
          partitions, trade fixtures, or other contents of the demised
          premises, or if such changes, modifications, alterations,
          additional sprinkler heads or other equipment in the demised
          premises are necessary to prevent the imposition of a penalty or
          charge against the full allowance for a sprinkler system in the
          fire insurance rate as fixed by said Exchange, or by any Fire
          Insurance Company, the Tenant will at the Tenant's own expense,
          promptly make and supply such changes, modifications,
          alterations, additional sprinkler heads or other equipment. 

               TWENTY-FIFTH.-Tenant agrees that it will keep the leased
          Premises insured, at a minimum, against loss or damage by fire
          with extended coverage ("all risk") endorsement, vandalism and
          malicious mischief coverage, and differences in conditions
          coverage (for the perils of earthquake, surface water flood and
          sudden and accidental collapse or rupture to non-pressurized
          vessels). Such insurance shall be in an amount of the full
          replacement value of the premises as determined from time to
          time. Tenant shall name Landlord as a party insured and shall
          require the insurer to give Landlord at least thirty (30) days
          notice of cancellation. Landlord and Tenant acknowledge that as
          of the date hereof the full replacement value of the premises is
          Nine Million Dollars ($9,000,000.00).

                    Insurance Requirements. For purposes of this Section,
                    ----------------------
          the parties agree during the term hereof that Tenant shall
          maintain adequate public liability and other insurance with
          reputable insurance companies as hereinabove and hereinafter set
          forth, shall furnish Landlord with certificates of insurance
          properly executed by its insurance companies evidencing such
          fact, and requiring their insurers to give at least thirty (30)
          days notice in the event of cancellation. Such insurance shall
          cover all damage or injury which results or is claimed to have
          resulted from an act or omission on the part of Tenant, its
          agents, employees or business invitees as well as environmental
          clean up of damage done to Landlord's premises proven to have
          occurred as a result of the use thereof by Tenant or others while
          Tenant is a tenant at the premises.

               TWENTY-SIXTH.-Tenant shall be responsible for the payment of
          all real estate taxes and current installments of special
          assessments levied against the premises which become due during
          the term of the lease. Landlord shall notify Tenant and forward a
          copy of each tax bill to Tenant upon Landlord's receipt thereof.
          Tenant shall pay Landlord the amount of the tax or installment of
          assessment set forth on the bill within seven (7) days of the
          presentation by the Landlord thereof. Landlord shall present such
          bill to Tenant within five (5) days of its receipt from the
          taxing authority. Failure to pay Landlord such amount within the
          time period set forth herein shall constitute a default pursuant
          to the terms hereof. If the term of this lease shall not begin or
          expire concurrently with the beginning or expiration of any tax
          fiscal year, Tenant's liability for real estate taxes and current
          installments of special assessments for any tax fiscal year
          during which Tenant is not in possession of the premises for the
          entire tax fiscal year shall be prorated. In the event the
          premises constitute less than one entire taxable parcel, the real
          estate taxes and current installments of special assessments
          attributable to the premises shall be prorated on a square
          footage basis comparing the square footage of the premises to the
          square footage of the tax parcel of which the premises forms a
          part. Landlord represents that there are no tax abatements or
          exemptions effecting the premises and Landlord does not make
          payments in lieu of taxes. 

               Excise Taxes. Tenant shall assume and pay to Landlord as
               ------------
          additional rent any excise, sales, gross receipts, rent tax or
          other taxes, if any (other than a net income or excess profits
          tax), which may be imposed on or measured by the rent or may be
          imposed on or on account of the letting, which Landlord may be
          required to pay or collect under any law now in effect or
          hereafter enacted, provided that such law places the primary
          obligation to pay such tax on the Tenant.

               In the event Tenant has made payment to Landlord of the
          aforementioned taxes and Landlord has failed to make payment of
          the same and due notice thereof has been given by the Tenant to
          the Landlord, Tenant shall have the right to make such payments
          directly to the taxing authorities and all interest and penalties
          paid by the Tenant shall be the responsibility of the Landlord
          and may be offset as against the rental herein. In the event that
          Tenant fails to make payment of such taxes to Landlord, in
          addition to any other remedies pursuant to this lease, Landlord
          may pay such taxes and Tenant shall be responsible for any
          interest or penalties that may be assessed. If the taxing
          authorities permit taxes to be paid in less than annual
          installments, Landlord will not object to Tenant's payment of
          such taxes in a like manner.

               Landlord shall not seek to accomplish or effect a change in
          the tax assessment of the premises (except to seek a reduction of
          same) without Tenant's approval. 

               TWENTY-SEVENTH.-Tenant will not use Hazardous Materials (as
          defined hereinafter) on, from, or affecting the premises in any
          manner which violates Federal, state or local laws, ordinances,
          rules, regulations or policies governing the use, storage,
          treatment, transportation, manufacture, refinement, handling,
          production or disposal of Hazardous Materials. For purposes of
          this paragraph, "Hazardous Materials" includes, without limit,
          any flammable explosives, radioactive materials, hazardous
          materials, hazardous or infectious wastes, hazardous or toxic
          substances, or related materials defined in the Comprehensive
          Environmental Response, Compensation, and Liability Act of 1980,
          as amended (42 USC Secs. 9601, et seq.), the Hazardous Materials
          Transportation Act, as amended (49 USC Secs. 1801, et seq.), the
          Resource Conservations and Recovery Act, as amended (42 USC Secs.
          9601, et seq.) and in the regulations adopted and publications
          promulgated pursuant thereto, or any other Federal, state or
          local environmental law, ordinance, rule or regulation. Tenant
          hereby indemnifies and agrees to hold Landlord free and harmless
          from any liability whatsoever during and subsequent to the term
          of this Lease as a result of Tenant's breach of the obligations
          set forth in this paragraph. Landlord shall be responsible for
          and shall indemnify and hold Tenant free and harmless from any
          liability whatsoever during and subsequent to the terms of this
          Lease with regard to any hazardous materials or environmental
          condition effecting the demised premises not caused by Tenant,
          Tenant's agents or employees and/or not occurring during the term
          of the within lease. 

               TWENTY-EIGHTH.-The Tenant agrees that it will not require,
          permit, suffer, nor allow the cleaning of any window, or windows,
          in the demised premises from the outside (within the meaning of
          Section 202 of the Labor Law) unless the equipment and safety
          devices required by law, ordinance, regulation or rule,
          including, without limitation, Section 202 of the New York Labor
          Law, are provided and used, and unless the rules, or any
          supplemental rules of the Industrial Board of the State of New
          York are fully complied with; and the Tenant hereby agrees to
          indemnify the Landlord, Owner, Agent, Manager and/or
          Superintendent, as a result of the Tenant's requiring,
          permitting, suffering, or allowing any window, or windows in the
          demised premises to be cleaned from the outside in violation of
          the requirements of the aforesaid laws, ordinances, regulation
          and/or rules.

               TWENTY-NINTH.-The invalidity or unenforceability of any
          provision of this lease shall in no way affect the validity or
          enforceability of any other provision hereof.

               THIRTIETH.-The Landlord shall replace at the expense of the
          Tenant any and all broken glass in the skylights, doors and walls
          in and about the demised premises. The Landlord may insure and
          keep insured all plate glass in the skylights, doors and walls in
          the demised premises, for and in the name of the Landlord and
          bills for the premiums therefor shall be rendered by the Landlord
          to the Tenant at such times as the Landlord may elect, and shall
          be due from and payable by the Tenant when rendered, and the
          amount thereof shall be deemed to be, and shall be paid as
          additional rent.

               THIRTY-FIRST.-This lease and the obligation of Tenant to pay
          rent hereunder and perform all of the other covenants and
          agreements hereunder on part of Tenant to be performed shall in
          no way be affected, impaired or excused because Landlord is
          unable to supply or is delayed in supplying any service expressly
          or impliedly to be supplied or is unable to make, or is delayed
          in making any repairs, additions, alterations or decorations or
          is unable to supply or is delayed in supplying any equipment or
          fixtures if Landlord is prevented or delayed from so doing by
          reason of governmental preemption in connection with a National
          Emergency declared by the President of the United States or in
          connection with any rule, order or regulation of any department
          or subdivision thereof of any government agency or by reason of
          the conditions of supply and demand which have been or are
          affected by war or other emergency.

               THIRTY-SECOND.-Landlord covenants that if and so long as the
          Tenant pays the rent and "additional rent" reserved hereby, and
          performs and observes the covenants and provisions hereof, the
          Tenant shall quietly enjoy the demised premises, subject,
          however, to the terms of this lease, and to the mortgages above
          mentioned.

               THIRTY-THIRD.-Tenant shall, at its sole cost and expense,
          obtain all required Federal, State, County and/or Municipal
          approvals, permits, licenses, including a Certificate of
          Occupancy (if required), to conduct its business. Landlord shall
          cooperate with Tenant in Tenant's effort to obtain any and all
          necessary permits, licenses, and approvals and shall
          expeditiously execute all necessary permit applications and
          documents necessary to comply with all regulatory requirements
          for the operation of Tenant's business and performance of
          Tenant's improvements.

               THIRTY-FOURTH. If Tenant remains in possession of the
          premises or any part thereof after expiration of the term hereof,
          such occupancy shall be a tenancy from month to month upon all of
          the terms hereof applicable to a month to month tenancy except
          that the monthly rent shall be increased to 120% of the rent for
          the last month prior to such expiration.  Landlord's failure to
          object to such holding over shall not constitute a waiver of any
          of Landlord's rights pursuant to this lease.

               IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have hereunto set
          their hands and seals, or caused these presents to be signed by
          their proper corporate officers and their proper corporate seal
          to be hereto affixed, the day and year first above written.


          Signed, Sealed and 
          Delivered in the 
          presence of or 
          Attested by:                 Gussack Realty Co.


          /s/ John E. Stein             /s/ David Gussack 
          ---------------------    ---------------------------------
                                                                 Landlord
                                        By: David Gussack



                                        General Bearing Corporation


          /s/ John E. Stein             /s/Christopher Moore V.P. Finance
          --------------------------    ------------------------------
                                                                 Tenant
                                             By:  Christopher Moore
                                                  Vice President

     <PAGE> 

                                RULES AND REGULATIONS


               1.   Tenant shall keep all machinery and equipment free of
          vibration and noise, and shall not do or permit anything to be
          done in the Demised Premises which would constitute a nuisance in
          the Building or Complex.

               2.   Tenant shall not cause to be discharged, spill or
          dispose of on site any dangerous, hazardous, flammable, toxic,
          combustible or explosive substance, material or object except
          according to law and in an approved legal container.

               3.   Tenant shall not cause to be discharged or permit to be
          discharged into the sewer system, waste lines, vents or flues of
          the Demised Premises or the Complex any acids or hazardous or
          toxic substances, except as allowed by law.

               4.   Tenant shall keep all exterior located garbage, trash,
          rubbish and refuse in rat-proof containers and shall remove or
          cause the same to be removed from the Demised Premises and the
          Complex on a regular basis.

               5.   Tenant shall not store, stack or place or permit to be
          stored, stacked or placed any machinery, equipment, goods or
          merchandise outside of the Demised Premises except as authorized
          by Landlord and permitted by law or the approvals obtained by the
          Tenant from the applicable authorities.

               6.   A fire lane (12 foot width) around the entire facility
          must be kept clear at all times.

               7.   No debris, garbage, spare parts or containers of any
          kind may be left in the yard or on the roof, except a dumpster.






							EXHIBIT 10.5


                                  SUBLEASE AGREEMENT

          This sublease Agreement, made this 1st day of November, 1996, 

          Between General Bearing Corporation residing or located at 44
          High Street, West Nyack, New York, 10994, herein designated as
          the Sublessor and World Machinery Company, residing or located at
          44 High Street, West Nyack, New York, 10994, herein designated as
          the Sublessee.

               WITNESSETH that, the Sublessor does hereby lease to the
          Sublessee and the Sublessee does hereby rent from the Sublessor,
          the following described premises: a 5,500 sq. foot portion of the
          190,000 sq. foot building at 44 High Street, West Nyack, New York
          10994, for a term of seven years, commencing on November 1, 1996
          and ending on October 31, 2003, to be used and occupied only and
          for no other purpose than offices, warehousing, manufacturing,
          distribution and other incidental uses, at the following Annual
          Rents in the monthly installments indicated:

               November 1, 1996-October 31, 1997 $33,000 payable at $2,750.00
          per month.

               November 1, 1997-October 31, 1998 $33,000 payable at $2,750.00
          per month.

               Commencing on November 1, 1998 and every two years
          thereafter (referred to as a new rent year), the annual rent
          shall be increased to the greater of A) 106% of the next
          preceding year's rent or B) said preceding year's rent multiplied
          by a fraction, the numerator of which is the Consumer Price Index
          (CPI) in effect ninety (90) days prior to November 1st of the new
          rent year and the denominator of which is the CPI in effect (90)
          days prior to November 1st of the preceding year. The Consumer
          Price Index (CPI) used shall be as published by the United States
          Government for the area including Rockland County, New York, or
          if no such Index is published, then for northern New Jersey. If
          no CPI is published specifically for any of the above dates, then
          the CPI published for the most recent date before each such date
          shall be used. The amount of rent for each year which is not a
          "new rent" year shall be the same amount as that for the next
          preceding year.

               In the event the Sublessor exercises its option to extend
          its lease with Gussack Realty Company dated November 1, 1996, the
          Sublessee shall have the option of extending this sublease for an
          additional six years (the extended period) provided it exercises
          such option and gives written notice thereof to the Sublessor no
          later than 6 months prior to the expiration of the sublease term.

               If the Sublessee exercises such option, the rent for the
          first year of the extended period shall be at fair market value
          (FMV) as agreed upon by the parties. If the parties do not reach
          agreement as to FMV by February 1, 2003, they shall jointly 
          retain a mutually acceptable appraiser  to appraise FMV and whose
          appraisal shall be binding. The Sublessor and the Sublessee shall
          each pay one half the cost of the appraisal.

               The third and fifth years of the extended period shall be
          deemed "new rent years" for which the rent shall be increased
          pursuant to the above formula applicable to "new rent years"
          occurring during the base term of the sublease.

               All monthly rental installments shall be payable in advance
          on the first day of the month. If Sublessee defaults in any rent
          payment for a period of 15 days, Sublessee shall pay Sublessor a
          late charge of 5% (of the amount of rent due) which shall be
          payable as "additional rent".

               The rent provided for herein is a gross amount comprised of
          rent and sublessee's portion of taxes, maintenance, insurance and
          utilities, as allocated by the sublessor in its sole discretion. 

               Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the premium paid by
          sublessor for fire and/or other hazard insurance on the entire
          building or any insurance under which sublessee is a named
          insured is increased from its present rate due to (i) any change
          in activities or of the sublessee or (ii) any increase in risk
          attributed to sublessee by the insurance carrier, sublessee shall
          pay, as additional rent, the full amount of such increase no
          later than the date on which such premium is due to the insurance
          carrier.

                              CONDITIONS AND COVENANTS:

               FIRST.-The Sublessee covenants and agrees to pay to the
          Sublessor the rent as above provided. 

               SECOND.-Throughout said term the Sublessee shall take good
          care of the demised premises, fixtures and appurtenances,
          including all heating, ventilating and air conditioning equipment
          (HVAC), electrical systems, sprinkler system, plumbing and all
          alterations, additions and improvements thereto, make all repairs
          in and about same necessary to preserve them in good order and
          condition, ordinary wear and tear and damage by fire or other
          casualty excepted, which repairs shall be, in quality and class,
          equal to the original work; promptly pay the expense of such
          repairs; suffer no waste or injury; give notice to the Sublessor
          of any fire that may occur; execute and comply with all laws,
          rules, orders, ordinances and regulations at any time issued or
          in force (except those requiring structural alterations for which
          Sublessee is not liable hereunder, if any) applicable to the
          demised premises or to the Sublessee's occupation thereof, of the
          Federal, State and Local Governments, and of each and every
          department, bureau and official thereof, and of the New York
          Board of Fire Underwriters; permit at all times during usual
          business hours, the Sublessor and representatives of the
          Sublessor to enter the demised premises for the purpose of
          inspection, and to exhibit them for purposes of sale or rental;
          suffer the Sublessor to make repairs and improvements to all
          parts of the building, and to comply with all orders and
          requirements of governmental authority applicable to said
          building or to any occupation thereof; suffer the Sublessor to
          erect, use, maintain, repair and replace pipes and conduits in
          the demised premises and to the floors above and below; forever
          indemnify and save harmless the Sublessor for and against any and
          all liability, penalties, damages, expenses and judgments arising
          form injury during said term to person or property of any nature,
          occasioned wholly or in part by any act or acts, omission or
          omissions of the Sublessee, or of the employees, guests, agents,
          assigns or sub-Sublessees of the Sublessee and also for any
          matter or thing growing out of the occupation of the demised
          premises or of the streets, sidewalks or vaults adjacent thereto;
          permit, during the six months next prior to the expiration of the
          term the usual notice "To Let" or similar language, to be placed
          and to remain unmolested in a conspicuous place upon the exterior
          of the demised premises; repair, at or before the end of the
          term, all injury done by the installation or removal of furniture
          and property; and at the end of the term, to quit and surrender
          the demised premises with all alterations, additions and
          improvements in good order and condition.

               The Sublessor shall be responsible for all structural
          repairs to the walls of the premises (other than damage caused by
          Sublessee, its agents, servants or employees) except that
          Sublessee shall be responsible for maintenance, repair and
          replacement of the roof and all HVAC equipment.

               THIRD.-Sublessee will not perform any alterations or
          renovations, shall not disfigure or deface any part of the
          building; or suffer the same to be done, except so far as may be
          necessary for its business purposes and as are specifically
          consented to in advance by the Sublessor; the Sublessee will not
          obstruct, or permit the obstruction of the street or the sidewalk
          adjacent thereto; will not do anything, or suffer anything to be
          done upon the demised premises which will increase the rate of
          fire insurance upon the building or any of its contents, or be
          liable to cause structural injury to said building; will not
          permit the accumulation of waste or refuse matter, and will not,
          without the prior written consent of the Sublessor (which consent
          shall not be unreasonably withheld) in each case, either sell,
          assign, mortgage or transfer this sublease, sublet the demised
          premises or any part thereof, permit the same or any part thereof
          to be occupied by anybody other than the Sublessee and the
          Sublessee's employees, make any alterations in the demised
          premises, use the demised premises or any part thereof for any
          purpose other than the one first above stipulated, or for any
          purpose deemed extra hazardous on account of fire risk, nor in
          violation of any law or ordinance. The Sublessee will not
          obstruct or permit the obstruction of the light, halls, stairway
          or entrances to the building, and will not erect or inscribe any
          sign, signals or advertisements unless and until the style and
          location thereof have been approved by the Sublessor; and if any
          be erected or inscribed without such approval, the Sublessor may
          remove the same. No water cooler, air conditioning unit or system
          or other apparatus shall be installed or used without the prior
          written consent of the Sublessor, which shall not be unreasonably
          withheld.

          The Sublessee shall comply with the Rules and Regulations annexed
          to this sublease.

               FOURTH.-If the demised premises shall be partially damaged
          by fire or other cause without the fault or neglect of Sublessee,
          Sublessee's servants, employees, agents, visitors or licensees,
          the damages shall be repaired by and at the expense of the
          Sublessor and the rent until such repairs shall be made shall be
          apportioned according to the part of the demised premises which
          is usable by Sublessee. But if such partial damage is due to the
          fault or neglect of Sublessee, Sublessee's servants, employees,
          agents, visitors or licensees, without prejudice to any other
          rights and remedies of Sublessor and without prejudice to the
          rights of subrogation of Sublessor's insurer, the damages shall
          be repaired by the Sublessor but there shall be no apportionment
          or abatement of rent. No penalty shall accrue for reasonable
          delay which may arise by reason of adjustment of insurance on the
          part of the Sublessor and/or Sublessee, and for reasonable delay
          on account of "labor troubles", or any other cause beyond
          Sublessor's control. If the demised premises are totally damaged
          or are rendered wholly untenantable by fire or other cause, and
          if Sublessor shall decide not to restore or not to rebuild the
          same, or if the building shall be so damaged that Sublessor shall
          decide to  demolish it or to rebuild it, then or in any of such
          events Sublessor may, within ninety (90) days after such fire or
          other cause, give Sublessee a notice in writing of such decision,
          which notice shall be given as in Paragraph Twelfth hereof
          provided, and thereupon the term of this sublease shall expire by
          lapse of time upon the third day after such notice is given, and
          Sublessee shall vacate the demised premises and surrender the
          same to Sublessor. If Sublessee shall not be in default under the
          sublease then, upon the termination of this sublease under the
          conditions provided for in the sentence immediately preceding,
          Sublessee's liability for rent shall cease as of the day
          following the casualty. Sublessee hereby expressly waives the
          provisions of Section 227 of the Real Property Law and agrees
          that the foregoing provisions of this Article shall govern and
          control in lieu thereof. If the damage or destruction is due to
          the fault or neglect of Sublessee the debris shall be removed by,
          and at expense of Sublessee.

               FIFTH.-If the whole or any part of the premises hereby
          demised shall be taken or condemned by any competent authority
          for any public use or purpose then the term hereby granted shall
          cease from the time when possession of the part so taken shall be
          required for such public purpose and without apportionment of
          award (except with regard to Sublessee's trade fixtures), the
          Sublessee hereby assigning to the Sublessor all right  and claim
          to any such award (other than for trade fixtures), the current
          rent, however, in such case to be apportioned.

               SIXTH.-If, before the commencement of the term, the
          Sublessee be adjudicated a bankrupt, or make a "general
          assignment", or take the benefit of any insolvent act, or if a
          Receiver or Trustee be appointed for the Sublessee's property, or
          if this sublease or the estate of the Sublessee hereunder be
          assigned, transferred or pass to or devolve upon any other person
          or corporation, voluntarily or involuntarily, or if the Sublessee
          shall default in the performance of any agreement by the
          Sublessee contained in any other lease between the Sublessee and
          the Sublessor or between Sublessee and any corporation of which
          an officer of the Sublessor is a Director, this sublease shall
          thereby, at the option of the Sublessor, be terminated and in
          that case, neither the Sublessee nor anybody claiming under the
          Sublessee shall be entitled to go into possession of the demised
          premises. If after the commencement of the term, any of the
          events mentioned above in this subdivision shall occur, or if
          Sublessee shall default in fulfilling any of the covenants of
          this sublease, other than the covenants for the payment of rent
          or "additional rent" or if the demised premises become vacant or
          deserted, The Sublessor may give to the Sublessee ten days'
          notice of intention to end the term of this sublease, and
          thereupon at the expiration of said ten days (if said condition
          which was the basis of said notice shall continue to exist) the
          term under this sublease shall expire as fully and completely as
          if that day were the date herein definitely fixed for the
          expiration of the term and Sublessee will then quit and surrender
          the demised premises to the Sublessor, but the Sublessee shall
          remain liable as hereinafter provided.

               If the Sublessee shall default in the payment of the rent
          reserved hereunder, or any item of "additional rent" herein
          mentioned, or any part of either or in making any other payment
          herein provided for, or if the notice last above provided for
          shall have been given and if the condition for which the basis of
          said notice shall exist at the expiration of said ten days'
          period, the Sublessor may immediately, or at any time thereafter,
          re-enter the demised premises and remove all persons and all or
          any property therefrom either by summary dispossess proceedings,
          or by any suitable action or proceeding at law, or by force or
          otherwise, without being liable to indictment, prosecution or
          damages therefor, and re-possess and enjoy said premises together
          with all additions, alterations and improvements. In any such
          case or in the event that this sublease be "terminated" before
          the commencement of the term, as above provided, the Sublessor
          may either re-let the demised premises or any part or parts
          thereof as the agent of the Sublessee, and receive the rents
          therefor, applying the same first to the payment of such expenses
          as the Sublessor may have incurred, and then to the fulfillment
          of the covenants of the Sublessee herein, and the balance, if
          any, at the expiration of the term first above provided for,
          shall be paid to the Sublessee. Sublessor may rent the premises
          for a term extending beyond the term hereby granted without
          releasing Sublessee from any liability. In the event that the
          term of this sublease shall expire as above in this subdivision
          "Sixth" provided, or terminate by summary proceedings or
          otherwise, and if the Sublessor shall not re-let, the Sublessee
          shall remain liable for, and the Sublessee hereby agrees to pay
          to the Sublessor, until the time when this sublease would have
          expired but for such termination or expiration, the equivalent of
          the amount of all of the rent and "additional rent" reserved
          herein, less the costs of reletting, if any, and the same shall
          be due and payable by the Sublessee to the Sublessor on the
          several rent days above specified, that is upon each of such rent
          days the Sublessee shall pay to the Sublessor the amount of
          deficiency then existing. The Sublessee hereby expressly waives
          any and all right of redemption in case the Sublessee shall be
          dispossessed by judgment or warrant of any court or judge, and
          the Sublessee waives and will waive all right to trial by jury in
          any summary proceedings hereafter instituted by the Sublessor
          against the Sublessee in respect to the demised premises. The
          words "re-enter" and "re-entry" as used in this sublease are not
          restricted to their technical legal meaning.

               In the event of a breach or threatened breach by the
          Sublessee of any of the covenants or provisions hereof, the
          Sublessor shall have the right of injunction and the right to
          invoke any remedy allowed at law or in equity, as if re-entry,
          summary proceedings and other remedies were not herein provided
          for.

               SEVENTH.-If the Sublessee shall default in the performance
          of any covenant herein contained, the Sublessor may immediately,
          or at any time thereafter, without notice, perform the same for
          the account of the Sublessee. If a notice of mechanic's lien be
          filed against the demised premises or against premises of which
          the demised premises are part, for or purporting to be for, labor
          or material alleged to have been furnished, or to be furnished to
          or for the Sublessee at the demised premises, and if the
          Sublessee shall fail to take such action as shall cause such lien
          to be discharged within fifteen days after the filing of such
          notice, the Sublessor may pay the amount of such lien or
          discharge the same by deposit or by bonding proceedings, and in
          the event of such deposit or bonding proceedings, the Sublessor
          may require the lienor to prosecute an appropriate action to
          enforce the lienor's claim. In such case, the Sublessor may pay
          any judgment recovered on such claim. Any amount paid or expense
          incurred by the Sublessor as in this subdivision of this sublease
          provided, and any amount as to which the Sublessee shall at any
          time be in default by reason of the failure to comply with any
          provision of this sublease, or in defending any such action,
          shall be deemed to be "additional rent" for the demised premises,
          and shall be due and payable by the Sublessee to the Sublessor on
          the first day of the next month, or, at the option of the
          Sublessor, on the first day of any succeeding month. The receipt
          by the Sublessor of any instalment of the regular stipulated rent
          hereunder or any of said " additional rent" shall not be a waiver
          of any other "additional rent" then due.

               EIGHTH.-The failure of the Sublessor to insist, in any one
          or more instances upon a strict performance of any of the
          covenants of this sublease, or to exercise any option herein
          contained, shall not be construed as a waiver or a relinquishment
          for the future of such covenant or option, but the same shall
          continue and remain in full force and effect. The receipt by the
          Sublessor of rent, with knowledge of the breach of any covenant
          hereof, shall not be deemed a waiver of such breach and no waiver
          by the Sublessor of any provision hereof shall be deemed to have
          been made unless expressed in writing and signed by the
          Sublessor. Even if the Sublessor consents to an assignment hereof
          no further assignment shall be made without further express
          consent in writing by the Sublessor.  No waiver by Sublessor or
          Sublessee of any provision hereof shall be deemed a waiver of any
          other provision hereof or of any subsequent breach by the other
          party of any other provision.

               NINTH.-If this sublease be assigned, or if the demised
          premises or any part thereof be sublet or occupied by anybody
          other than the Sublessee the Sublessor may collect rent from the
          assignee, sub-Sublessee or occupant, and apply the net amount
          collected to the rent herein reserved, and no such collection
          shall be deemed a waiver of the covenant herein against
          assignment and subletting, or the acceptance of the assignee,
          sub-Sublessee, or occupant as Sublessee, or a release of the
          Sublessee from the further performance by the Sublessee of the
          covenants herein contained on the part of the Sublessee.

               TENTH.-This sublease shall be subject and subordinate at all
          times, to the lien of the mortgages now on the demised premises,
          and to all advances made or hereafter to be made upon the
          security thereof, and subject and subordinate to the lien of any
          mortgage or mortgages which at any time may be made a lien upon
          the premises, provided the holder of any such mortgage shall
          execute and deliver to Sublessee in a form reasonably acceptable
          to Sublessee an agreement that it will recognize this sublease
          and not disturb Sublessee's possession of the premises in the
          event of foreclosure if the Sublessee is not then in default
          hereunder. The Sublessee will execute and deliver such further
          instrument or instruments subordinating this sublease to the lien
          of any such mortgage or mortgages as shall be requested by the
          Sublessor.

               ELEVENTH.-All improvements made by the Sublessee to or upon
          the demised premises, except said trade fixtures and other non-
          fixture property of Sublessee necessary for the Sublessee's
          business, shall when made, at once be deemed to be attached to
          the freehold, and become the property of the Sublessor, and at
          the end or other expiration of the term, shall be surrendered to
          the Sublessor in as good order and condition as they were when
          installed, reasonable wear and damages by the elements excepted.

               TWELFTH.-Any notice or demand which under the terms of this
          sublease or under any statute must or may be given or made by the
          parties hereto shall be in writing and shall be given or made by
          mailing the same by certified mail or FAX addressed to the
          respective parties at the following addresses:

          Sublessee:     World Machinery Company
                         44 High Street
                         West Nyack, New York 10994
                         Attn: Seymour Gussack
                         FAX NO:  914-358-3619

          Sublessor:     General Bearing Corporation
                         44 High Street
                         West Nyack, New York 10994
                         ATTN: DAVID GUSSACK
                         FAX NO:  914-358-6277

               THIRTEENTH.-The Sublessor shall not be liable for any
          failure of water supply or electrical current, sprinkler damage,
          or failure of sprinkler service, nor for injury or damage to
          person or property caused by the elements or by other Sublessees
          or persons in said building, or resulting from steam, gas,
          electricity, water, rain or snow, which may leak or flow from any
          part of said buildings, or from the pipes, appliances or plumbing
          works of the same, or from the street or sub-surface, or from any
          other place, nor for interference with light or other incorporeal
          hereditaments by anybody other than the Sublessor, or caused by
          operations by or for a governmental authority in construction of
          any public or quasi-public work, neither shall the Sublessor be
          liable for any latent defect in the building, unless caused by
          the Sublessor's negligent acts or omissions and Sublessor has not
          cured the same within 15 days of notification thereof.

               FOURTEENTH.-No diminution or abatement of rent, or other
          compensation shall be claimed or allowed for inconvenience or
          discomfort arising from the making of repairs or improvements to
          the building or to its appliances, nor for any space taken to
          comply with any law, ordinance or order of a governmental
          authority. In respect to the various "services," if any, herein
          expressly or impliedly agreed to be furnished by the Sublessor to
          the Sublessee, it is agreed that there shall be no diminution or
          abatement of the rent, or any other compensation, for
          interruption or curtailment of such "service" when such
          interruption or curtailment shall be due to accident, alterations
          or repairs desirable or necessary to be made or to inability or
          difficulty in securing supplies or labor for the maintenance of
          such "service" or to some other cause not due to negligence on
          the part of the Sublessor. No such interruption or curtailment of
          any such "service" shall be deemed a constructive eviction. The
          Sublessor shall not be required to furnish, and the Sublessee
          shall not be entitled to receive, any of such "services" during
          any period wherein the Sublessee shall be in default in respect
          to the payment of rent. Neither shall there be any abatement or
          diminution of rent because of making of repairs, improvements or
          decorations to the demised premises after the date above fixed
          for the commencement of the term, it being understood that rent
          shall, in any event, commence to run at such date so above fixed.


               FIFTEENTH.-In the event that an excavation shall be made for
          building or other purposes upon land adjacent to the demised
          premises or shall be contemplated to be made, the Sublessee shall
          afford to the person or persons causing or to cause such
          excavation, license to enter upon the demised premises for the
          purpose of doing such work as said person or persons shall deem
          to be necessary to preserve the wall or walls, structure or
          structures upon the demised premises from injury and to support
          the same by proper foundations.

               SIXTEENTH.-No vaults or space not within the property line
          of the building are leased hereunder. Sublessor makes no
          representation as to the location of the property line of the
          building. Such vaults or space as Sublessee may be permitted to
          use or occupy are to be used or occupied under a revocable
          license and if such license be revoked by the Sublessor as to the
          use of part or all of the vaults or space Sublessor shall not be
          subject to any liability; Sublessee shall not be entitled to any
          compensation or reduction in rent nor shall this be deemed
          constructive or actual eviction. Any tax, fee or charge of
          municipal or other authorities for such vaults or space shall be
          paid by the Sublessee for the period of the Sublessee's use or
          occupancy thereof.

               SEVENTEENTH.-That during six months prior to the expiration
          of the term hereby granted, on reasonable advance notice,
          applicants shall be admitted at all reasonable hours of the day
          to view the premises until rented; and the Sublessor and the
          Sublessor's agents shall be permitted at any time during the term
          to visit and examine them at any reasonable hour of the day, and
          workmen may enter at any time, when authorized by the Sublessor
          or the Sublessor's agents, to make or facilitate repairs in any
          part of the building; and if the said Sublessee shall not be
          personally present to open and permit an entry into said
          premises, at any time, when for any reason an entry therein shall
          be necessary or permissible hereunder, the Sublessor or the
          Sublessor's agents may forcibly enter the same without rendering
          the Sublessor or such agents liable to any claim or cause of
          action for damages by reason thereof (if during such entry the
          Sublessor shall accord reasonable care to the Sublessee's
          property) and without in any manner affecting the obligations and
          covenants of this sublease; it is, however, expressly understood
          that the right and authority hereby reserved, does not impose,
          nor does the Sublessor assume, by reason thereof, any
          responsibility or liability whatsoever for the care or
          supervision of said premises, or any of the pipes, fixtures,
          appliances or appurtenances therein contained or therewith in any
          manner connected.

               EIGHTEENTH.-The Sublessor has made no representations or
          promises in respect to said building or to the demised premises
          except those contained herein, and those, if any, contained in
          some written communication to the Sublessee, signed by the
          Sublessor. This instrument represents the entire agreement of the
          parties and may not be changed, modified, discharged or
          terminated orally.

               NINETEENTH.-If the Sublessee shall at any time be in default
          hereunder, and if the Sublessor shall institute an action or
          summary proceeding against the Sublessee based upon such default,
          then the Sublessee will reimburse the Sublessor for the expense
          of attorneys' fees and disbursements thereby incurred by the
          Sublessor, so far as the same are reasonable in amount. Also so
          long as the Sublessee shall be a Sublessee hereunder the amount
          of such expenses shall be deemed to be "additional rent"
          hereunder and shall be due from the Sublessee to the Sublessor on
          the first day of the month following the incurring of such
          respective expenses.

               TWENTIETH.-Sublessor shall not be liable for failure to give
          possession of the premises upon commencement date by reason of
          the fact that premises are not ready for occupancy, if due to a
          prior Sublessee other than Sublessor or its affiliates wrongfully
          holding over in possession. In such event the rent shall not
          commence until possession is given or is available, but the term
          herein shall not be extended.

               TWENTY-FIRST.-The Sublessee will keep the sidewalk,
          roadways, parking areas and curb clean at all times and free from
          snow and ice and shall be solely responsible for all repairs and
          maintenance thereto and for all landscaping. Landscape plants and
          trees surrounding the premises shall be maintained at a level
          equivalent to that at the time of the commencement of this
          sublease and trees and shrubs that die are to be replaced by
          Sublessee.  Sublessee acknowledges that at the commencement of
          this sublease the premises and surrounding grounds, including
          wooded areas, were free of trash, debris and garbage and
          sublessee shall maintain the premises and grounds in such
          condition.

               TWENTY-SECOND.-If there now is or shall be installed in said
          building a "sprinkler system" the Sublessee agrees that if the
          New York Board of Fire Underwriters of the New York Fire
          Insurance Exchange or any bureau, department or official of the
          State or local government requires or recommends that any
          changes, modifications, alterations or additional sprinkler heads
          or other equipment be made or supplied by reason of the
          Sublessee's business, or the location of partitions, trade
          fixtures, or other contents of the demised premises, or if such
          changes, modifications, alterations, additional sprinkler heads
          or other equipment in the demised premises are necessary to
          prevent the imposition of a penalty or charge against the full
          allowance for a sprinkler system in the fire insurance rate as
          fixed by said Exchange, or by any Fire Insurance Company, the
          Sublessee will at the Sublessee's own expense, promptly make and
          supply such changes, modifications, alterations, additional
          sprinkler heads or other equipment.

               TWENTY-THIRD.  Excise Taxes. Sublessee shall assume and pay
                              ------------
          to Sublessor as additional rent any excise, sales, gross
          receipts, rent tax or other taxes, if any (other than a net
          income or excess profits tax), which may be imposed on or
          measured by the rent or may be imposed on or on account of the
          letting, which Sublessor may be required to pay or collect under
          any law now in effect or hereafter enacted, provided that such
          law places the primary obligation to pay such tax on the
          Sublessee.

               In the event Sublessee has made payment to Sublessor of the
          aforementioned taxes and Sublessor has failed to make payment of
          the same and due notice thereof has been given by the Sublessee
          to the Sublessor, Sublessee shall have the right to make such
          payments directly to the taxing authorities and all interest and
          penalties paid by the Sublessee shall be the responsibility of
          the Sublessor and may be offset as against the rental herein. In
          the event that Sublessee fails to make payment of such taxes to
          Sublessor, in addition to any other remedies pursuant to this
          sublease, Sublessor may pay such taxes and Sublessee shall be
          responsible for any interest or penalties that may be assessed.
          If the taxing authorities permit taxes to be paid in less than
          annual installments, Sublessor will not object to Sublessee's
          payment of such taxes in a like manner.

               TWENTY-FOURTH.-Sublessee will not use Hazardous Materials
          (as defined hereinafter) on, from, or affecting the premises in
          any manner which violates Federal, state or local laws,
          ordinances, rules, regulations or policies governing the use,
          storage, treatment, transportation, manufacture, refinement,
          handling, production or disposal of Hazardous Materials. For
          purposes of this paragraph, "Hazardous Materials" includes,
          without limit, any flammable explosives, radioactive materials,
          hazardous materials, hazardous or infectious wastes, hazardous or
          toxic substances, or related materials defined in the
          Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation, and Liability
          Act of 1980, as amended (42 USC Secs. 9601, et seq.), the
          Hazardous Materials Transportation Act, as amended (49 USC Secs.
          1801, et seq.), the Resource Conservations and Recovery Act, as
          amended (42 USC Secs. 9601, et seq.) and in the regulations
          adopted and publications promulgated pursuant thereto, or any
          other Federal, state or local environmental law, ordinance, rule
          or regulation. Sublessee hereby indemnifies and agrees to hold
          Sublessor free and harmless from any liability whatsoever during
          and subsequent to the term of this sublease as a result of
          Sublessee's breach of the obligations set forth in this
          paragraph. Sublessor shall be responsible for and shall indemnify
          and hold Sublessee free and harmless from any liability
          whatsoever during and subsequent to the terms of this sublease
          with regard to any hazardous materials or environmental condition
          effecting the demised premises not caused by Sublessee,
          Sublessee's agents or employees and/or not occurring during the
          term of the within sublease. 

               TWENTY-FIFTH.-The Sublessee agrees that it will not require,
          permit, suffer, nor allow the cleaning of any window, or windows,
          in the demised premises from the outside (within the meaning of
          Section 202 of the Labor Law) unless the equipment and safety
          devices required by law, ordinance, regulation or rule,
          including, without limitation, Section 202 of the New York Labor
          Law, are provided and used, and unless the rules, or any
          supplemental rules of the Industrial Board of the State of New
          York are fully complied with; and the Sublessee hereby agrees to
          indemnify the Sublessor, Owner, Agent, Manager and/or
          Superintendent, as a result of the Sublessee's requiring,
          permitting, suffering, or allowing any window, or windows in the
          demised premises to be cleaned from the outside in violation of
          the requirements of the aforesaid laws, ordinances, regulation
          and/or rules.

               TWENTY-SIXTH.-The invalidity or unenforceability of any
          provision of this sublease shall in no way affect the validity or
          enforceability of any other provision hereof.

               TWENTY-SEVENTH.-This sublease and the obligation of
          Sublessee to pay rent hereunder and perform all of the other
          covenants and agreements hereunder on part of Sublessee to be
          performed shall in no way be affected, impaired or excused
          because Sublessor is unable to supply or is delayed in supplying
          any service expressly or impliedly to be supplied or is unable to
          make, or is delayed in making any repairs, additions, alterations
          or decorations or is unable to supply or is delayed in supplying
          any equipment or fixtures if Sublessor is prevented or delayed
          from so doing by reason of governmental preemption in connection
          with a National Emergency declared by the President of the United
          States or in connection with any rule, order or regulation of any
          department or subdivision thereof of any government agency or by
          reason of the conditions of supply and demand which have been or
          are affected by war or other emergency.

               TWENTY-EIGHTH.-Sublessor covenants that if and so long as
          the Sublessee pays the rent and "additional rent" reserved
          hereby, and performs and observes the covenants and provisions
          hereof, the Sublessee shall quietly enjoy the demised premises,
          subject, however, to the terms of this sublease, the mortgages
          above mentioned and the Sublessor's lease with Gussack Realty
          Company.

               TWENTY-NINTH.-Sublessee shall, at its sole cost and expense,
          obtain all required Federal, State, County and/or Municipal
          approvals, permits, licenses, including a Certificate of
          Occupancy (if required), to conduct its business. Sublessor shall
          cooperate with Sublessee in Sublessee's effort to obtain any and
          all necessary permits, licenses, and approvals and shall
          expeditiously execute all necessary permit applications and
          documents necessary to comply with all regulatory requirements
          for the operation of Sublessee's business and performance of
          Sublessee's improvements.

               THIRTIETH.-If Sublessee remains in possession of the
          premises or any part thereof after expiration of the term hereof,
          such occupancy shall be a tenancy from month to month upon all of
          the terms hereof applicable to a month to month tenancy except
          that the monthly rent shall be increased to 120% of the rent for
          the last month prior to such expiration.  Sublessor's failure to
          object to such holding over shall not constitute a waiver of any
          of Sublessor's rights pursuant to this sublease.

               THIRTY-FIRST.-Except as otherwise specifically set forth
          herein, this sublease shall be subject to all of the terms and
          conditions set forth in the lease between the Sublessor and
          Gussack Realty Company dated November 1, 1996, and Sublessee
          herein shall have no greater rights in the premises than the
          Sublessor. In addition to any rights it may have independent of
          this sublease, Gussack Realty Company shall be deemed a third
          party beneficiary hereof, held harmless, indemnified and have the
          right to seek enforcement of any provision hereof to the same
          extent as Sublessor.

               IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have hereunto set
          their hands and seals, or caused these presents to be signed by
          their proper corporate officers and their proper corporate seal
          to be hereto affixed, the day and year first above written.


          Signed, Sealed and Delivered
          in the presence of or
          Attested by:                       General Bearing Corporation



          ------------------------------     ---------------------------

          Sublessor
                                        By:



                                             World Machinery Company


          ------------------------------     ---------------------------


          Sublessee
                                        By:


          <PAGE>

                                RULES AND REGULATIONS


               1.   Sublessee shall keep all machinery and equipment free
          of vibration and noise, and shall not do or permit anything to be
          done in the Demised Premises which would constitute a nuisance in
          the Building or Complex.

               2.   Sublessee shall not cause to be discharged, spill or
          dispose of on site any dangerous, hazardous, flammable, toxic,
          combustible or explosive substance, material or object except
          according to law and in an approved legal container.

               3.   Sublessee shall not cause to be discharged or permit to
          be discharged into the sewer system, waste lines, vents or flues
          of the Demised Premises or the Complex any acids or hazardous or
          toxic substances, except as allowed by law.

               4.   Sublessee shall keep all exterior located garbage,
          trash, rubbish and refuse in rat-proof containers and shall
          remove or cause the same to be removed from the Demised Premises
          and the Complex on a regular basis.

               5.   Sublessee shall not store, stack or place or permit to
          be stored, stacked or placed any machinery, equipment, goods or
          merchandise outside of the Demised Premises except as authorized
          by Sublessor and permitted by law or the approvals obtained by
          the Sublessee from the applicable authorities.

               6.   A fire lane (12 foot width) around the entire facility
          must be kept clear at all times.

               7.   No debris, garbage, spare parts or containers of any
          kind may be left in the yard or on the roof, except a dumpster.






							EXHIBIT 10.6


                                  SUBLEASE AGREEMENT

          This sublease Agreement, made this 1st day of November, 1996, 

          Between General Bearing Corporation residing or located at 44
          High Street, West Nyack, New York, 10994, herein designated as
          the Sublessor and WMW Machinery Company, Inc., residing or
          located at 44 High Street, West Nyack, New York, 10994, herein
          designated as the Sublessee.

               WITNESSETH that, the Sublessor does hereby lease to the
          Sublessee and the Sublessee does hereby rent from the Sublessor,
          the following described premises:  a 30,949 sq. foot portion of
          the 190,000 sq. foot building at 44 High Street, West Nyack, New
          York 10994, for a term of seven years, commencing on November 1,
          1996 and ending on October 31, 2003, to be used and occupied only
          and for no other purpose than offices, warehousing and
          distribution of machinery and machinery parts and other
          incidental uses, at the following Annual Rents in the monthly
          installments indicated:

               November 1, 1996-October 31, 1997-$170,220.00 payable at 
          $14,185.00.00 per month.

               November 1, 1997-October 31, 1998-$170,220.00 payable at 
          $14,185.00 per month.

               Commencing on November 1, 1998 and every two years
          thereafter (referred to as a new rent year), the annual rent
          shall be increased to the greater of A) 106% of the next
          preceding year's rent or B) said preceding year's rent multiplied
          by a fraction, the numerator of which is the Consumer Price Index
          (CPI) in effect ninety (90) days prior to November 1st of the new
          rent year and the denominator of which is the CPI in effect (90)
          days prior to November 1st of the preceding year. The Consumer
          Price Index (CPI) used shall be as published by the United States
          Government for the area including Rockland County, New York, or
          if no such Index is published, then for northern New Jersey. If
          no CPI is published specifically for any of the above dates, then
          the CPI published for the most recent date before each such date
          shall be used. The amount of rent for each year which is not a
          "new rent" year shall be the same amount as that for the next
          preceding year.

               In the event the Sublessor exercises its option to extend
          its lease with Gussack Realty Company dated November 1, 1996, the
          Sublessee shall have the option of extending this sublease for an
          additional six years (the extended period) provided it exercises
          such option and gives written notice thereof to the Sublessor no
          later than 6 months prior to the expiration of the sublease term.


               If the Sublessee exercises such option, the rent for first
          year of the extended period shall be at fair market value (FMV)
          as agreed upon by the parties. If the parties do not reach
          agreement as to FMV by February 1, 2003, they shall jointly
          retain a mutually acceptable appraiser  to appraise FMV and whose
          appraisal shall be binding. The Sublessor and the Sublessee shall
          each pay one half the cost of the appraisal.

               The third and fifth years of the extended period shall be
          deemed "new rent years" for which the rent shall be increased
          pursuant to the above formula applicable to "new rent years"
          occurring during the base term of the sublease.

               All monthly rental installments shall be payable in advance
          on the first day of the month. If Sublessee defaults in any rent
          payment for a period of 15 days, Sublessee shall pay Sublessor a
          late charge of 5% (of the amount of rent due) which shall be
          payable as "additional rent".

                              CONDITIONS AND COVENANTS:

               FIRST.-The Sublessee covenants and agrees to pay to the
          Sublessor the rent as above provided. 

               SECOND.-Throughout said term the Sublessee shall take good
          care of the demised premises, fixtures and appurtenances,
          including all heating, ventilating and air conditioning equipment
          (HVAC), electrical systems, sprinkler system, plumbing and all
          alterations, additions and improvements thereto, make all repairs
          in and about same necessary to preserve them in good order and
          condition, ordinary wear and tear and damage by fire or other
          casualty excepted, which repairs shall be, in quality and class,
          equal to the original work; promptly pay the expense of such
          repairs; suffer no waste or injury; give notice to the Sublessor
          of any fire that may occur; execute and comply with all laws,
          rules, orders, ordinances and regulations at any time issued or
          in force (except those requiring structural alterations for which
          Sublessee is not liable hereunder, if any) applicable to the
          demised premises or to the Sublessee's occupation thereof, of the
          Federal, State and Local Governments, and of each and every
          department, bureau and official thereof, and of the New York
          Board of Fire Underwriters; permit at all times during usual
          business hours, the Sublessor and representatives of the
          Sublessor to enter the demised premises for the purpose of
          inspection, and to exhibit them for purposes of sale or rental;
          suffer the Sublessor to make repairs and improvements to all
          parts of the building, and to comply with all orders and
          requirements of governmental authority applicable to said
          building or to any occupation thereof; suffer the Sublessor to
          erect, use, maintain, repair and replace pipes and conduits in
          the demised premises and to the floors above and below; forever
          indemnify and save harmless the Sublessor for and against any and
          all liability, penalties, damages, expenses and judgments arising
          form injury during said term to person or property of any nature,
          occasioned wholly or in part by any act or acts, omission or
          omissions of the Sublessee, or of the employees, guests, agents,
          assigns or sub-Sublessees of the Sublessee and also for any
          matter or thing growing out of the occupation of the demised
          premises or of the streets, sidewalks or vaults adjacent thereto;
          permit, during the six months next prior to the expiration of the
          term the usual notice "To Let" or similar language, to be placed
          and to remain unmolested in a conspicuous place upon the exterior
          of the demised premises; repair, at or before the end of the
          term, all injury done by the installation or removal of furniture
          and property; and at the end of the term, to quit and surrender
          the demised premises with all alterations, additions and
          improvements in good order and condition.

               The Sublessor shall be responsible for all structural
          repairs to the walls of the premises (other than damage caused by
          Sublessee, its agents, servants or employees) except that
          Sublessee shall be responsible for maintenance, repair and
          replacement of the roof and all HVAC equipment.

               THIRD.-Sublessee will not perform any alterations or
          renovations, shall not disfigure or deface any part of the
          building; or suffer the same to be done, except so far as may be
          necessary for its business purposes and as are specifically
          consented to in advance by the Sublessor; the Sublessee will not
          obstruct, or permit the obstruction of the street or the sidewalk
          adjacent thereto; will not do anything, or suffer anything to be
          done upon the demised premises which will increase the rate of
          fire insurance upon the building or any of its contents, or be
          liable to cause structural injury to said building; will not
          permit the accumulation of waste or refuse matter, and will not,
          without the prior written consent of the Sublessor (which consent
          shall not be unreasonably withheld) in each case, either sell,
          assign, mortgage or transfer this sublease, sublet the demised
          premises or any part thereof, permit the same or any part thereof
          to be occupied by anybody other than the Sublessee and the
          Sublessee's employees, make any alterations in the demised
          premises, use the demised premises or any part thereof for any
          purpose other than the one first above stipulated, or for any
          purpose deemed extra hazardous on account of fire risk, nor in
          violation of any law or ordinance. The Sublessee will not
          obstruct or permit the obstruction of the light, halls, stairway
          or entrances to the building, and will not erect or inscribe any
          sign, signals or advertisements unless and until the style and
          location thereof have been approved by the Sublessor; and if any
          be erected or inscribed without such approval, the Sublessor may
          remove the same. No water cooler, air conditioning unit or system
          or other apparatus shall be installed or used without the prior
          written consent of the Sublessor, which shall not be unreasonably
          withheld.

          The Sublessee shall comply with the Rules and Regulations annexed
          to this sublease.

               FOURTH.-If the demised premises shall be partially damaged
          by fire or other cause without the fault or neglect of Sublessee,
          Sublessee's servants, employees, agents, visitors or licensees,
          the damages shall be repaired by and at the expense of the
          Sublessor and the rent until such repairs shall be made shall be
          apportioned according to the part of the demised premises which
          is usable by Sublessee. But if such partial damage is due to the
          fault or neglect of Sublessee, Sublessee's servants, employees,
          agents, visitors or licensees, without prejudice to any other
          rights and remedies of Sublessor and without prejudice to the
          rights of subrogation of Sublessor's insurer, the damages shall
          be repaired by the Sublessor but there shall be no apportionment
          or abatement of rent. No penalty shall accrue for reasonable
          delay which may arise by reason of adjustment of insurance on the
          part of the Sublessor and/or Sublessee, and for reasonable delay
          on account of "labor troubles", or any other cause beyond
          Sublessor's control. If the demised premises are totally damaged
          or are rendered wholly untenantable by fire or other cause, and
          if Sublessor shall decide not to restore or not to rebuild the
          same, or if the building shall be so damaged that Sublessor shall
          decide to  demolish it or to rebuild it, then or in any of such
          events Sublessor may, within ninety (90) days after such fire or
          other cause, give Sublessee a notice in writing of such decision,
          which notice shall be given as in Paragraph Twelfth hereof
          provided, and thereupon the term of this sublease shall expire by
          lapse of time upon the third day after such notice is given, and
          Sublessee shall vacate the demised premises and surrender the
          same to Sublessor. If Sublessee shall not be in default under the
          sublease then, upon the termination of this sublease under the
          conditions provided for in the sentence immediately preceding,
          Sublessee's liability for rent shall cease as of the day
          following the casualty. Sublessee hereby expressly waives the
          provisions of Section 227 of the Real Property Law and agrees
          that the foregoing provisions of this Article shall govern and
          control in lieu thereof. If the damage or destruction is due to
          the fault or neglect of Sublessee the debris shall be removed by,
          and at expense of Sublessee.

               FIFTH.-If the whole or any part of the premises hereby
          demised shall be taken or condemned by any competent authority
          for any public use or purpose then the term hereby granted shall
          cease from the time when possession of the part so taken shall be
          required for such public purpose and without apportionment of
          award (except with regard to Sublessee's trade fixtures), the
          Sublessee hereby assigning to the Sublessor all right  and claim
          to any such award (other than for trade fixtures), the current
          rent, however, in such case to be apportioned.

               SIXTH.-If, before the commencement of the term, the
          Sublessee be adjudicated a bankrupt, or make a "general
          assignment", or take the benefit of any insolvent act, or if a
          Receiver or Trustee be appointed for the Sublessee's property, or
          if this sublease or the estate of the Sublessee hereunder be
          assigned, transferred or pass to or devolve upon any other person
          or corporation, voluntarily or involuntarily, or if the Sublessee
          shall default in the performance of any agreement by the
          Sublessee contained in any other lease between the Sublessee and
          the Sublessor or between Sublessee and any corporation of which
          an officer of the Sublessor is a Director, this sublease shall
          thereby, at the option of the Sublessor, be terminated and in
          that case, neither the Sublessee nor anybody claiming under the
          Sublessee shall be entitled to go into possession of the demised
          premises. If after the commencement of the term, any of the
          events mentioned above in this subdivision shall occur, or if
          Sublessee shall default in fulfilling any of the covenants of
          this sublease, other than the covenants for the payment of rent
          or "additional rent" or if the demised premises become vacant or
          deserted, The Sublessor may give to the Sublessee ten days'
          notice of intention to end the term of this sublease, and
          thereupon at the expiration of said ten days (if said condition
          which was the basis of said notice shall continue to exist) the
          term under this sublease shall expire as fully and completely as
          if that day were the date herein definitely fixed for the
          expiration of the term and Sublessee will then quit and surrender
          the demised premises to the Sublessor, but the Sublessee shall
          remain liable as hereinafter provided.

               If the Sublessee shall default in the payment of the rent
          reserved hereunder, or any item of "additional rent" herein
          mentioned, or any part of either or in making any other payment
          herein provided for, or if the notice last above provided for
          shall have been given and if the condition for which the basis of
          said notice shall exist at the expiration of said ten days'
          period, the Sublessor may immediately, or at any time thereafter,
          re-enter the demised premises and remove all persons and all or
          any property therefrom either by summary dispossess proceedings,
          or by any suitable action or proceeding at law, or by force or
          otherwise, without being liable to indictment, prosecution or
          damages therefor, and re-possess and enjoy said premises together
          with all additions, alterations and improvements. In any such
          case or in the event that this sublease be "terminated" before
          the commencement of the term, as above provided, the Sublessor
          may either re-let the demised premises or any part or parts
          thereof as the agent of the Sublessee, and receive the rents
          therefor, applying the same first to the payment of such expenses
          as the Sublessor may have incurred, and then to the fulfillment
          of the covenants of the Sublessee herein, and the balance, if
          any, at the expiration of the term first above provided for,
          shall be paid to the Sublessee. Sublessor may rent the premises
          for a term extending beyond the term hereby granted without
          releasing Sublessee from any liability. In the event that the
          term of this sublease shall expire as above in this subdivision
          "Sixth" provided, or terminate by summary proceedings or
          otherwise, and if the Sublessor shall not re-let, the Sublessee
          shall remain liable for, and the Sublessee hereby agrees to pay
          to the Sublessor, until the time when this sublease would have
          expired but for such termination or expiration, the equivalent of
          the amount of all of the rent and "additional rent" reserved
          herein, less the costs of reletting, if any, and the same shall
          be due and payable by the Sublessee to the Sublessor on the
          several rent days above specified, that is upon each of such rent
          days the Sublessee shall pay to the Sublessor the amount of
          deficiency then existing. The Sublessee hereby expressly waives
          any and all right of redemption in case the Sublessee shall be
          dispossessed by judgment or warrant of any court or judge, and
          the Sublessee waives and will waive all right to trial by jury in
          any summary proceedings hereafter instituted by the Sublessor
          against the Sublessee in respect to the demised premises. The
          words "re-enter" and "re-entry" as used in this sublease are not
          restricted to their technical legal meaning.

               In the event of a breach or threatened breach by the
          Sublessee of any of the covenants or provisions hereof, the
          Sublessor shall have the right of injunction and the right to
          invoke any remedy allowed at law or in equity, as if re-entry,
          summary proceedings and other remedies were not herein provided
          for.

               SEVENTH.-If the Sublessee shall default in the performance
          of any covenant herein contained, the Sublessor may immediately,
          or at any time thereafter, without notice, perform the same for
          the account of the Sublessee. If a notice of mechanic's lien be
          filed against the demised premises or against premises of which
          the demised premises are part, for or purporting to be for, labor
          or material alleged to have been furnished, or to be furnished to
          or for the Sublessee at the demised premises, and if the
          Sublessee shall fail to take such action as shall cause such lien
          to be discharged within fifteen days after the filing of such
          notice, the Sublessor may pay the amount of such lien or
          discharge the same by deposit or by bonding proceedings, and in
          the event of such deposit or bonding proceedings, the Sublessor
          may require the lienor to prosecute an appropriate action to
          enforce the lienor's claim. In such case, the Sublessor may pay
          any judgment recovered on such claim. Any amount paid or expense
          incurred by the Sublessor as in this subdivision of this sublease
          provided, and any amount as to which the Sublessee shall at any
          time be in default for or in respect to the use of water,
          electric current or sprinkler supervisory service, and any
          expense incurred or sum of money paid by the Sublessor by reason
          of the failure of the Sublessee to pay any taxes, insurance or
          maintenance or repairs, or to comply with any provision of this
          sublease, or in defending any such action, shall be deemed to be
          "additional rent" for the demised premises, and shall be due and
          payable by the Sublessee to the Sublessor on the first day of the
          next month, or, at the option of the Sublessor, on the first day
          of any succeeding month. The receipt by the Sublessor of any
          instalment of the regular stipulated rent hereunder or any of
          said " additional rent" shall not be a waiver of any other
          "additional rent" then due.

               EIGHTH.-The failure of the Sublessor to insist, in any one
          or more instances upon a strict performance of any of the
          covenants of this sublease, or to exercise any option herein
          contained, shall not be construed as a waiver or a relinquishment
          for the future of such covenant or option, but the same shall
          continue and remain in full force and effect. The receipt by the
          Sublessor of rent, with knowledge of the breach of any covenant
          hereof, shall not be deemed a waiver of such breach and no waiver
          by the Sublessor of any provision hereof shall be deemed to have
          been made unless expressed in writing and signed by the
          Sublessor. Even if the Sublessor consents to an assignment hereof
          no further assignment shall be made without further express
          consent in writing by the Sublessor.  No waiver by Sublessor or
          Sublessee of any provision hereof shall be deemed a waiver of any
          other provision hereof or of any subsequent breach by the other
          party of any other provision.

               NINTH.-If this sublease be assigned, or if the demised
          premises or any part thereof be sublet or occupied by anybody
          other than the Sublessee the Sublessor may collect rent from the
          assignee, sub-Sublessee or occupant, and apply the net amount
          collected to the rent herein reserved, and no such collection
          shall be deemed a waiver of the covenant herein against
          assignment and subletting, or the acceptance of the assignee,
          sub-Sublessee, or occupant as Sublessee, or a release of the
          Sublessee from the further performance by the Sublessee of the
          covenants herein contained on the part of the Sublessee.

               TENTH.-This sublease shall be subject and subordinate at all
          times, to the lien of the mortgages now on the demised premises,
          and to all advances made or hereafter to be made upon the
          security thereof, and subject and subordinate to the lien of any
          mortgage or mortgages which at any time may be made a lien upon
          the premises, provided the holder of any such mortgage shall
          execute and deliver to Sublessee in a form reasonably acceptable
          to Sublessee an agreement that it will recognize this sublease
          and not disturb Sublessee's possession of the premises in the
          event of foreclosure if the Sublessee is not then in default
          hereunder. The Sublessee will execute and deliver such further
          instrument or instruments subordinating this sublease to the lien
          of any such mortgage or mortgages as shall be requested by the
          Sublessor. 

               ELEVENTH.-All improvements made by the Sublessee to or upon
          the demised premises, except said trade fixtures and other non-
          fixture property of Sublessee necessary for the Sublessee's
          business, shall when made, at once be deemed to be attached to
          the freehold, and become the property of the Sublessor, and at
          the end or other expiration of the term, shall be surrendered to
          the Sublessor in as good order and condition as they were when
          installed, reasonable wear and damages by the elements excepted.

               TWELFTH.-Any notice or demand which under the terms of this
          sublease or under any statute must or may be given or made by the
          parties hereto shall be in writing and shall be given or made by
          mailing the same by certified mail or FAX addressed to the
          respective parties at the following addresses:

          Sublessee:     WMW Machinery Company, Inc.
                         44 High Street
                         West Nyack, New York 10994
                         Attn: Manfred Kuehnelt
                         FAX NO: 914-358-2378

          Sublessor:     General Bearing Corporation
                         44 High Street
                         West Nyack, New York 10994
                         ATTN: DAVID GUSSACK
                         FAX NO:   914-358-6277

                    THIRTEENTH.-The Sublessor shall not be liable for any
          failure of water supply or electrical current, sprinkler damage,
          or failure of sprinkler service, nor for injury or damage to
          person or property caused by the elements or by other Sublessees
          or persons in said building, or resulting from steam, gas,
          electricity, water, rain or snow, which may leak or flow from any
          part of said buildings, or from the pipes, appliances or plumbing
          works of the same, or from the street or sub-surface, or from any
          other place, nor for interference with light or other incorporeal
          hereditaments by anybody other than the Sublessor, or caused by
          operations by or for a governmental authority in construction of
          any public or quasi-public work, neither shall the Sublessor be
          liable for any latent defect in the building, unless caused by
          the Sublessor's negligent acts or omissions and Sublessor has not
          cured the same within 15 days of notification thereof.

               FOURTEENTH.-No diminution or abatement of rent, or other
          compensation shall be claimed or allowed for inconvenience or
          discomfort arising from the making of repairs or improvements to
          the building or to its appliances, nor for any space taken to
          comply with any law, ordinance or order of a governmental
          authority. In respect to the various "services," if any, herein
          expressly or impliedly agreed to be furnished by the Sublessor to
          the Sublessee, it is agreed that there shall be no diminution or
          abatement of the rent, or any other compensation, for
          interruption or curtailment of such "service" when such
          interruption or curtailment shall be due to accident, alterations
          or repairs desirable or necessary to be made or to inability or
          difficulty in securing supplies or labor for the maintenance of
          such "service" or to some other cause not due to negligence on
          the part of the Sublessor. No such interruption or curtailment of
          any such "service" shall be deemed a constructive eviction. The
          Sublessor shall not be required to furnish, and the Sublessee
          shall not be entitled to receive, any of such "services" during
          any period wherein the Sublessee shall be in default in respect
          to the payment of rent. Neither shall there be any abatement or
          diminution of rent because of making of repairs, improvements or
          decorations to the demised premises after the date above fixed
          for the commencement of the term, it being understood that rent
          shall, in any event, commence to run at such date so above fixed.

               FIFTEENTH.-In the event that an excavation shall be made for
          building or other purposes upon land adjacent to the demised
          premises or shall be contemplated to be made, the Sublessee shall
          afford to the person or persons causing or to cause such
          excavation, license to enter upon the demised premises for the
          purpose of doing such work as said person or persons shall deem
          to be necessary to preserve the wall or walls, structure or
          structures upon the demised premises from injury and to support
          the same by proper foundations.

               SIXTEENTH.-No vaults or space not within the property line
          of the building are leased hereunder. Sublessor makes no
          representation as to the location of the property line of the
          building. Such vaults or space as Sublessee may be permitted to
          use or occupy are to be used or occupied under a revocable
          license and if such license be revoked by the Sublessor as to the
          use of part or all of the vaults or space Sublessor shall not be
          subject to any liability; Sublessee shall not be entitled to any
          compensation or reduction in rent nor shall this be deemed
          constructive or actual eviction. Any tax, fee or charge of
          municipal or other authorities for such vaults or space shall be
          paid by the Sublessee for the period of the Sublessee's use or
          occupancy thereof.

               SEVENTEENTH .-That during six months prior to the expiration
          of the term hereby granted, on reasonable advance notice,
          applicants shall be admitted at all reasonable hours of the day
          to view the premises until rented; and the Sublessor and the
          Sublessor's agents shall be permitted at any time during the term
          to visit and examine them at any reasonable hour of the day, and
          workmen may enter at any time, when authorized by the Sublessor
          or the Sublessor's agents, to make or facilitate repairs in any
          part of the building; and if the said Sublessee shall not be
          personally present to open and permit an entry into said
          premises, at any time, when for any reason an entry therein shall
          be necessary or permissible hereunder, the Sublessor or the
          Sublessor's agents may forcibly enter the same without rendering
          the Sublessor or such agents liable to any claim or cause of
          action for damages by reason thereof (if during such entry the
          Sublessor shall accord reasonable care to the Sublessee's
          property) and without in any manner affecting the obligations and
          covenants of this sublease; it is, however, expressly understood
          that the right and authority hereby reserved, does not impose,
          nor does the Sublessor assume, by reason thereof, any
          responsibility or liability whatsoever for the care or
          supervision of said premises, or any of the pipes, fixtures,
          appliances or appurtenances therein contained or therewith in any
          manner connected.

               EIGHTEENTH.-The Sublessor has made no representations or
          promises in respect to said building or to the demised premises
          except those contained herein, and those, if any, contained in
          some written communication to the Sublessee, signed by the
          Sublessor. This instrument represents the entire agreement of the
          parties and may not be changed, modified, discharged or
          terminated orally.

               NINETEENTH.-If the Sublessee shall at any time be in default
          hereunder, and if the Sublessor shall institute an action or
          summary proceeding against the Sublessee based upon such default,
          then the Sublessee will reimburse the Sublessor for the expense
          of attorneys' fees and disbursements thereby incurred by the
          Sublessor, so far as the same are reasonable in amount. Also so
          long as the Sublessee shall be a Sublessee hereunder the amount
          of such expenses shall be deemed to be "additional rent"
          hereunder and shall be due from the Sublessee to the Sublessor on
          the first day of the month following the incurring of such
          respective expenses.

               TWENTIETH.-Sublessor shall not be liable for failure to give
          possession of the premises upon commencement date by reason of
          the fact that premises are not ready for occupancy, if due to a
          prior Sublessee other than Sublessor or its affiliates wrongfully
          holding over in possession. In such event the rent shall not
          commence until possession is given or is available, but the term
          herein shall not be extended.

               TWENTY-FIRST.-The Sublessee will keep the sidewalk,
          roadways, parking areas and curb clean at all times and free from
          snow and ice and shall be solely responsible for all repairs and
          maintenance thereto and for all landscaping. Landscape plants and
          trees surrounding the premises shall be maintained at a level
          equivalent to that at the time of the commencement of this
          sublease and trees and shrubs that die are to be replaced by
          Sublessee.  Sublessee acknowledges that at the commencement of
          this sublease the premises and surrounding grounds, including
          wooded areas, were free of trash, debris and garbage and
          sublessee shall maintain the premises and grounds in such
          condition.

               TWENTY-SECOND.-If a separate water meter be installed for
          the demised premises, or any part thereof, the Sublessee will
          keep the same in repair and pay the charges made by the
          municipality or water supply company for or in respect to the
          consumption of water, as and when bills therefor are rendered. If
          the demised premises, or any part thereof, be supplied with water
          through a meter which supplies other premises, the Sublessee will
          pay to the Sublessor, as and when bills are rendered therefor,
          the "Sublessee's proportionate part" (as defined hereinafter) of
          all charges which the municipality or water supply company shall
          make for all water consumed through said meter, as indicated by
          said meter. "Sublessee's proportionate part" shall be equal to
          the ratio of the floor area subleased hereunder to all of the
          rentable floor area in the building (exclusive of the basement)
          which shall have been occupied during the period of the
          respective charges, taking into account the period that each part
          of such area was occupied. At the commencement of this sublease
          the Sublessee's proportionate part is    . Sublessee agrees to<PAGE>
          pay as additional rent the Sublessee's proportionate part,
          determined as aforesaid, of the sewer charges imposed or assessed
          upon the building of which the premises are a part.

               TWENTY-THIRD.-From the date of occupancy by Sublessee,
          Sublessee shall pay all charges or fees for use or consumption of
          all utilities provided to the premises occupied by Sublessee
          including water, gas, electricity, telephone and other utilities
          and services together with any taxes thereon. In the event the
          premises are not separately metered Sublessee shall pay its
          proportionate part (as defined in paragraph twenty-second
          hereinabove) of each such unmetered charge. In the alternative,
          Sublessor may secure an independent audit of Sublessee's
          consumption of such utilities or install a device to monitor
          same, advising Sublessee of the percentage of such utilities used
          and consumed by Sublessee. Sublessor shall thereupon invoice
          Sublessee for Sublessee's share of such utilities on a monthly
          basis and Sublessee shall reimburse the Sublessor for such
          expense. All utilities shall be paid to the Sublessor (if
          applicable) within ten days of receipt of billings. 

               TWENTY-FOURTH.-If there now is or shall be installed in said
          building a "sprinkler system" the Sublessee agrees to keep the
          appliances thereto in the demised premises in repair and good
          working condition, and if the New York Board of Fire Underwriters
          of the New York Fire Insurance Exchange or any bureau, department
          or official of the State or local government requires or
          recommends that any changes, modifications, alterations or
          additional sprinkler heads or other equipment be made or supplied
          by reason of the Sublessee's business, or the location of
          partitions, trade fixtures, or other contents of the demised
          premises, or if such changes, modifications, alterations,
          additional sprinkler heads or other equipment in the demised
          premises are necessary to prevent the imposition of a penalty or
          charge against the full allowance for a sprinkler system in the
          fire insurance rate as fixed by said Exchange, or by any Fire
          Insurance Company, the Sublessee will at the Sublessee's own
          expense, promptly make and supply such changes, modifications,
          alterations, additional sprinkler heads or other equipment. 

               TWENTY-FIFTH.-Sublessee agrees that it will pay its
          proportionate share (as defined in paragraph twenty-second
          hereinabove) of the cost to keep the subleased Premises insured,
          at a minimum, against loss or damage by fire with extended
          coverage ("all risk") endorsement, vandalism and malicious
          mischief coverage, and differences in conditions coverage (for
          the perils of earthquake, surface water flood and sudden and
          accidental collapse or rupture to non-pressurized vessels).
          Notwithstanding the foregoing,  if the premium for such insurance
          on the entire building is increased from its present rate due to
          any change in activities of the sublessee, sublessee shall pay
          the full amount (not its "proportionate share") of such increase
          attributable to such change. Such insurance shall be in an amount
          of the full replacement value of the premises as determined from
          time to time. Sublessee shall name Sublessor as a party insured
          and shall require the insurer to give Sublessor at least thirty
          (30) days notice of cancellation. Sublessor and Sublessee
          acknowledge that as of the date hereof the full replacement value
          of the entire building is Nine Million Dollars ($9,000,000.00).

                    Insurance Requirements. For purposes of this Section,
                    ----------------------
          the parties agree during the term hereof that Sublessee shall
          maintain adequate public liability and other insurance with
          reputable insurance companies as hereinabove and hereinafter set
          forth, shall furnish Sublessor with certificates of insurance
          properly executed by its insurance companies evidencing such
          fact, and requiring their insurers to give at least thirty (30)
          days notice in the event of cancellation. Such insurance shall
          cover all damage or injury which results or is claimed to have
          resulted from an act or omission on the part of Sublessee, its
          agents, employees or business invitees as well as environmental
          clean up of damage proven to have occurred as a result of the use
          thereof by Sublessee or others while Sublessee is a Sublessee at
          the premises.

               TWENTY-SIXTH.-Sublessee shall be responsible for the payment
          of its proportionate share (as defined in paragraph twenty-second
          hereinabove) of all real estate taxes and current installments of
          special assessments levied against the premises which become due
          during the term of the sublease. Sublessor shall notify Sublessee
          and forward a copy of each tax bill to Sublessee upon Sublessor's
          receipt thereof. Sublessee shall pay Sublessor its share of the
          amount of the tax or installment of assessment set forth on the
          bill within seven (7) days of the presentation by the Sublessor
          thereof. Sublessor shall present such bill to Sublessee within
          five (5) days of its receipt from the taxing authority. Failure
          to pay Sublessor such amount within the time period set forth
          herein shall constitute a default pursuant to the terms hereof.
          If the term of this sublease shall not begin or expire
          concurrently with the beginning or expiration of any tax fiscal
          year, Sublessee's liability for real estate taxes and current
          installments of special assessments for any tax fiscal year
          during which Sublessee is not in possession of the premises for
          the entire tax fiscal year shall be prorated. Sublessor
          represents that there are no tax abatements or exemptions
          effecting the premises and Sublessor does not make payments in
          lieu of taxes. 

               Excise Taxes. Sublessee shall assume and pay to Sublessor as
               ------------
          additional rent any excise, sales, gross receipts, rent tax or
          other taxes, if any (other than a net income or excess profits
          tax), which may be imposed on or measured by the rent or may be
          imposed on or on account of the letting, which Sublessor may be
          required to pay or collect under any law now in effect or
          hereafter enacted, provided that such law places the primary
          obligation to pay such tax on the Sublessee.

               In the event Sublessee has made payment to Sublessor of the
          aforementioned taxes and Sublessor has failed to make payment of
          the same and due notice thereof has been given by the Sublessee
          to the Sublessor, Sublessee shall have the right to make such
          payments directly to the taxing authorities and all interest and
          penalties paid by the Sublessee shall be the responsibility of
          the Sublessor and may be offset as against the rental herein. In
          the event that Sublessee fails to make payment of such taxes to
          Sublessor, in addition to any other remedies pursuant to this
          sublease, Sublessor may pay such taxes and Sublessee shall be
          responsible for any interest or penalties that may be assessed.
          If the taxing authorities permit taxes to be paid in less than
          annual installments, Sublessor will not object to Sublessee's
          payment of such taxes in a like manner.

               Sublessor shall not seek to accomplish or effect a change in
          the tax assessment of the premises (except to seek a reduction of
          same) without Sublessee's approval. 

               TWENTY-SEVENTH.-Sublessee will not use Hazardous Materials
          (as defined hereinafter) on, from, or affecting the premises in
          any manner which violates Federal, state or local laws,
          ordinances, rules, regulations or policies governing the use,
          storage, treatment, transportation, manufacture, refinement,
          handling, production or disposal of Hazardous Materials. For
          purposes of this paragraph, "Hazardous Materials" includes,
          without limit, any flammable explosives, radioactive materials,
          hazardous materials, hazardous or infectious wastes, hazardous or
          toxic substances, or related materials defined in the
          Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation, and Liability
          Act of 1980, as amended (42 USC Secs. 9601, et seq.), the
          Hazardous Materials Transportation Act, as amended (49 USC Secs.
          1801, et seq.), the Resource Conservations and Recovery Act, as
          amended (42 USC Secs. 9601, et seq.) and in the regulations
          adopted and publications promulgated pursuant thereto, or any
          other Federal, state or local environmental law, ordinance, rule
          or regulation. Sublessee hereby indemnifies and agrees to hold
          Sublessor free and harmless from any liability whatsoever during
          and subsequent to the term of this sublease as a result of
          Sublessee's breach of the obligations set forth in this
          paragraph. Sublessor shall be responsible for and shall indemnify
          and hold Sublessee free and harmless from any liability
          whatsoever during and subsequent to the terms of this sublease
          with regard to any hazardous materials or environmental condition
          effecting the demised premises not caused by Sublessee,
          Sublessee's agents or employees and/or not occurring during the
          term of the within sublease. 

               TWENTY-EIGHTH.-The Sublessee agrees that it will not
          require, permit, suffer, nor allow the cleaning of any window, or
          windows, in the demised premises from the outside (within the
          meaning of Section 202 of the Labor Law) unless the equipment and
          safety devices required by law, ordinance, regulation or rule,
          including, without limitation, Section 202 of the New York Labor
          Law, are provided and used, and unless the rules, or any
          supplemental rules of the Industrial Board of the State of New
          York are fully complied with; and the Sublessee hereby agrees to
          indemnify the Sublessor, Owner, Agent, Manager and/or
          Superintendent, as a result of the Sublessee's requiring,
          permitting, suffering, or allowing any window, or windows in the
          demised premises to be cleaned from the outside in violation of
          the requirements of the aforesaid laws, ordinances, regulation
          and/or rules.

               TWENTY-NINTH.-The invalidity or unenforceability of any
          provision of this sublease shall in no way affect the validity or
          enforceability of any other provision hereof.

               THIRTIETH.-The Sublessor shall replace at the expense of the
          Sublessee any and all broken glass in the skylights, doors and
          walls in and about the demised premises. The Sublessor may insure
          and keep insured all plate glass in the skylights, doors and
          walls in the demised premises, for and in the name of the
          Sublessor and bills for the premiums therefor shall be rendered
          by the Sublessor to the Sublessee at such times as the Sublessor
          may elect, and shall be due from and payable by the Sublessee
          when rendered, and the amount thereof shall be deemed to be, and
          shall be paid as additional rent.

               THIRTY-FIRST.-This sublease and the obligation of Sublessee
          to pay rent hereunder and perform all of the other covenants and
          agreements hereunder on part of Sublessee to be performed shall
          in no way be affected, impaired or excused because Sublessor is
          unable to supply or is delayed in supplying any service expressly
          or impliedly to be supplied or is unable to make, or is delayed
          in making any repairs, additions, alterations or decorations or
          is unable to supply or is delayed in supplying any equipment or
          fixtures if Sublessor is prevented or delayed from so doing by
          reason of governmental preemption in connection with a National
          Emergency declared by the President of the United States or in
          connection with any rule, order or regulation of any department
          or subdivision thereof of any government agency or by reason of
          the conditions of supply and demand which have been or are
          affected by war or other emergency.

               THIRTY-SECOND.-Sublessor covenants that if and so long as
          the Sublessee pays the rent and "additional rent" reserved
          hereby, and performs and observes the covenants and provisions
          hereof, the Sublessee shall quietly enjoy the demised premises,
          subject, however, to the terms of this sublease, the mortgages
          above mentioned and the Sublessor's lease with Gussack Realty
          Company.

               THIRTY-THIRD.-Sublessee shall, at its sole cost and expense,
          obtain all required Federal, State, County and/or Municipal
          approvals, permits, licenses, including a Certificate of
          Occupancy (if required), to conduct its business. Sublessor shall
          cooperate with Sublessee in Sublessee's effort to obtain any and
          all necessary permits, licenses, and approvals and shall
          expeditiously execute all necessary permit applications and
          documents necessary to comply with all regulatory requirements
          for the operation of Sublessee's business and performance of
          Sublessee's improvements.

               THIRTY-FOURTH.-If Sublessee remains in possession of the
          premises or any part thereof after expiration of the term hereof,
          such occupancy shall be a tenancy from month to month upon all of
          the terms hereof applicable to a month to month tenancy except
          that the monthly rent shall be increased to 120% of the rent for
          the last month prior to such expiration.  Sublessor's failure to
          object to such holding over shall not constitute a waiver of any
          of Sublessor's rights pursuant to this sublease.

               THIRTY-FIFTH.-Except as otherwise specifically set forth
          herein, this sublease shall be subject to all of the terms and
          conditions set forth in the lease between the Sublessor and
          Gussack Realty Company dated November 1, 1996, and Sublessee
          herein shall have no greater rights in the premises than the
          Sublessor. In addition to any rights it may have independent of
          this sublease, Gussack Realty Company shall be deemed a third
          party beneficiary hereof, held harmless, indemnified and have the
          right to seek enforcement of any provision hereof to the same
          extent as Sublessor.

               IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have hereunto set
          their hands and seals, or caused these presents to be signed by
          their proper corporate officers and their proper corporate seal
          to be hereto affixed, the day and year first above written.


          Signed, Sealed and Delivered
          in the presence of or
          Attested by:                       General Bearing Corporation



          ------------------------------     ---------------------------

          Sublessor
                                        By:



                                             WMW Machinery Company, Inc.



          ------------------------------     ---------------------------
          Sublessee
                                        By:

          <PAGE>


                                RULES AND REGULATIONS


               1.   Sublessee shall keep all machinery and equipment free
          of vibration and noise, and shall not do or permit anything to be
          done in the Demised Premises which would constitute a nuisance in
          the Building or Complex.

               2.   Sublessee shall not cause to be discharged, spill or
          dispose of on site any dangerous, hazardous, flammable, toxic,
          combustible or explosive substance, material or object except
          according to law and in an approved legal container.

               3.   Sublessee shall not cause to be discharged or permit to
          be discharged into the sewer system, waste lines, vents or flues
          of the Demised Premises or the Complex any acids or hazardous or
          toxic substances, except as allowed by law.

               4.   Sublessee shall keep all exterior located garbage,
          trash, rubbish and refuse in rat-proof containers and shall
          remove or cause the same to be removed from the Demised Premises
          and the Complex on a regular basis.

               5.   Sublessee shall not store, stack or place or permit to
          be stored, stacked or placed any machinery, equipment, goods or
          merchandise outside of the Demised Premises except as authorized
          by Sublessor and permitted by law or the approvals obtained by
          the Sublessee from the applicable authorities.

               6.   A fire lane (12 foot width) around the entire facility
          must be kept clear at all times.

               7.   No debris, garbage, spare parts or containers of any
          kind may be left in the yard or on the roof, except a dumpster.





						EXHIBIT 16



                   LETTER RE CHANGE IN CERTIFYING ACCOUNTANT 


General Bearing Corporation 
West Nyackm NEw York 

		We hereby concur wuith the statements made by you in the 
Prospectus constituting a part of this Registration Statement concerning our 
replacement as your principal accountant. 


				
					/s/ Ferro, Berdon & Company L.L.P. 
					---------------------------------
   				 	    FERRO, BERDON & COMPANY L.L.P. 


New York, New York 
November 4, 1996









                                                                 EXHIBIT 21





                                                            Jurisdiction of
          Name:                                              Incorporation 
          -----                                              -------------

          Shanghai General Bearing                        People's Republic
          Co. Ltd.                                             of China    


          Alurop Trading Corp.                                       Panama


          Wyatt-ZWZ Bearing Corporation                            New York


          Wafangdian-Hyatt Bearing                        People's Republic
          Manufacturing Co. Ltd.                               of China    

        



                                                      EXHIBIT 23.1




                                CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT
                             CERTIFIED PUBLIC ACCOUNTANTS



          General Bearing Corporation
          West Nyack, New York

               We hereby consent to the use in the Prospectus constituting
          a part of this Registration Statement of our report dated
          March 24, 1995, relating to the consolidated financial 
	  statements of General Bearing Corporaiton and Subsidiaries, 
          which is contained in that Prospectus, and of our report dated 
	  March 24, 1995 relating to the schedule, which is contained in 
          Part II of the Registration Statement. 

               We also consent to the reference to us under the captions
          "Experts", "Selected Financial Data", and "Change in Independent
          Auditors" in the Prospectus.


                                                      /s/ Ferro Berdon LLP
                                                      ---------------------
                                                       FERRO BERDON L.L.P.


          New York, New York
          November 4, 1996




                                                                Exhibit 23.2




                                CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT
                             CERTIFIED PUBLIC ACCOUNTANTS



          General Bearing Corporation
          West Nyack, New York

               We hereby consent to the use in the Prospectus constituting
          a part of this Registration Statement of our report dated
          September 13, 1996, except for Note 15(a) which is as of October
          10, 1996 relating to the consolidated financial statements of
          General Bearing Corporation and Subsidiaries, which is contained
          in that Prospectus, and of our report dated September 13, 1996,
          except for Note 15(a) which is as of October 10, 1996 relating to
          the schedule, which is contained in Part II of the Registration
          Statement.

               We also consent to the reference to us under the captions
          "Experts", "Selected Financial Data", and "Change in Independent
          Auditors" in the Prospectus.


                                                       /s/ BDO Seidman, LLP
                                                       --------------------
                                                       BDO SEIDMAN, L.L.P.


          New York, New York
          October 31, 1996




                                                          Exhibit 99.1





                                   Harold S. Geneen
                           c/o General Bearing Corporation
                                    44 High Street
                             West Nyack, New York  10994







                                                           November 1, 1996





          General Bearing Corporation
          44 High Street
          West Nyack, New York 10994

          Gentlemen:

                    I have received a copy of a registration statement
          (without exhibits) identical in all material respects with the
          Registration Statement prepared by General Bearing Corporation, a
          Delaware corporation (the "Corporation"), to be filed with the
          Securities and Exchange Commission on or about November 4, 1996
          under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, in connection with
          the initial public offering (the "Public Offering") of the
          Corporation's common stock, par value $.01 per share.

                    I hereby consent to being named in the Registration
          Statement as a person designated to be elected to the Board of
          Directors of the Corporation upon completion of the Public
          Offering.

                                                  Very truly yours,


                                                  /s/ Harold S. Geneen
                                                  ----------------------
                                                  Harold S. Geneen



© 2022 IncJournal is not affiliated with or endorsed by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission